← Volver a la ficha del textoThe Pali Text Society's
Pali-English
Dictionary
EDITED BY
T. W. RHYS DAVIDS F.B.A. D.Sc. Ph.D. LL.D. D.Litt
and WILLIAM STEDE Ph.D.
Personal scientific use only.
{1921-1925}
y r 1 | v s h
a a i 1
a aa i i
Pali alphabet used in this dictionary:
u u e o (q)rii k kh g gh n c ch j jh n t th d dh n t th d dh n p ph b bh m
Velthuis scheme (used in quick jump):
u uu e o .m k kh g gh n c ch j jh 'n .t .th .d .dh .n t th d dh n p ph b bh m y r 1 .1 v s h
^ t _. A is not distinguished in the original print,
q is replaced with m is this edition.
This book data is gathered from
http://dsal.uchicago.edu/dictionaries/pali/
and from
http://www.archive.org/details/palitextsocietysOOpali/
It is prepared for non-profit personal scientific use only.
[dharma.org.ru, 2009]
A.
List of the Chiefs Books consulted for Vocabulary
(with Abbreviations).
1. PALI BOOKS.
l a Canonical.
Anguttara-Nikaya 5 vols. PTS. 18S5 — 1900 (A).
Buddha- Varhsa PTS. 1882 (Bu).
Cariya-Pitaka PTS. 1882 (Cp.).
Dhammapada PTS. 1914 (Dh).
Dhamma-Sangani PTS. 1885 (Dhs).
Digha-Nikaya 3 vols. PTS. (D).
Iti-vuttaka PTS. 1890 (It.).
Katha-Vatthu 2 vols. PTS. 1894, 95 (Kvu).
Khuddaka-Patha PTS. 1915 (Kh).
Majjhima-Nikaya 3 vols. PTS. 1887—1902 (M).
Niddesa I Maha° 2 vols. PTS. 1916, 17 (Nd 1 ).
Niddesa II Culla° PTS. 191 S (Nd 2 ).
Patisambhidamagga 2 vols. PTS. 1905, 1907 (Ps)
Peta-Vatthu PTS. 1889 (Pv).
Puggala-Pannatti PTS. 1883 (Pug).
Samyutta-Nikaya 5 vols. PTS. 1884—1898 (S).
Sutta-Nipata PTS. 1913 (Sn).
Thera-therlgatha PTS. 1883 (Th 1) & (Th 2).
Udana PTS. 1S85 (Ud).
Vibhanga PTS. 1904 (Vbh).
Vimana-Vatthu PTS. 1886 (Vv).
Vinaya-Pitaka 5 vols. London 1S79 — 83 (Vin).
l b Post-Canonical.
AtthasalinI, PTS. 1897 (DhsA).
Buddhadatta's Manuals, PTS. 1915 (Bdhd).
Dathavamsa, J PTS. 1884 (Davs).
Dhammapada Commentary, 4 vols. PTS. 1906 — 14 (DhA).
Dlpavamsa, London 1879 (Dpvs).
Jataka, 6 vols. London 1877 — 90 (J).
Khuddaka-Patha Commentary, PTS. 1915 (KhA).
Mahavamsa, PTS. 1908 (Mhvs).
Maha-Bodhi-Vamsa, PTS. 1891 (Mhbv).
Milindapanha, London 1880 (Miln).
Netti-Pakarana, PTS. 1902 (Nett).
Panca-gati-dlpana, J PTS. 1884 (Pgdp).
Peta-Vatthu Commentary, PTS. 1894 (PvA).
Puggala-Pannatti Commentary, J PTS. 1914 (Pug A).
Saddhammopayana, J PTS. 1S87 (Sdhp).
Sumangala-Vilasim, vol. I, PTS. 1886 (DA 1).
Sutta-Nipata Commentary, 2 vols. PTS. 1916 — 17 (SnA).
Therlgatha Commentary, PTS. 1891 (ThA).
Vimana-Vatthu Commentary, PTS. 1901 (VvA).
Visuddhi-Magga, 2 vols. PTS. 1920—21 (Vism).
Note. The system adopted in quotations of passages from Pali text is that proposed in J PTS. 1909, pp. 385 — 87, with this modification
that Peta-vatthu (Pv) is quoted by canto and verse, and Culla-Niddesa (Nd 2 ) by number of word in "Explanatory Matter".
2. BUDDHIST SANSKRIT.
Avadana-sataka, ed. J. S. Speyer (Bibl. Buddhica III), 2 vols., St. Petersbourg 1906. (Av. S.).
Divyavadana, ed. Cowell & Neill, Cambridge 1886. (Divy).
Jataka-mala, ed. H. Kern (Haward Or. Ser. I), Boston 1891. (Jtm).
Lalita-vistara, ed. S. Lefmann, I. Halle 1902. (Lai. V.).
Maha-vastu, ed. E. Senart, 3 vols., Paris 1882 — 1897.
Siksa-samuccaya. Ed. C. Bendall. St. Petersburg, 1902 (Siks).
3. TRANSLATIONS.
Buddh. Manual of Psychological Ethics (trsl. of the Dhamma-sangani) by Mrs. Rhys Davids (R. As. Soc. Trsl. Fund
XII), London 1900. ( Dhs trsl.).
Compendium of Philosophy (trsl. of the Abhidhamm' attha-sangaha) by S. Z. Aung and Mrs. Rhys Davids, PTS. Trsl.
1910. (Cpd.).
Dialogues of the Buddha, trsl. by T. W. and C. A. F. Rhys Davids, London I. 1899; II. 1910; III. 1921. (Dial.).
Expositor (trsl. of the Attha-salinI), by Maung Tin, PTS. Trsl. 1920, 21.
Kathavatthu trsl. ("Points of Controversy"), by Aung and Mrs. Rhys Davids, PTS. Trsl. 1915. (Kvu trsl.).
Kindred Sayings (Samyutta Nikaya I), by Mrs. Rhys Davids, PTS. Trsl. 1917. (KS.).
Mahavamsa trsl. by W. Geiger, PTS. Trsl. 1912.
1
Manual of a Mystic (Yogavacara), trs. by F. L. Woodward, PTS. Trsl. 1916. {Mystic).
Neumann, K. E., Lieder der Monche und Nonnen, Berlin 1899.
Psalms of the Brethren (trsl. Mrs. Rhys Davids), PTS. Trsl. 1913.
„ „ „ Sisters ( „ „ „ „ ), „ „ 1909.
Questions of Milinda (trsl. T. W. Rhys Davids), SBE. vols. 35, 36.
Vinaya Texts (trsl. Rhys Davids & Oldenberg), „ „ „ ,13,17,20.
4. GRAMMATICAL & OTHER LITERATURE;
PERIODICALS, ETC.
Abhidhanappadlpika, ed. W. Subhuti, Colombo 1 1883. (Abhp.).
Andersen, D., A Pali Reader, 2 pts; Copenhagen 1901, 1907.
Aufrecht, Th., Halayudha's Abhidhana-ratna-mala, London 1861.
Brugmann, K., Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogerm. Sprachen, Strass-burg 1902.
Childers, R. C, A Dictionary of the Pali Language, London 1874.
Geiger, W., Pali Literatur und Sprache, Strassburg 1916. (Geiger, P. Gr.).
Grassmann, W., Worterbuch zum Rig Veda, Leipzig 1873.
Journal of the American Oriental Society (J AOS.).
„ Asiatique, Paris {J. As.).
„ of the Pali Text Society (J PTS.).
„ „ „ Royal Asiatic Society, London (J RAS.).
Kaccayana-ppakarana, ed. & trsl. Senart (J. As. 1871) (Kacc).
Kern, FI., Toevocgselen op 't Woordenboek van Childers; 2 pts (Verhandelingen Kon. Ak. van Wetenschappen te
Amsterdam N. R. XVI, 5), Amsterdam 1916. (Toev.).
Kuhn's Zeitschrift fur vergleichende Sprachforschung (KZ . ).
Mahavyutpatti, ed. Mironow (Bibl. Buddhica XIII) St. Petersbourg 1910, 11. (Mvyut).
Muller, Ed., Simplified Grammar of the Pali Language, London 1884.
Trenckner, V., Notes on the Milindapanho, in J PTS. 1908, 102 sq.
Uhlenbeck, H., Kurzgefasstes Etym. Worterbuch d. Altindischen Sprache, Amsterdam 1898.
Walde, A., Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, Heidelberg2 1910.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, Leipzig 1847 sq. ( ZDMS .).
B. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
1. Titles Of Books (the no. refers to section of A).
.4
4
4
2
4
la
3
la
.4
,2
la
lb
lb
lb
.2
4
.3
la
la
lb
lb
A Anguttara la
Abhp Abhidhanappadlpika 4
Ap Apadana la
Av. S. Avadana-sataka 2
Bdhd Buddhadatta 1
Brethren: see Psalms 3
Bu Buddha- varhsa la
Cp Cariya-pitaka la
Cpd Compendium 3
D Digha la
Davs Datha-vamsa lb
Dh Dhammapada la
Dhs Dhammasangani la
Dhs trsl. Atthasalini 3
Dial. Dialogues 3
Divy Divyavadana 2
Dpvs Dipavamsa lb
Halayudhsee Aufrecht 4
It Itivuttaka la
J Jataka lb
J.A.O.S. Journal Amer. Or. Soc 4
J.As. „ Asiatique
J.P.T.S. „ Pali Text Soc. . . .
J.R.A.S. „ Royal Asiatic Soc.
Jtm Jatakamala
Kacc Kaccayana
Kh Khuddakapatha
KS Kindred Sayings
Kvu Kathavatthu
KZ Kuhn's Zeitschrift
Lai.V. Laiita Vistara
M Majjhima
Mhbv Mahabodhi-varjsa
Mhvs Mahavarjsa
Miln Milinda-panha
M Vastu Maha-vastu
Mvyut Mahavyutpatti
Mystic: see Manual
Nd 1 Mahaniddesa
Nd 2 Cullaniddesa
Nett Netti-pakarana
Pgdp Pancagati-dlpana
2
Ps Patisambhida-magga la
Pug Puggala-pannatti la
Pv Petavatthu la
S Samyutta la
SBE Sacred Books of the East 3
Sdhp Saddhammopayana lb
Siks Siksasamuccaya 2
Sisters: see Psalms 3
Sn Sutta-nipata la
Th 1 Thera gatha la
Th 2 Therlgatha la
Toev. Toevoegselen 4
Ud Udana la
Vbh Vibhanga la
Vin Vinaya la
Vism Visuddhi-magga lb
Vv Vimanavatthu id
ZDMG. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen
Gesellschaft 4
2. General & grammatical terms.
A in combn with a Title-letter
(e.g. DhA) = Commentary
(on Dh).
abl. ablative
abs. absolute(ly)
abstr. abstract
ace. accusative
act. active
add. addition
adj. adjective
adv. adverb
Ags. Anglo-Saxon
aor. aorist
appl. applied
art. article
attr. attribute
Av. Avesta
BB Burmese MSS
bef. before
BSk. Buddhist Sanskrit
C(&Cy) Commentary (when cited in
expln of a Text passage),
caus. causative
cert. certain
coll. collective
comb d , comb" combined, combina-
tion
comp, comparative, comparison,
composition
cons, consonant
corr. correct(ed)
correl. correlation, correlative
cp. compare
cpd. compound
dat. dative
den. denominative
der. derived, derivation
des. desiderative
dial. dialect(ical)
diff. different
dist. distinct, distinguished
E. English
e.g. for instance
end.
enclitic
ep.
epithet
esp.
especially
etym.
etymology
exc.
except
excl.
exclamation, exclusive
expl.
explanation, explained
f.
feminine
fig-
figurative(ly)
foil.
following
form.
formation
fr.
from
freq.
frequently. Frequentative
fut.
future
Gall.
Gallic
gen.
genitive
ger.
gerund
Ger.
German
Goth.
Gothic
Gr.
Greek
gram.
grammar, °atical
grd.
gerundive
ibid.
at the same passage
id.
the same
id.p.
identical passage
i.e.
that is
i-g-
in general
imper.
imperative
impers. impersonal
impf.
imperfect
Ind.
Index
ind.
indicative
indecl.
indeclinable
indef.
indefinite
inf.
infinitive
instr.
instrumental
interr.
interrogative
intrs.
intransitive
iter.
iterative
Lat.
Latin
l.c.
loco citato
lit.
literal(ly), literary
Lit.
Lithuanian
loc.
locative
m.
masculine
med.
medium (middle)
N.
Name
n.
noun, note
nom.
nominative
Np.
Name of person
Npl.
„ „ place
nt.
neuter
num.
numeral
Obulg.
Old-bulgarian
Ohg.
Old-high-german
Oicel.
„ -icelandic
Oir.
„ -irish
onom.
onomatopoetic
opp.
opposed, opposite
ord.
ordinal, ordinary
orig.
original(ly)
P.
Pali
part.
particle
pass
passive
perf.
perfect
pers.
personal
pi.
plural
pop.
popular
poss.
possessive
pot.
potential
pp.
past participle
ppr.
present „
prec.
preceding
pred.
predicative
pref.
prefix
prep.
preposition
pres.
present
pret.
preterite
Prk.
Prakrit
prob.
probably
pron.
pronoun
pt.
part
PTS.
Pali Text Society
q.v.
quod vide (which see)
ref.
reference, referred
refl.
reflexive
3
rel.
relation, relative
sup.
sep.
separate(ly)
s.v.
sg-
singular
syn.
Sk.
Sanskrit
sq.
and following
T.
SS.
Singhalese MSS.
trans.
ster.
stereotype
trsl.
Sllff.
suffix
t.t.
superlative
sub voce (under the word
mentioned)
synonym(ous)
Text
transitive
translated, translation
technical term
t.t.g.
„ „ in grammar
V.
verse
var.
variant, various
var.lect.
various reading
voc.
vocative
Wtb.
Worterbuch
3. Typographical.
*(s)uel indicates a (reconstructed or conjectured) Indogermanic root.
*Sk means, that the Sanskrit word is constructed after the Pali word; or as Sk. form is only found in lexicographical
lists.
a: the cap over a vowel indicates that the a is the result of a syncope a + a (e.g. khuddanukhudda), whereas
a represents the proper a, either pure or contracted with a preceding a (khmasava = khlna + asava).
° represents the head-word either as first (° — ) or second ( — °) part of a compound; sometimes also
an easily supplemented part of a word.
> indicates an etymological relation or line of development between the words mentioned.
~ and ~ means "at similar" or "at identical, parallel passages".
The meaning of all other abbreviations may easily be inferred from the context.
4
A
Akka
A
A- 1 the prep, a shortened before double cons., as akko- sati (a
+ krus), akkhati (a + khya), abbahati (a + brh). — Best to
be classed here is the a- we call expletive. It represents a re-
duction of a- (mostly before liquids and nasals and with single
consonant instead of double). Thus anantaka (for a-nantaka
= nantaka) Vv.80 7 ; amajjapa (for a-majjapa = majjapa) J
vi.328; amapaya (for amapaya = mapaya) J vi.5 1 8; apas-
sato (= passantassa) J vi.552.
A - 2 (an- before vowels) [Vedic a — , an — ; Idg. *n, gradation
form to *ne (see na 2 ); Gr. &, av — ; Lat. *en — , in — ; Goth.,
Ohg. & Ags. un — ; Oir. an — , in — ] neg. part, prefixed
to (1) nouns and adjectives; (2) verbal forms, used like (1),
whether part., ger., grd. or inf; (3) finite verbal forms. In
comp n . with words having originally two initial cons, the lat-
ter reappear in their assimilated form (e. g. appaticchavin). In
meaning it equals na-, nir- and vi-. Often we find it opp. to
sa-. Verbal negatives which occur in specific verb, function
will be enum d . separately, while examples of neg. form, of
(1) & (2) are given under their positive fonn unless the neg.
involves a distinctly new concept, or if its form is likely to lead
to confusion or misunderstanding. — Concerning the combin-
ing & contrasting (orig. neg.) -a- (a) in redupl. formations
like bhava-bhava see a 4 .
A- 3 [Vedic a — ; Idg. *e (loc. of pron. stem, cp. ayam; orig. a
deictic adv. with specific reference to the past, cp. Sk sma);
Gr. t — ; also in Gr. exei, Lat. equidem, enim] the augment
(sign of action in the past), prefixed to the root in pret., aor.
& cond. tenses; often omitted in ordinary prose. See forms
under each verb; cp. also ajja. Identical with this a- is the a-
which functions as base of some pron. forms like ato, attha,
asu etc. (q. v.).
A- 4 the sound a (a-kara) J vi.328, 552; VvA 279, 307, 311.
Amsa 1 [Vedic amsa; cp. Gr. 'copoc, Lat. umerus, Goth ams, Arm.
us] (a) the shoulder A v. 110; Sn 609. amse karoti to put on
the shoulder, to shoulder J i.9. (b.) apart (lit. side) (cp. °asain
kotthasa and expl" of amsa as kotthasa at DA i.3 12, also v. 1.
mettasa for mettaihsa at It 22). — atlt'amse in former times,
formerly D ii.224; Th 2, 314. mettamsa sharing friendship
(with) A iv. 151 = It 22 = J iv.71 (in which connection Miln
402 reads ahimsa). — Disjunctive ekena amsena... ekena
amsena on the one hand (side)... on the other, partly... partly
A i.61. From this: ekaihsa (adj.) on the one hand (only), i. e.
incomplete (opp. ubhayamsa) or (as not admitting of a coun-
terpart) definite, certain, without doubt (opp. dvidha): see
ekaihsa. -paccamsena according to each one's share A iii.38.
putamsena with a knapsack for provisions D i. 1 17; A ii 183;
cp. DA i.288, with v. 1. putosena at both passages.
-kuta "shoulder prominence", the shoulder Vin iii.127;
DliA iii.214; iv.136; VvA 121. — vattaka a shoulder strap
(mostly comb d with kayabandhana; vv. 11. “vaddhaka, °band-
haka) Vin i.204 (T. °bandhaka); ii. 1 14 (ddh); iv.170 (ddh); Vv
33 40 (T. “bandhana, C. v. 1. “vattaka); DhA iii.452.
Amsa 2 [see next] point, corner, edge; freg. in comb 11 with numer-
als, e. g. catur° four — cornered, cha}°, atth°, sojas° etc.
(q. v.) all at Dhs 617 (cp. DhsA 317). In connection with a
Vimana: ayat° with wide or protruding capitals (of its pillars)
Vv 84 15 ; as part of a carriage-pole Vv 64 2 (= kubbara — phale
patitthita hetthima — amsa VvA 265).
Amsi (f.) [cp. Vedic asri, asra, asani; Gr. ct’V.poc pointed, a'xpu;,
also oguc sharp: Lat. acer sharp. Further connections in Walde
Lat. Wtb. under acer] a corner, edge (= amsa 2 ) Vv 78 2 (=
amsa-bhaga VvA 303).
Amsu [cp. Sk. amsu (Halayudha) a ray of light] a thread Vin
iii.224. -malin, sun Sasv 1 .
Akata (adj.) [a + kata] not made, not artificial, natural; °yusa
natural juice Vin i.206.
Akampiyatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. akampiya, grd. of a + kampati] the
condition of not being shaken, stableness Miln 354.
Akalu (cp. agalu) an ointment J iv.440 (akaluh can dan art ca, v.
1. BB aggalum; C. expl s as kalakalun ca rattacandanan ca,
thus implying a blacking or dark ointment); vi. 144 (“candana-
vilitta; v. 1. BB aggalu°); Miln 338 (“tagara-tallsaka-lohita-
candana).
Akaca (adj.) [a + kaca] pure, flawless, clear D ii.244; Sn 476; J
v.203.
Akacin (adj.) = akaca Vv 60 1 . Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) pro-
poses reading akkacin (= Sk. arka — arcin shining as the sun),
but VvA 253 expl s by niddosa, and there is no v. 1. to warrant
a misreading.
Akasiya (adj. — n.) [a + kasika?] "not from the KasT — coun-
try" (?); official name of certain tax — gatherers in the king's
service J vi.212 (akasiya-sankhata raja-purisa C.).
Akiccakara (adj.) [a + kicca + kara] 1. not doing one's duty, do-
ing what ought not to be done A ii.67; Dh 292; Miln 66; DA
i.296. — 2. ineffective (of medicine) Miln 151.
Akiriya (adj.) [a + kiriya] not practical, unwise, foolish J iii.530
(°rupa = akattabba-rupa C.); Miln 250.
Akilasu (adj.) [a + kilasu] not lazy, diligent, active, untiring S
i.47; v.162; J i.109; Miln 382.
Akissava at S i. 1 49 is probably faulty reading for akincana.
Akutobhaya (adj.) see ku°.
Akuppa(adj.) [a + kuppa, grd. ofkup, cp. BSk. akopyaMVastu
iii.200] not to be shaken, immovable; sure, steadfast, safe Vin
i.ll (akuppa me ceto — vimutti) = S ii.239; Vin ii.69; iv.214;
D iii.273; M i.205, 298; S ii.171; A iii.119, 198; Miln 361.
Akuppata (f.) [abstr. fr. last] "state of not being shaken", surety,
safety; Ep. of Nibbana Th 1, 364.
Akka [cp. Sk. arka] N. of a plant: Calotropis Gigantea, swallow
— wort M i.429 (°assa jiya bowstrings made from that plant).
-nala a kind of dress material Vin i.306 (vv. 11. agga° &
akkha°). -vata a kind of gate to a plantation, a movable fence
5
Akka
Akkhara
made of the akka plant Vin ii. 1 54 (cp. akkha — vata).
Akkanta [pp. of akkamati] stepped upon, mounted on A i.8; J
i.71; Miln 152; DhA i.200.
Akkandati [a + kandati, krand] to lament, wail, cry S iv.206.
Akkamana (nt.) [cp. BSk. akramana Jtm 31 58 ] going near, ap-
proaching, stepping upon, walking to J i.62.
Akkamati [a + kamati, kram] to tread upon, to approach, attack
J i.7, 279; ThA 9; — to rise Vin iii. 38. — ger. akkamma Cp.
iii. 7 2 . — pp. akkanta (q. v.).
Akkuttha (adj. n.) [pp. of akkosati] 1. (adj.) being reviled,
scolded, railed at Sn 366 (= dasahi akkosavatthuhi abhisatto
SnA 364); J vi.187. — 2. (nt.) reviling, scolding, swearing at;
in comb 11 akkuttha-vandita Sn 702 (= akkosa-vandana SnA
492) Th 2, 388 (expl 11 ThA 256 as above).
Akkula (adj.) [= akula] confused, perplexed, agitated, frightened
Ud 5 (akkulopakkula and akkulapakkulika). See akula.
Akkosa [a + krus = krunc, see kunca & konca 2 ; to sound, root kr,
see note on gala] shouting at, abuse, insult, reproach, reviling
Sn 623; Miln 8 (+ paribhasa); SnA 492; ThA 256; PvA 243;
DhA ii.61.
-vatthu always as dasa a° — vatthuni 10 bases of abuse,
10 expressions of cursing J i. 191; SnA 364, 467; DhA i.2 12;
iv. 2.
Akkosaka (adj.) [from last] one who abuses, scolds or reviles, +
paribhasaka A ii.58; iii. 252; iv.156; v.317; PvA 251.
Akkosati [to krus see akkosa] to scold, swear at, abuse, revile
J i. 191; ii.4 1 6; iii. 27; DhA i.2 1 1 ; ii.44. Often comb d with
paribhasati, e. g. Vin ii.296; DhA iv.2; PvA 10. — aor.
akkocchi Dh 3; J iii. 212 (= akkosi DhA i.43. Der. wrongly
fr. krudh by Kacc. vi.417;cp. Franke, Einh. Pali — gramm.
37, and Geiger, P. Gr. § 164). — pp. akkuttha (q. v.).
Akkha 1 [Vedic aksa; Av. asa; Gr. ot'ccov a'uaca ohariot with one
axle); Lat. axis; Ohg. etc. ahsa, E. axle, to root of Lat. ago,
Sk. aj] the axle of a wheel D ii.96; S v.6; A i.l 12; J i. 109, 192;
v. 155 (akkhassa phalakam yatha; C.: suvannaphalakam
viya, i. e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle); Miln 27
(+ Isa + cakka), 277 (atibharena sakatassa akkho bhijjati:
the axle of the cart breaks when the load is too heavy); PvA
277. -akkham abbhanjati to lubricate the axle S iv.177;
Miln 367.
-chinna one whose axle is broken; with broken axle S i.57;
Miln 67. -bhagga with a broken axle J v.433. -bhanjana
the breaking of the axle DhA i.375; PvA 277.
Akkha 2 [Vedic aksa, prob. to aksi & Lat. oculus, "that which has
eyes" i. e. a die; cp. also Lat. alea game at dice (fr.* asclea?)]
a die D i.6 (but expl d at DA i.86 as ball — game: gujaklja); S
i. 149 = A v.171 = Sn 659 (appamatto ayam kaliyo akkhesu
dhanaparajayo); J i.379 (kut° a false player, sharper, cheat)
anakkha one who is not a gambler J v. 116 (C.: ajutakara).
Cp. also accha 3 .
-dassa (cp. Sk. aksadarsaka) one who looks at (i. e. ex-
amines) the dice, an umpire, a judge Vin iii. 47; Miln 114, 327,
343 (dhamma — nagare). -dhutta one who has the vice of
gambling D ii.348; iii. 183; M iii. 170; Sn 106 (+ itthidhutta &
suradhutta). -vata fence round an arena for wrestling J i v. 8 1 .
(? read akka — ).
Akkha 3 (adj.) ( — °) [to akkhi] having eyes, with eyes PvA 39
(BB. rattakkha with eyes red from weeping, gloss on as-
sumukha). Prob. akkhana is connected with akkha.
Akkhaka [akkha 1 + ka] the collar — bone Vin iv.2 13 (adhak-
khakaiii); y.216.
Akkhana [a + khana, BSk. aksana AvS i.291 = 332] wrong time,
bad luck, misadventure, misfortune. There are 9 enum d at D
iii. 263; the usual set consists of 8; thus D iii. 287; VvA 193;
Sdhp 4 sq. See also khana.
-vedhin (adj. n.) a skilled archer, one who shoots on
the moment, i. e. without losing time, expl d as one who
shoots without missing (the target) or as quickly as lightning
(akkhana = vijju). In var. comb ns .; mostly as durepatin a.
A i.284 (+ mahato kavassa padaleta); ii.170 sq. (id.), 202;
iv. 423, 425; J ii.91 (expl d as either "aviradhita -vedhl" or
"akkhanam vuccati vijju": one who takes and shoots his ar-
rows as fast as lightning), iii. 322; iv.494 (C. expl lls aviraddha-
vedhin vijju-alokena vijjhana -samattha p. 497). In other
comb 11 at J i.58 (akkhanavedhin + valavedhin); v.129 (the
4 kinds of archers: a., valavedhin, saddavedhin & saraved-
hin).
In BSk. we find aksunnavedha (a Sanskritised Pali form,
cp. Mathura ksuna = Sk. ksana) at Divy 58, 100, 442 (always
with durevedha), where MSS. however read aksuna 0 ; also at
Lai. Vist. 178. See Divy Index, where trsl 11 is given as "an
act of throwing the spear so as to graze the mark" (Schiefner
gives "Streifschuss"). -
Note. The explanations are not satisfactory. We should ex-
pect either an etym. bearing on the meaning "hitting the centre
of the target" (i. e. its "eye") (cp. E. bull's eye), in which case
a direct relation to akkha = akkhi eye would not seem improb-
able (cp. formation ikkhana) or an etym. like "hitting without
mishap", in which case the expression would be derived di-
rectly from ak khana (see prec.) with the omission of the neg.
an — ; akkhana in the meaning of "lightning" (J ii.91 C.) is not
supported by literary evidence.
Akkhata (adj.) [pp. of a + ksan, cp. parikkhata 1 ] un-
hurt, without fault Mhvs 19, 56 (C. niddosa). — acc.
akkhatam (adv.) in safety, unhurt. Only in one phrase Vv
84 52 (paccagamum Pataliputtam akkhatam) & Pv iv.ll 1
(nessami tam Pataliputtam akkhatam); see VvA 351 &PvA
272.
Akkhaya (adj.) [a + khaya, ksi] not decaying, in akkhaya-
patibhana, of unfailing skill in exposition Miln 3, 21.
Akkhara (adj.) [Vedic aksara] constant, durable, lasting D iii. 86.
As tt. for one of 4 branches of Vedic learning (D i.88) it is
Phonetics which probably included Grammar, and is expl d by
sikkha (DA i.247 = SnA 477) — pi. nt. akkharani sounds,
tones, words, citt'akkhara of a discourse (suttanta) having
variety & beauty of words or sounds (opposed to beauty of
thought) A i.72 = iii. 107 = S ii.267. Akkharani are the sauce,
flavour (vyanjana) of poetry S i.38. To know the context of
the a° the words of the texts, is characteristic of an Arahant Dh
352 (C. is ambiguous DhA iv.70). Later: akkharam a syllable
or sound PvA 280 (called sadda in next line); akkharam an
inscription J ii.90; iv.7 (likhitani written), 489; vi.390, 407.
6
Akkhara
Agara
In Grammar: a letter Kacc. 1.
-cintaka a grammarian or versifier KhA 17; SnA 16, 23,
321. cp. 466; PvA 120. -pabheda in phrase sakkharap-
pabheda phonology & etymology D i.88 (akkharappabhedo ti
sikkha ca nirutti ca SnA 447 = DA i.247) = A iii.223 = Sn
p. 105. -pinda "word — ball", i. e. sequence of words or
sounds DhA iv.70 (= akkharanam sannipato Dh 352).
Akkharika (f.) a game (recognising syllables written in the air or
on one's back). D i.7; Vin ii.10; iii.180. So expl d at DA i.86.
It may be translated "letter game"; but all Indian letters of that
date were syllables.
Akkhata (adj.) [pp. of akkhati] announced, proclaimed, told,
shown A i.34 (dur°); ii. 195; iv.285, 322; v.265, 283; Sn 172,
276, 595, 718.
Akkhatar one who relates, a speaker, preacher, story — teller S
i. 11, 191; iii.66; Sn 167.
Akkhati [a + khya, Idg. *seq 11 ; cp. Sk. akhyati, Lat. inquam,
Gr. cvverao, Goth, saihvan, Ger. sehen etc. See also akkhi &
cakkhu] to declare, announce, tell Sn 87, 172; imper. akkhahi
Sn 988, 1085; aor. akkhasi Sn 251, 504, 1131 (= acikkhi etc.
Nd 2 465); fut. akkhissatiPviv.l 63 ; cond. akkhissarh Sn997;
J vi.523. — Pass, akkhayati to be proclaimed, in phrase ag-
gam a. to be deemed chief or superior, to be first, to excel Miln
118, 182 (also in BSk. agram akhyayate M Vastu iii.390); ger.
akkheyya to be pronounced S i. 11; It 53. — pp. akkhata (q.
v.). — Intensive or Frequentative is acikkhati.
Akkhana (nt.) [Sk. akhyana] telling stories, recitation; tale,
legend D i.6 (= DA i.84: Bharata-Ramayanadi); iii.183;
M i.503; iii. 167; Sdhp. 237. — preaching, teaching Nd 1
91 (dhamm°). The 5 th Veda J v.450. (vedam akkhana-
pancamam; C: itihasapancamam vedacatukkam). — The
spelling akhyana also occurs (q. v.).
Akkhayika (adj.) relating, narrating J iii. 535; lokakkhayika
katha talk about nature — lore D i.8; Miln 316.
Akkhayin (adj.) telling, relating, announcing S ii.35; iii. 7; J
iii. 105.
Akkhi (nt.) [to *oks, an enlarged form of *oq u , cp. Sk. Tksate,
ksana, pratlka, anlka; Gr. o'aoz, <o”i]t (*KuxXm(]i), ocp^aXpog,
Tipooconov; Lat. oculus, Ags. eowan (= E eye & wind —
ow); Goth. augo. See also cakkhu & cp. akkha 2 & ikkhanika]
the eye M i.383 (ubbhatehi akkhlhi); Sn 197, 608; J i.223,
279; v.77; vi.336; Pv ii.9 26 (akkhlni paggharanti: shed tears,
cp. PvA 123); VvA 65 (°Ini bhamanti, my eyes swim) cp.
akkhlni me dhumayanti DhA i.475; DhA ii.26; iii. 196 (°Ini
ummlletva opening the eyes); Sdhp 103, 380. — In comb"
with sa- as sacchi & sakkhi (q. v.). As adj. ( — °) akkha 3
(q.v.).
-anjana eye ointment, collyrium DhA iii. 354. -kupa the
socket of the eye J iv.407. -ganda eye — protuberance, i. e.
eye — brow (?) J vi.504 (for pamukha T.). -gutha secretion
from the eye PvA 198. -guthaka id. Sn 197 (= dvlhi akkliic-
chiddehi apanlta — ttaca — marhsasadiso a° — guthako SnA
248). -chidda the eye — hole SnA 248. -dala the eye —
lid DA i. 1 94; ThA 259; DhsA 378. -pata "fall of the eye",
i. e. a look, in mand° of soft looks (adj.) PvA 57. -pura an
eye — full, in akkhipuram assum (assu?) an eye full of tears J
vi. 191. -mala dirt from the eye Pv iii. 5 3 (= “gutha C.). -roga
eye disease DhA i.9.
Akkhika 1 ( — °) (adj.) having eyes, with eyes Th 1,960 (anjan°
with eyes anointed); DhA iv.98 (addh° with half an eye, i. e.
stealthily); Sdhp 286 (tamb° red — eyed). -an° having no
eyes DhA i.ll.
Akkhika 2 (nt.) [cp. Sk. aksa] the mesh of a net J i.208.
-haraka one who takes up a mesh (?) M i.383 (corresp. with
andaharaka).
Akkhitta 1 see khitta.
Akkhitta 2 (adj.) [BSk aksipta Divy 363, pp. of a + ksip] hit,
struck, thrown J iii. 255 (= akaddhita C.).
Akkhin (adj.) = akkhika J iii. 190 (mand° softeyed); Vv 32 3
(tamb° red — eyed); DhA i.ll.
Akkhobbha (adj.) [a + ksubh, see khobha] not to be shaken, im-
perturbable Miln 21.
Akkhobhana (adj) = akkhobbha J v.322 (= khobhetun na
sakkha C.).
AkkhohinI (f.) [= akkhobhim] one of the highest numerals (1 fol-
lowed by 42 ciphers, Childers) J v.319; vi.395.
Akhandaphuiia see khanda.
Akhata (adj.) not dug: see khata.
Akhetta barren — soil: see khetta. — In cpd. °nnu the neg.
belongs to the whole: not knowing a good field (for alms) J
iv.37 1 .
Agati see gati. -°gamana practising a wrong course of life, evil
practice, wrong doing D iii. 228 (4: chanda°, dosa° moha°
bhaya°); A ii. 18 sq„ J iv.402; v.98, 510; PvA 161.
Agada [Vedic agada; a + gada] medicine, drug, counter-poison
J i.80 (°harltaka); Miln 121, 302, 319, 334; DA i.67; DhA
i.215; PvA 198 (= osadham).
Agaru (adj.) [cp. Sk. aguru, a + garu] (a) not heavy, not trouble-
some, only in phrase: sace te agaru "if it does not inconve-
nience you, if you don't mind" (cp. BSk. yadi te aguru. Av.
S i.94, 229; ii.90) Vin. i.25; iv.17, D i.51; DhA i.39. — (b)
disrespectful, irreverent (against = gen.) D i.89; Snp. 51.
Agalu [cp. Sk. aguru, which is believed to appear in Hebr. ahallm
(aloe), also in Gr. a Xoq & aydXXocov] fragrant aloe wood,
Agallochum Vv 53 7 (aggalu = VvA 237 agalugandha); VvA
158 (+ candana). Cp. also Av. S i.24, and akalu.
Agara (nt.) [cp. Sk. agara, probably with the a — of commu-
nion; Gr. ayeipo to collect, otyopd market. Cp. in meaning &
etym. gaha 1 ]. — 1. house or hut, usually implying the com-
forts of living at home as opp. to anagara homelessness or the
state of a homeless wanderer (mendicant). See anagariya. —
Thus freq. in two phrases contrasting the state of a house-
holder (or layman, cp. gihin), with that of a religious wan-
derer (pabbajita), viz. (a.) kesamassum oharetva kasayani
vatthani acchadetva agarasma anagariyam pabbajati "to
shave off hair & beard, put on the yellow robes, and wan-
der forth out of the home into the homeless state" D i.60 etc.;
cp. Nd 2 172". See also S i. 1 85 (agarasma anagariyam
nikkhanta); M ii.55 (agaram ajjhavasata); Sn 274, 805 (°m
7
Agara
Agga
avasati), and with pabbajita D i.89, 115, 202, 230; Pv ii.13 17 .
— (b.) of a "raja cakkavattin" compared with a "sambuddha":
sace agar aril avasati vijeyya pathaviih imam adandena
asatthena... sace ca so pabbajati agara anagariyarii vi-
vatacchado sambuddho araha bhavissati "he will become
the greatest king when he stays at home, but the greatest saint
when he takes up the homeless life", the prophesy made for the
infant Gotama D ii. 16; Sn 1002, 1003. — Further passages for
agara e. g. Vin i. 15; D i. 1 02 (BB. has v. 1. agyagara, but DA
i.270 expl. as danagara); A i. 156, 281; ii.52 sq.; Dh 14, 140;
Ji.51,56; iii.392; Dpvs. i.36. — 2. anagara (adj.) houseless,
homeless; a mendicant (opp. gahattha) Sn 628 = Dh 404; Sn
639, 640 (+ paribbaje); Pv ii.2 5 (= anavasa PvA 80). — (nt.)
the homeless state (= anagariya) Sn 376. See also agga 2 . —
3. °agara: Owing to freq. occurrence of agara at the end
of cpds. of which the first word ends in a, we have a dozen
quite familiar words ending apparently in agara. This form
has been considered therefore as a proper doublet of agara.
This however is wrong. The long a is simply a contraction of
the short a at the end of the first part of the cpd. with the short a
at the beginning of agara. Of the cpds. the most common are:
— agantuk 0 reception hall for strangers or guests S iv.219;
v.21. — itth° lady's bower S i.58, 89. — kut° a house with a
peaked roof, or with gables S ii. 103. 263; iii.156; iv.186; v.43;
A i.230; iii.10, 364; iv.231; v.21. -kotth° storehouse, granary
D i. 134 (cp. DA i.295); S i.89. -tin° a house covered with
grass S iv.185; A i. 101 . -bhus° threshing shed, bam A i.241.
-santh° a council hall D i.91; ii. 147; S iv.182; v.453; A ii.207;
iv.179 sq. -sunn° an uninhabited shed; solitude S v.89, 157,
310 sq., 329 sq.; A i.24 1 (v. 1. for bhusagara); iii.353; iv. 139,
392, 437; v.88, 109, 323 sq.
Agaraka (nt.) [fr. agara] a small house, a cottage M i.450; J vi.81.
Agarika (adj.) 1. having a house, in eka°, dva° etc. D i. 1 66 =
A i.295 = ii.206. — 2. a householder, layman Vin i. 17. f.
agarika a housewife Vin i.272. See also agarika.
Agarin (adj.) [fr. agara] one who has or inhabits a house, a house-
holder Sn 376, Th i,1009; J iii.234. — f. agarinl a housewife
Vv 52 7 (= gehassamm! VvA 225); Pv iii.4 3 (id. PvA 194).
Agariya = agarika, a layman M i.504 (°bhuta). — Usually in
neg. anagariya (f.) the homeless state (= anagaraih) as opp.
to agara (q. v.) in formula agarasma anagariyam pabbajita
(gone out from the house into the homeless state) Vin i. 1 5; M
i. 16; ii.55, 75; A i.49; D iii.30 sq., 145 sq.; Sn 274, 1003; Pv
ii. 13 16 ; DA i.112.
Agga 1 (adj. n.) [Vedic agra; cp. Av. agro first; Lith. agrs early] 1.
(adj;) (a.) of time: the first, foremost Dpvs iv. 1 3 (sangaham
first collection). See cpds. — (b.) of space: the highest, top-
most, J i.52 (°sakha). — (c.) of quality: illustrious, excellent,
the best, highest, chief Vin iv.232 (agga-m-agga) most excel-
lent, D ii.4: S 1.29 (a. sattassa Sambuddha); A ii. 1 7 = Pv
iv.3 47 (lokassa Buddho aggo [A: aggarii] pavuccati); It 88, 89;
Sn 875 (suddhi); PvA 5. Often comb d with settha (best), e. g.
D ii. 15; S iii.83, 264. — 2. (nt.) top, point, (a.) lit.: the top or
tip (nearly always — °); as ar° point of an awl Sn 625, 63 1 ; Dh
401 ; kus° tip of a blade of grass Dh 70; Sdhp 349; tin° id PvA
241; dum° top of a tree J ii. 155; dhaj° of a banner S i.2 1 9;
pabbat 0 ofa mountain Sdhp 352; sakh° ofa branch PvA 157;
etc. — (b.) fig. the best part, the ideal, excellence, promi-
nence, first place, often to be trsl. as adj. the highest, best of
all etc. S ii.29 (aggena aggassa patti hoti: only the best attain
to the highest); Mhvs 7, 26. Usually as — °; e. g. dum° the
best of trees, an excellent tree Vv 35 41 (cp. VvA 161); dhan°
plenty D iii. 164; madhur 0 S i.41, 161, 237; bhav° the best
existence S iii.83; rup° extraordinary beauty J i.29 1 ; labh°
highest gain J iii. 127; sambodhi-y-agga highest wisdom Sn
693 (= sabbannuta — nanan SnA 489; the best part or qual-
ity of anything, in enum 11 of the five "excellencies" of first
— fruits (panca aggani, after which the N. Pancaggadayaka),
viz. khettaggan ras° kotth° kumbhi 0 bhojan 0 SnA 270. sukh°
perfect bliss Sdhp 243. Thus freq. in phrase aggarii akkhayati
to deserve or receive the highest praise, to be the most excel-
lent D i. 124; S iii. 156, 264; A ii. 1 7 (Tathagato); It 87 (id.); Nd 2
517 D (appamado); Miln 183. — 3. Cases as adv.: aggena
(instr.) in the beginning, beginning from, from (as prep.), by
(id.) Vin ii. 1 67. (aggena ganhati to take from, to subtract, to
find the difference; Kern Toev. s. v. unnecessarily changes
aggena into agghena), 257 (yadaggena at the moment when or
from, foil, by tad eva "then"; cp. agge), 294 (bhikkh 0 from
alms); Vbh 423 (vass° by the number of years), aggato (abl.)
in the beginning Sn 2 17 (+ majjhato, sesato). aggato kata taken
by its worth, valued, esteemed Th 2, 386, 394. agge (loc) 1.
at the top A ii.201 (opp. mule at the root); J iv.156 (id.); Sn
233 (phusit 0 with flowers at the top: supupphitaggasakha KhA
192); J ii. 1 53 (ukkh°); iii. 126 (kup°). — 2 (as prep.) from.
After, since, usually in phrases yad° (foil, by tad°) from what
time, since what date D i. 152; ii.206; & ajja — t — agge from
this day, after today D i.85; M i.528; A v.300; Sn p. 25 (cp.
BSk. adyagrena Av. S ii.13); at the end: bhattagge after a
meal Vin ii.2 12.
-angull the main finger, i. e. index finger J vi.404.
-asana main seat DA i.267. -upatthaka chief personal at-
tendant D ii.6. -karika first taste, sample Vin iii. 80. -kulika
of an esteemed clan Pv iii.5 5 (= setth° PvA 199). -nna rec-
ognized as primitive primeval, D iii. 225 (porana +), A ii.27
sq.; iv.246, Kvu 341. -danta one who is most excellently
self — restrained (of the Buddha) Th i.354. -dana a splen-
did gift Vin iii. 39. -dvara main door J i. 1 14. -nakha tip
of the nail Vin iv.221. -nagara the first or most splendid of
cities Vin i.229. -nikkhitta highly praised or famed Miln 343.
-nikkhittaka an original depository of the Faith Dpvs iv.5. -
pakatimant of the highest character J v.351 (= aggasabhava).
-patta having attained perfection D iii. 48 sq. -pasada the
highest grace A ii.34; It 87. -pinda the best oblation or alms
i. 141; M i. 28; ii.204. -pindika receiving the best oblations
J vi. 140. -puggala the best of men (of the Buddha) Sn 684;
DhA ii.39; Sdhp. 92, 558. -purohita chief or prime minister
J vi.39 1 . -phala the highest or supreme fruit (i. e. Ara-
hantship) J i. 148; Pv iv. 1 88 ; PvA 230. -blja having eggs from
above (opp. miila°), i. e. propagated by slips or cuttings D
i.5; DA i.81. -magga (adj.) having reached the top of the
path, i. e. Arahantship ThA 20. -mahesi the king's chief
wife, queen — consort J i.262; iii. 187, 393; v.88; DhA i. 199;
PvA 76. -raja the chief king J vi. 391; Miln 27. -vara most
meritorious, best Dpvs vi.68. -vada the original doctrine (=
theravada) Dpvs iv. 13. -vadin one who proclaims the highest
good (of the Buddha) Th 1, 1 142.
Agga
Aggha
Agga 2 (nt.) (only — °) [a contracted form of agara] a (small)
house, housing, accomodation; shelter, hut; hall. dan° a house
of donation, i. e. a public or private house where alms are
given J iii.470; iv.379, 403; vi.487; PvA 121; Miln 2. salak°
a hut where food is distributed to the bhikkhus by tickets, a
food office Ji. 123, VvA 75.
Aggata (f.) [abstr. of agga] pre — eminence, prominence, supe-
riority Kvu 556 (°m gata); Dpvs iv.l (gunaggatam gata). —
(adj.) mahaggata of great value or superiority D i.80; iii.224.
Aggatta (nt.) [abstr. of agga = Sk. agratvan] the state or condition
of being the first, pre — eminence PvA 9, 89.
Aggavant (adj.) occupying the first place, of great eminence A
i.70, 243.
Aggalu see agalu.
Aggaja & Aggaja (f.) (also occasionally with 1.) [cp. Sk. argala
& argala to *areg to protect, ward off, secure etc., as in Ags.
reced house; *aleg in Sk. raksati to protect, Gr. c/./icoi id.,
Ags. ealh temple. Cp. also *areq in Gr. dpxew = Lat. arceo,
Orcus, Ohg rigil bolt.] a contrivance to fasten anything for se-
curity or obstruction: 1. a bolt or cross — bar Vin i.290; D
i. 89 (°m akoteti to knock upon the cross — bar; a. = kavata
DA i.252); A iv.359 (id.); S. iv.290; A i.101 = 137 = iv.231.
(phusit 0 with fastened bolts, securely shut Th 1,385 (id.); Vin
iv.47; J. v.293 (°m uppljeti to lift up the cross — bar. — 2. a
strip of cloth for strengthening a dress etc., a gusset Vin i.290
(+ tunna), 392 (Bdhgh on MV viii.21, 1); J i.8 (+ tunna) vi.71
(°m datva); Vin iv. 121.
-dana putting in a gusset J i.8. -phalaka the post or
board, in which the cross — bar is fixed (cp. “vatti) M iii.95.
-vatti = “phalaka Vin ii. 120, 148. -suci bolting pin M i. 126.
Aggi [Vedic agni = Lat. ignis. Besides the contracted form aggi
we find the diaeretic forms gini (q. v.) and aggini (see be-
low)] fire. — 1. fire, flames, sparks; conflagration, Vin ii. 120
(fire in bathroom); M i.487 (anaharo nibbuto f. gone out for
lack of fuel); S iv.l 85, 399 (sa — upadano jalati provided with
fuel blazes); Sn 62; Dh 70 (= asaniaggi DhA iii.71); J i.2 16
(sparks), 294 (pyre); ii. 102; iii.55; iv. 139; VvA 20 (aggimhi
tapanam + udake temanam). — The var. phases of lighting
and extinguishing the fire are given at A iv.45: aggim ujjaleti
(kindle, make burn), ajjhupekkhati (look after, keep up), nib-
bapeti (extinguish, put out), nikkhipati (put down, lay). Other
phrases are e. g. aggim jaleti (kindle) J ii.44; ganhati (make or
take) J i.494 (cp. below b); deti (set light to) J i.294; nibbapeti
(put out) It 93; Sdhp 552. aggi nibbayati the f. goes out S
ii. 85; M i.487; J i.212 (udake through water); Miln 304. aggi
nibbuto the f. is extinguished (cp. “nibbana) J i.61; Miln 304.
aggina dahati to burn by means of fire, to set fire to A i. 1 36,
199; PvA 20. udar° the fire supposed to regulate digestion
PvA 33; cp. Dial, ii.208, note 2; kapp°utthan° the univer-
sal conflagration J iii. 185; dav° a wood or jungle fire J i.2 12;
na]° the burning of a reed J vi. 100; padlp° fire of a lamp Miln
47. 2. the sacrificial fire: In one or two of the passages in
the older texts this use of Aggi is ambiguous. It may possibly
be intended to denote the personal Agni, the fire — god. But
the commentators do not think so, and the Jataka commentary,
when it means Agni, has the phrase Aggi Bhagava the Lord
Agni, e. g. at J i.285, 494; ii.44. The ancient ceremony of
kindling a holy fire on the day the child is born and keeping
it up throughout his life, is also referred to by that commen-
tary e. g. J i.285; ii.43. Aggim paricarati (cp. “paricariya)
to serve the sacred fire Vin i.31 (jatila aggi paricaritukama);
A v.263, 266; Th 2, 143 (= aggihuttam paric° ThA 136); Dh
107; J i.494; DhA ii.232. aggim juhati (cp. °homa, °hutta) to
sacrifice (in)to the fire A ii.207; often comb d ' with aggihuttam
paricarati, e. g. S i. 166; Sn p. 79. aggim namati & santap-
peti to worship the fire A v.235. aggissa (gen.) paricariko J
yi.207 (cp. below “paricarika); aggissa adhanam A iv.4 1 . —
3. (ethical, always — °) the fire of burning, consuming, fever-
ish sensations. Freq. in standard set of 3 fires, viz. rag°, dos°,
moh°, or the fires of lust, anger and bewilderment. The num-
ber three may possibly have been chosen with reference to the
three sacrificial fires of Vedic ritual. At S iv. 19; A iv.4 1 sq.
there are 7 fires, the 4 last of which are ahuneyy 0 , gahapat 0 ,
dakkhineyy 0 , katth°. But this trinity of cardinal sins lies at
the basis of Buddhist ethics, & the fire simile was more prob-
ably suggested by the number. D iii.217; It 92, Vbh 368. In
late books are found others: ind° the fire of the senses PvA
56; dukkh° the glow of suffering ib. 60; bhavadukkh 0 of the
misery of becomings Sdhp. 552; vippatisar° burning remorse
PvA 60; sok° burning grief ib. 41 .
Note. The form aggini occurs only at Sn 668 & 670 in the
meaning of "pyre", and in comb"' with sama "like", viz. ag-
gini — samam jalitam 668 (= samantato jali tam aggim Sn A
480); aggini — samasu 670 (= aggisamasu Sn A 481). The
form aggini in phrase niccagginl can either be referred to gini
(q. v.) or has to be taken as nom. of aggini (in adj. func-
tion with I metri causa; otherwise as adj. agginirii), meaning
looking constantly after the fire, i. e. careful, observant, alert.
-agara (agyagara) a heated room or hut with a fire Vin
i.24; iv.109; D i. 101, 102 (as v. 1. BB for agara); M i.501;
A v.234, 250. -khandha a great mass of fire, a huge fire,
fire — brand S ii.85; A iv. 128; Th 2, 351 (“samakama); J
iv. 139; vi.330; Ps i. 125; Dpvs vi.37; Miln 304. -gata hav-
ing become (like) fire Miln 302. — ja fire — born J v.404
(C; text aggijata). -ttha fire — place J v.155. -tthana fire
— place Vin ii. 120 (jantaghare, in bathroom), -daddha con-
sumed by fire Dh 136; Pv i.7 4 . -daha (maha“) a holocaust
A i. 1 78. -nikasin like fire J iii. 320 (suriya). -nibbana the
extinction of fire J i.2 12. -pajjota fire — light A ii. 140 (one
of the 4 lights, viz. canda°, suriya 0 , a°, panna°). -paricarana
( — tthana) the place where the (sacrificial) fire is attended
to DhA i. 1 99. -paricariya fire — worship DhA ii.232; Sn
A 291 (pari°) 456. -paricarika one who worship the fire a
v. 263 (brahmana). -sala a heated hall or refectory Vin i.25, 49
= ii.2 10; i. 139; ii. 1 54. -sikha the crest of the fire, the flame,
in simile °upama, like a flaming fire Sn 703; Dh 308 = It 43,
90 (ayogula). -hutta (nt.) the sacrificial fire (see above 2),
Vin i.33, 36 = J i.83; Vin i.246 = Sn 568 (“mukha — yanna);
S i. 166; Dh 392; Sn 249, p. 79; J iv.211; vi.525; ThA 136 (=
aggi); DhA iv. 151 (°m brahmano namati). -huttaka (nt.) fire
— offering J vi.522 (= aggi — juhana C.). -hotta = “hutta
SnA 456 (v. 1. BB “hutta). -homa fire — oblation (or perhaps
sacrificing to Agni) D i.9 (= aggi — juhana DA i.93).
Aggika (adj.) [aggi + ka] one who worships the fire Vin i.7 1 (jati-
laka); D ii.339 sq. (jatila); S i. 166 (brahmana).
9
Aggha
Anketi
Aggha [see agghati] 1. price, value, worth, Miln 244; Mhvs 26,
22; 30, 76; VvA 77. — mahaggha (adj.) of great value J
iv.138; v.414; vi.209; Pv ii.l 18 . See also maharaha. appaggha
(adj.) of little value J. iv. 139; v.414. — anaggha (nt.) price-
lessness, J v.484; cattari anagghani the four priceless things,
viz. setacchatta, nisldanapallanka, adharaka, padapithika DhA
iii. 120, 186. (adj.) priceless, invaluable J v.414; Mhvs 26, 25;
DhA iv.216. — agghena (instr.) for the price of Vin ii.52, cp.
Bdhgh on p. 311, 312. — 2. an oblation made to a guest D
ii.240; J iv.396 = 476.
-karaka a valuator J i.124. -pada valuableness J v.473
(°lakkhanam nama mantam).
Agghaka (adj.) = aggha; worth, having the value of ( — °) Mhvs
30, 77. an° priceless Mhvs 30, 72.
Agghati (intr.) [Sk. arghati, argh = arh (see arhati), cp. Gr. aXcpVj
reward, dXcp&vw to deserve] to be worth, to have the value
of (acc.), to deserve J i. 112 (satasahassam; addhamasakam);
vi.174, 367 (padarajarn); DhA iii. 35 (manin nagghama); Mhvs
32, 28. Freq. in stock phrase kalam nagghati (nagghanti)
sojasirii not to be worth the 16 th part of (cp. kala) Vin ii. 1 56;
S i.233; Dh 70; Vv 20 7 (= nanubhoti VvA 104), 43 7 ; J v.284.
— Caus. agghapeti to value, to appraise, to have a price put
on (acc.) J i. 124; iv. 137, 278; Miln 192; Mhvs 27, 23. Cp.
agghapanaka & agghapaniya.
Agghanaka (adj.) ( — °) [fr. *agghana, abstr. to agghati] having
the value of, equal to, worth Vin iv.226; J i.61 (satasahass 0 ),
112; DA i.80 (kahapan 0 ); DhA iii. 120 (cuddasakoti 0 ); Mhvs
26, 22; 34, 87. — f. °ika J i. 1 78 (satasahass 0 ).
Agghaniya (adj.) [in function & form grd. of agghati] priceless,
invaluable, beyond the reach of money Miln 192.
Agghapanaka [fr. agghapana to agghapeti, Caus. of agghati] a
valuator, appraiser J i. 124, 125; v.276 (°ika).
Agghapaniya (adj.) [grd. of agghapeti, see agghati] that which is
to be valued, in °kamma the business of a valuator J iv. 137.
Agghika (nt.) ( — °) [= agghiya] an oblation, decoration or salu-
tation in the form of garlands, flowers etc., therefore mean-
ing "string, garland" (cp. Sinhalese aga "festoon work") Mhvs
19, 38 (pupph°) 34, 73 (ratan°) 34, 76 (dhaj°); Davs i.39
(pupphamay 0 ); v.51 (kusum°).
Agghiya (adj. — n.) [grd. form from agghati] 1. (adj.) valuable,
precious, worth J vi.265 (mani); DhA ii.41 (ratan° of jewel's
worth); Mhvs 30, 92. — 2. (nt.) a respectful oblation J v.324
= vi.5 1 6; Dpvs vi.65; vii.4.
Agha 1 (nt.) [cp. Sk. agha, of uncertain etym.] evil, grief, pain,
suffering, misfortune S i 22; M i.500 (roga ganda salla agha);
A ii.l 28 (id.); J v.100; Th 2, 491; Sdhp 51. — adj. painful,
bringing pain J vi.507 (agha — m — miga = aghakara m. C.).
-bhuta a source of pain S iii. 189 (+ agha & salla).
Agha 2 (m. nt.) [the etym. suggested by Morris JP.T.S. 1889, 200
(with ref. to M i.500, which belongs under agha 1 ) is unten-
able (to Sk. kha, as a — kha = agha, cp. Jain Prk. khaha).
Neither does the pop. etym. of Bdhgh. offer any clue (= a +
gha from ghan that which does not strike or aghattaniya is not
strikeable DhsA 326, cp. Dhs. trsl. 194 & J iv.154 aghe thita
= appatighe akase thita the air which does not offer any resis-
tance). On the other hand the primary meaning is darkness, as
seen from the phrase lokantarika agha asarhvuta andhakara
D ii. 12; S v.454, and BSk. aghasamvrta M Vastu i.240, adj.
dark M Vastu i.41; ii. 1 62; Lai Vist 552] the sky, orig. the dark
sky, dark space, the abyss of space D ii. 12; S v.45; Vv 16 1
(aghasi gama, loc. = vehasam gama VvA 78); J iv.154; Dhs
638 (+ aghagata); Vbh 84 (id.).
-gata going through or being in the sky or atmosphere
Dhs 638, 722; Vbh 84. -gamin moving through the atmo-
sphere or space i. e. a planet S i.67 = Miln 242 (adicco settho
aghagaminam).
Aghata at Th 1, 321 may be read as agha — gata or (preferably)
with v. 1. as aggha — gatam, or (with Neumann) as aggham
agghatanam. See also Mrs. Rh. D, Psalms of the Brethren, p.
191.
Aghammiga [to agha 1 ?] a sort of wild animal J vi.247 (= agha-
vaha miga) 507 (= aghakara). Cp. BSk. agharika Divy 475.
Aghavin (adj.) [to agha 1 ] suffering pain, being in misery Sn 694
(= dukkhita SnA 489).
Anka 1 = anga, sign, mark, brand Miln 79; °karana branding J
iv.366, 375. See also anketi.
Anka 2 [Vedic anka hook, bent etc., anc, cp. ankura & ankusa. Gr.
ayxwv elbow, cfyxupa = anchor; Lat. uncus nail; Ohg. angul
= E. angle] (a.) a hook J v.322 = vi.218 (v. 1. BB anga). —
(b.) the lap (i. e. the bent position) or the hollow above the
hips where infants are carried by Hindoo mothers or nurses
(ankena vahati) Vin ii.l 14; D ii.l 9 (anke pariharati to hold
on one's lap or carry on one's hips), 20 (nisldapeti seat on
one's lap); M ii.97 (ankena vahitva); Th 1, 299; J i.262 (anke
nisinna); ii. 127, 236; vi.5 13; DhA i. 1 70 (ankena vahitva)
PvA 17 (nisldapeti).
Ankita [pp. of anketi] marked, branded J i.23 1 (cakkan-kita
Satthu pada); ii.l 85 (°kannaka with perforated ears).
Ankura [cp. Sk. ankura, to anka a bend = a tendril etc.] a shoot,
a sprout (lit. or fig.) J ii. 1 05; vi.33 1 (Buddh °a nascent Bud-
dha), 486; Dhs 617 (°vanna); Miln 50, 251 269; Sdhp 273;
Mhvs 15,43.
Ankusa [Vedic ankusa; to anc, see anka 2 ] a hook, a pole with a
hook, used (1) for plucking fruit off trees, a crook J i.9 (“pacchi
hook & basket); v.89 = vi.520 (pacchikhanitti 0 ), 529 (= phala-
nam ganhanattham ankusam). — (2) to drive an elephant, a
goad (cp patoda & tutta) Vin ii.l 96 (+ kasa); J vi.489; ThA
173 (ovadam ankusam katva, fig. guide); Sdhp 147 (dand°).
— (3) N. of a certain method of inference in Logic (naya),
consisting in inferring certain mental states of a general char-
acter from respective traits where they are to be found Nett 2,
4, 127; Nett A 208; — acc° beyond the reach of the goad D
ii. 266 (naga). See also ankusaka.
-gayha (the art) how to grasp and handle an eleph. —
driver's hook M ii.94 (sippa). -gaha an eleph. — driver Dh
326.
Ankusaka [see anka 2 , cp. ankusa] 1. a crook for plucking fruit J
iii. 22. — 2. an eleph. — driver's hook J iii. 431.
-yattha a crooked stick, alpenstock, staff (of an ascetic) J
ii.68 (+ pacchi).
10
Anketi
Angaraka
Anketi [Denom. fr. anka 1 ] to mark out, brand J i.45 1
lakkhanena); ii.399. — pp. ankita, q. v.
Ankola [dial. for ankura] a species of tree Alangium
Hexapetalum J vi.535. Cp. next.
Ankolaka = ankola J iv.440; v.420.
Anga (nt.) [Vedic anga, anc cp. Lat. angulus = angle, corner
etc., ungulus finger — ring = Sk. anguliya. See also anka, an-
guttha & angula] (1) (lit.) a constituent part of the body, a limb,
member; also of objects: part, member (see cpd. “sambhara);
uttam°anga the reproductive organ J v.197; also as "head"
at ThA 209. Usually in cpds. (see below, esp. °paccanga),
as sabbanga-kalyanl perfect in all limbs Pv iii.3 5 (= sobhana
— sabbanga — paccangl PvA 189) and in redupl 11 anga-m-
angani limb by limb, with all limbs (see also below anga +
paccanga) Vin iii.119; Vv 38 2 (°ehi naccamana); Pv ii.12 10 ,
13 , 18 (sunakho te khadati). — (2) (fig.) a constituent part of
a whole or system or collection, e. g. uposath 0 the vows of
the fast J i.50; bhavanga the constituents or the condition of
becoming (see bhava & cp. Cpd. 265 sq.); bojjhanga (q. v.).
Esp. with numerals: cattari angani 4 constituents A ii.79 (viz.
sila, samadhi, paffla. vimutti and rupa, vedana, sanna, bhava),
atthangika (q. v.) magga the Path with its eight constituents
or the eightfold Path (KhA 85: atth D angani assa ti) navanga
Buddha — sasana see nava. — (3) a constituent part as char-
acteristic, prominent or distinguishing, a mark, attribute, sign,
quality D i. 1 1 3 sq., 117 (imina p° angena by this quality, or:
in this respect, cp. below 4; DA i.28 1 expl s tena kara — nena).
In a special sense striking (abnormal) sign or mark on the body
D i.9, from which a prophesy is made (: hattha — padadisu
yena kenaci evarupena angena samannagato dighayu.. hot! ti..
angasatthan = chiromantics DA i.92). Thus in comb" with
samannagata & sampanna always meaning endowed with
"good", superior, remarkable "qualities", e. g. J i.3 (sabbanga
— sampanna nagaram a city possessing all marks of perfec-
tion); ii.207. — In enum 11 with var. numerals: tlhi angehi
s. A i.l 15; cattari sotapannassa a — D iii.227 = A iv.405 sq.;
pancanga — vippahlno (i. e. giving up the 5 hindrances, see
nlvarana) and pancanga — samannagato (i. e. endowed with
the 5 good qualities, viz. the slla — kkhandha, see kkhandha
ii.A d) S i.99 = A i. 161; v.15, 29. Similarly the 5 attributes of
a brahmin (viz. sujata of pure birth, ajjhayaka a student of the
Vedas, abhirupa handsome, sllava of good conduct, pandita
clever) D i. 1 1 9, 120. Eight qualities of a king D i. 137. Ten
qualities of an Arahant (cp. dasa 1 B 2) S iii.83; Kh iv.10
= KhA 88; cp. M i.446 (dasalr’ angehi samannagato ranno
assajaniyo). — (4) (modally) part, share, interest, concern;
ajjhattikam angarii my own part or interest (opp. bahiram the
interest in the outside world). A i.16 sq. = S v.101 sq.; It 9.
ranno angarh an asset or profit for the king M i.446. Thus adv.
tadanga (see also ta° i.a) as a matter of fact, in this respect, for
sure, certainly and tadangena by these means, through this,
therefore M i.492; A iv.4 1 1 ; Sdhp 455, 456; imina p° angena
for that reason M ii. 168. — In comp" with verbs angi° (ang!°):
angigata having limbs or ports, divided DA i.3 13; cp. samangi
( — bhuta).
-jata "the distinguishing member", i. e. sign of male or
female (see above 3); membrum virile and muliebre Vin i. 191
(of cows); iii.20, 37, 205; J ii.359; Miln 124. -paccanga one
limb or the other, limbs great and small M i.8 1 ; J vi — 20, used
(a) collectively: the condition of perfect limbs, or adj. with
perfect limbs, having all limbs Pv ii. 12 12 (= paripunna — sab-
banga — paccangavatl PvA 158); SnA 383; DhA i.390; ThA
288; Sdhp 83 fig. rathassa angapaccangan M i.395; sabbanga
— paccangani all limbs Miln 148. — (b) distributive!)’ (cp.
similar redupl. formations like chiddavachidda, setthanu —
setthi, khandakhanda, cunnavicunna) limb after limb, one limb
after the other (like angamangani above 1), piecemeal M i. 133
(°e daseyya), 366; J i.20; iv.324 (chinditva). -paccangata
the condition or state of perfect limbs, i. e. a perfect body
VvA 134 (suvisuddh 0 ). -paccangin having all limbs (per-
fect) D i.34 (sabbanga — peccangi); PvA 189. -raga paint-
ing or rouging the body Vin ii.107 (+ mukha°). -latthi
sprout, offshoot ThA 226. -vata gout Vin i.205. -vijja
the art of prognosticating from marks on the body, chiroman-
tics, palmistry etc. (cp. above 3) D i.9 (see expl. at DA i.93);
J i.290 (°aya cheka clever in fortune — telling); °dnubhdva
the power of knowing the art of signs on the body J ii.200;
v. 284; °pdthaka one who in versed in palmistry etc. J ii.21,
250; v.458. -vekalla bodily deformity DhA ii.26. -sattha
the science of prognosticating from certain bodily marks DA
i.92. -sambhara the combination of parts Miln 28 = S i. 135;
Miln 41. -hetuka a species of wild birds, living in forests J
vi. 538.
Angana 1 (nt.) [cp. Sk. angana & °na; to anga?] an open space,
a clearing, Vin ii.2 18; J i. 109 (= manussanan sancarana —
tthane anavate bhumibhage C.); ii.243, 290, 357; Davs i.27.
— cetiy° an open space before a Chaitya Miln 366, DA i. 191,
197; VvA 254. raj° the empty space before the king's palace,
the royal square J i. 124, 152; ii.2; DhA ii.45.
-tthana a clearing (in a wood or park) J i.249, 421.
-pariyanta the end or border of a clearing J ii.200.
Angana 2 [prob. to anj, thus a variant of anjana, q. v.]; a speck
or freckle (on the face) A v.92, 94 sq. (+ raja). Usually in
neg. anangana (adj.) free from fleck or blemish, clear, (of
the mind) (opp. sangana Sn 279); D i.76; M i.24 sq.; 100 (+
raja); A ii.21 1; Sn 517 (+ vigata — raja = angananan abhava
malanan ca vigama... SnA 427), 622 = Dh 125 (= nikkilesa
DhA iii.34); Dh 236, 351; Pug 60; Nett 87.
Angada [cp. Sk. angada; prob. anga + da that which is given
to the limbs] a bracelet J v.9, 410 (citt°, adj. with manifold
bracelets).
Angadin (adj.) [to angada] wearing a bracelet J v.9.
Angara (m. nt.) [Vedic angara] charcoal, burning coal, embers
A iii.97, 380, 407; J i.73; iii.54, 55; v.488; Sn 668; Sdhp 32.
kul° the charcoal of the family, a squanderer S iv.324 (see un-
der kula).
-kataha a pot for holding burning coal, a charcoal pan DA
i.26 1 . -kapalla an earthenware pan for ashes DhA i.260; Dhs
A 333; VvA 142. -kammakara a charcoal burner J vi.209.
-kasu a charcoal pit M i.74, 365; Th 2, 491; J i.233; Sn 396;
ThA 288; DhA i.442; Sdhp 208. -pacchi a basket for ashes
DhA iv. 191. -pabbata the mountain of live embers, the glow-
ing mount (in Niraya) A i. 141; Miln 303; PvA 221 (°aropana);
Sdhp 208. -mamsa roast meat Mhvs 10, 16. -masi ashes
DhA iii.309. -rasi a heap of burning coal J iii.55.
11
Angaraka
Accasara
Angaraka (adj.) [cp. Sk. angaraka] like charcoal, of red colour,
N. of the planet Mars DA i.95; cp. J i.73.
Angarika a charcoal — burner J vi.206 (= angara — kamma-kara
p. 209).
Angarin (adj.) [to angara] (burning) like coal, of bright-red
colour, crimson Th 1, 527 = J i.87 (duma trees in full bloom).
Angika ( — °) (adj.) [fr. anga] consisting of parts, — fold; only
in comp n with num. like atth°, duv° (see dve), catur°, pane 0
etc., q. v.
Angin (adj.) limbed, having limbs or parts, — fold, see catur° &
pace 0 (under anga — paccangin). — f. anginl having sprouts
or shoots (of a tree) Th 2, 297 (= ThA 226).
Anguttha [cp. Sk. angustha, see etym. under anga] 1. the thumb
Vin iii.34; Miln 123; PvA 198. — 2. the great toe J ii.92;
Mhvs 35, 43.
-pada thumb — mark A iv.127 = S iii.154. -sineha love
drawn from the thumb, i. e. extraordinary love Pv iii.5 2 , cp.
PvA 198.
Angutthaka = anguttha J iv.378; v.281; pad° the great toe S v.270.
Angula [Vedic angula, lit. "limblet" see anga for etym.] 1. a fin-
ger or toe M i.395 (vank D angulan karoti to bend the fingers,
v. 1. angulin); A iii.6 (id.); J v 70 (gon° adj. with ox toes,
expl d by C. as with toes like an ox's tail; vv. 11. “anguttha and
°angull). — 2. a finger as measure, i. e. a finger — breadth,
an inch Vin ii.294, 306 (dvangula 2 inches wide); Mhvs 19,
11 (atth°); DhA iii.127 (ek°).
-atthi (? cp. anga — latthi) fingers (or toes) and bones
DA i.93. -anguli fingers and toes DhA iii. 2 14. -antarika
the interstices between the fingers Vin iii. 39; Miln 180; DhA
iii. 214.
Angulika (nt.) [= anguli] a finger J iii. 13 (pane 0 ); v.204 (vatt° =
paval° ankurasadisa vattangull p. 207). See also pancangu-
lika.
Anguli & Anguli (thus always in cpds.) (f.) [Vedic anguli & °i;
see anga] a finger A iv.127; Sn 610; J iii. 416; iv.474; v.215
(vatt° with rounded fingers); Miln 395; DhA ii.59; iv.210;
SnA 229.
-patodaka nudging with the fingers Vin iii. 84 = iv.l 10; D
i. 91 = A iv.343. -pada finger — mark A iv.127 = S iii.154.
-potha snapping or cracking the fingers J v.67. -muddika a
signet ring Vin ii. 106; J iv.498; v.439, 467. -sanghattana 0 =
potha DA i.256.
Anguleyyaka (nt.) [cp. Sk. angullyaka that which belongs to
the finger, Mhg. vingerlin = ring; E. bracelet, Fr. bras; thim-
ble thumb etc.] an ornament for the finger, a finger — ring J
ii. 444 (= nikkha).
Acankama (avj.) [a + cankama] not fit for walking, not level or
even Th 1, 1174 (magga).
Acittaka (adj.) [a + citta 2 + ka] 1. without thought or intention,
unconscious, unintentional DhA ii.42. — 2. without heart or
feeling, instr. acittakena (adv.) heartlessly J iv.58 (C. forac-
etasa).
Acittikata (adj.) [a + citta 2 + kata; cp. cittikara] not well thought
of Miln 229.
Acira see cira & cp. nacira.
Acela (adj. — n.) [a + cela] one who is not clothed, esp. t. t. for
an anti — Buddhist naked ascetic D i. 1 61, 165; iii.6, 12, 17
sq.; S i.78; J v.75.
Acelaka = acela D i. 1 66; iii. 40; A i.295; ii.206; iii. 384 (°savaka);
J iii. 246; vi.229; Pug 55; DhA iii.489.
Acc- 1. a + c°, e. g. accuta = a + cuta. — 2. Assimilation group
of (a) ati + vowel; (b) c + cons. e. g. acci = arci.
Accaga [ati + aga] 3 rd sg. pret. of ati — gacchati (q. v. for sim-
ilar forms) he overcame, should or could overcome Sn 1040
(expl d wrongly as pp. = atikkanta at Nd 2 10 and as atlta at
DhA iv.494); Dh414.
Accankusa (adj.) [ati + ankusa] beyond the reach of the goad D
ii.266 (naga).
Accatari see atitarati.
Accati [Vedic arcati, rc, orig. meaning to be clear & to sing i. e.
to sound clear, cp. arci] to praise, honour, celebrate Davs v.66
(accayittha, pret.) — pp accita, q. v.
Accanta (adj. — & adv. ° — ) [ati + anta, lit. "up to the end"] 1.
uninterrupted, continuous, perpetual J i.223; Miln 413; VvA
71; PvA 73, 125, 266; Sdhp 288. — 2. final, absolute, com-
plete; adv. thoroughly S i. 130 (°m hataputta 3 mhi); iii. 13 = A
i. 29 1 sq.; v.326 sq. (“nittha, “yogakkhemin); Kvu 586 (°niya-
mata final assurance; cp. Kvu trsl. 340). — 3. (° — ) exceed-
ingly, extremely, very much A i. 145 (“sukhumala, extremely
delicate), Miln 26 (id.); Sn 794 (“suddhi = param ttha — ac-
cantasuddhi SnA 528); Th 1, 692 (°ruci); Dh 162 (°dussllya =
ekanta° DhA iii. 153).
Accaya [from acceti, ati + i, going on or beyond; cp. Sk. atyaya]
(1) (temporal) lapse, passing; passing away, end, death. Usu-
ally as instr. accayena after the lapse of, at the end or death
of, after Vin i.25; D ii. 127 (rattiya a.), 154 (mam° when 1
shall be dead); M i.438 (temas° after 3 months); S i.69; Snp.
102 (catunnam masanarh), p. 110 (rattiya); J i.253 (ekaha —
dvlh°), 291 (katipah 0 after a few days); PvA 47 (katipah 0 ),
82 (dasamas 0 ), 145 (vassasatanam). — (2) (modal) passing
or getting over, overcoming, conquering, only in phrase dur-
accaya difficult to overcome, of kamapanka Sn 945 (= dur —
atikkamamya SnA 568), of sanga Sn 948: tanha Dh 336; sota
It 95. — (3) (fig.) going beyond (the norm), transgression,
offence Vin i. 1 33 (thull° a grave offence), 167 (id.); ii. 110,
170; esp. in foil, phrases: accayo mam accagama a fault has
overcome me, i. e. has been committed by me (in confession
formula) D i. 85 (= abhibhavitva pavatto has overwhelmed me
DA i.236); A i.54; M i.438 (id.); accayam accayato passati to
recognise a breach of the regulation as such Vin i.3 15; A i. 103;
ii. 146 sq.; °m deseti to confess the transgression S i.239; °m
accayato patiganhati to accept (the confession of) the fault,
i. e. to pardon the transgression, in confessionformula at D
i.85 = (Vin ii. 192; M i.438 etc.). In the same sense accaya-
patiggahana pardon, absolution J v.380; accayena desanam
patiganhati J i.379; accayam khamati to forgive Miln 420.
Accasara (adj.) [a form. fr. aor. accasari (ati + sr), influenced
in meaning by analogy of ati + a + sara (smr). Not with Mor-
ris (J.P.T.S. 1889, 200) a corruption of accaya + sara (smr),
12
Accasara
Acchati
thus meaning "mindful of a fault"] 1. going beyond the lim-
its (of proper behaviour), too self — sure, overbearing, arro-
gant, proud S i.239 (v. 1. accayasara caused by prolepsis of
foil, accaya); J iv.6 (+ atisara); DhA iv.230 (= expecting too
much). — 2. going beyond the limits (of understanding), be-
yond grasp, transcendental (of panha a question) M i.304; S
v.218 (v. 1. SS forBB reading ajjhapara). Cp. accasarin.
Accasara (f.) [abstr. to accasara] overbearing, pride, self-surity
Vbh 358 (+ maya). Note. In id. p. at Pug 23 we read
acchadana instead of accasara.
Accasari [fr. ati + sr] aor 3. sg. of atisarati to go beyond the limit,
to go astray J v.70.
Accasarin (adj.) = accasara 1., aspiring too high Sn 8 sq. (yo nac-
casarT, opp. to na paccasarT; expl d at SnA 21 by yo natidhavi,
opp. na ohiyyi).
Accahasi [fr. ati + hr] aor 3 sg. of atiharati to bring over, to bring,
to take J iii.484 (= ativiya ahari C.).
Accabhikkhana (° — ) [ati + abhikkhana] too often J v.233
(“samsagga; C. expf ativiya abhinha).
Accaraddha (adj. adv.) [ati + araddha] exerting oneself very or
too much, with great exertion Vin i. 1 82; Th 1, 638; SnA 21.
Accayata (adj.) [ati + ayata] too long A iii.375.
Accayika (adj.) [fr. accaya] out of time, viz. 1. irregular, extraor-
dinary J vi. 549, 553. — 2. urgent, pressing Mi. 149 (karaniy an
business) ii. 112; J i.338; v.17 °m (nt.) hurry DhA i. 1 8. See
also acceka.
Accavadati [ati + avadati; or is it = ajjhavadati = adhi + avadati?]
to speak more or better, to surpass in talk or speech; to talk
somebody down, to persuade, entice Vin iv.224, 263; S ii.204
sq.; J v.433 (v. 1. BB ajjharati), 434 (v. 1. BB aghacarati for
ajjhacarati = ajjhavadati?).
Accasanna (adj.) [ati + asanna] very near, too near PvA 42 (na a.
n'atidura neither too near nor too far, at an easy distance).
Accahita (adj.) [ati + ahita] very cruel, very unfriendly, terrible J
iv. 46 = v. 146 (= ati ahita C.) = vi.306 (id.).
Acci & (in verse) accl (f.) [Vedic arci m. & arcis nt. & f. to rc,
cp. accati] a ray of light, a beam, flame S iv.290 (spelt ac-
chi), 399; A iv.103; v.9; Sn 1074 (vuccatijalasikhaNd 2 11); J
v. 213; Miln 40; ThA 154 (dip 0 ); Sdhp 250.
Accika (f.) [fr. acci] a flame M i.74; S ii.99.
Accita [pp. of accati] honoured, praised, esteemed J vi. 180.
Accimant (adj.) [fr. acci, cp. Vedic arcimant & arcismant] flam-
ing, glowing, fiery; brilliant Th 1, 527; J v.266; vi.248; Vv
38 s .
Acci-bandha (adj.) [= accibaddha?] at Vin i.287 is expl d by
Bdhgh as caturassa — kedara — baddha ("divided into short
pieces" Vin Texts ii.207), i. e. with squares of irrigated fields.
The vv. 11. are acca° and acchi°, and we should prefer the
conjecture acchi-baddha "in the shape of cubes or dice", i. e.
with square fields.
Accuggacchati [ati + uggacchati] to rise out (of), ger. ac-
cuggamma D ii.38; A v.152 (in simile of lotus).
Accuggata (adj.) [ati + uggata] 1. very high or lofty Miln 346
(giri); VvA 197; DhA ii.65. — 2. too high, i. e. too shrill or
loud J vi. 133 (sadda), 516 (fig. = atikuddha very angry C.).
Accunha (adj.) [ati + unha] very hot, too hot Sn 966; Nd 1 487;
DhA ii. 85, 87 (v. 1. for abbhunha). See also ati — unha.
Accuta (adj.) [a + cuta] immoveable; everlasting, eternal; nt. °m
Ep. of Nibbana (see also cuta) A iv.295, 327; Sn 204, 1086 (=
nicca etc. Nd 2 12); Dh 225 (= sassata DhA iii.321); Sdhp 47.
Accupatthapeti at J v.124 is to be read with v.l. as apaccu-
patthapeti (does not indulge in or care for).
Accupati at J iv.250 read accuppati, aor. 3 rd sg. of accuppatati
to fall in between (lit. on to), to interfere (with two people
quarelling). C. expl s atigantva uppati. There is no need for
Kern's corr. acchupati (Toev. s. v.).
Accussanna (adj.) [ati +ussanna] too full, too thick Vin ii. 1 5 1 .
Acceka = accayika, special; °clvara a special robe Vin iii.261; cp.
Vin Texts i.29 3 .
Acceti [ati + eti fr. i] 1. to pass (of time), to go by, to elapse Th 1,
145 (accayanti ahoratta). — 2. to overcome, to get over Miln
36 (dukkharh). — Caus. acceti to make go on (loc.), to put
on J vi.17 (sulasmim; C. avuneti), but at this passage prob. to
be read appeti (q. v.).
Accogajha (adj.) [ati + ogajha] too abundant, too plentiful (of
riches), lit. plunged into A iv.282, 287, 323 sq.
Accodaka (nt.) [ati + udaka] too much water (opp. anodaka no
water) DhA i.52.
Accodara (nt.) [ati + udara] too much eating, greediness, lit. too
much of a belly J iv.279 (C. ati — udara).
Accha 1 (adj.) [cp. Sk. accha, dial., to rc (see accati), thus "shin-
ing"; cp. Sk. rksa bald, bare and Vedic rkvan bright. Monier
— Williams however takes it as a + cha fr. chad, thus "not cov-
ered, not shaded"] clear, transparent Vin i.206 (°kanjika); D
i. 76 (mani = tanucchavi DA i.221), 80 (udakapatta), 84 (udaka
— rahada); M i.100; S ii.281 (°patta); iii.105 (id.); A i.9; J
ii. 100 (udaka); Vv 79 10 (vari); DA i. 1 1 3 (yagu).
-odaka having clear water, with clear water (of lotus
ponds) Vv 44 11 ; 81 5 ; f. °odika Vv 41 2 = 60 2 .
Accha 2 [Vedic rksa = Gr. ofpxxoc, Lat. ursus, Cymr. arth] a bear
Vin i.200; A iii.101; J v.197, 406, 416; Miln 23, 149. At J
vi.507 accha figures as N. of an animal, but is in expl n taken
in the sense of accha 4 (accha nama aghammiga C.). Note. An-
other peculiar form of accha is P. ikka (q. v.).
Accha 3 = akkha 2 (a die) see acci — bandha.
Accha 4 (adj.) [Ved. rksa] hurtful, painful, bad DhA iv. 163 (°ruja).
Acchaka = accha 2 , a bear J v.71.
Acchati [Vedic asyati & aste, as; cp. Gr. rfaxoa] 1. to sit, to sit
still Vin i.289; A ii. 1 5; It 120 (in set carati titthati a. sayati,
where otherwise nisinna stands for acchati); Vv 74 1 (= nisldati
VvA 298); PvA 4. — 2. to stay, remain, to leave alone Th 1,
936; J iv.306. — 3. to be, behave, live Vin ii. 195; D i. 102; S
i.212; Vv ll 2 ; Pv iii.3 1 (= nisldati vasati PvA 188); Miln 88;
DhA i.424. In this sense often pleonastic for finite verb, thus
aggirh karitva a. (= aggirh karoti) D i. 102; aggirh paricaranto
a. (= aggirh paricarati) DA i.270; tantam pasarento a. (= tan-
13
Ac chat i
Aja
tam pasareti) DhA i.424. — Pot. acche It 110; aor. acchi Vin
iv.308; DhA i.424.
Acchanna (adj.) [pp. of acchadeti] covered with, clothed in, fig.
steeped in (c. loe.) J jii.323 (lohite a. = nimugga C.). At D
i. 91 nacchanna is for na channa (see channa 2 ) = not fair, not
suitable or proper (patirupa).
Acchambhin (adj.) [a + chambhin] not frightened, undismayed,
fearless Sn 42 (reading achambhin; Nd 2 13 exp I s abhlru anu-
trasi etc.); J vi.322 (= nikkampa C.). See chambhin.
Acchara 1 (f.) [etym. uncertain, but certainly dialectical; Trenck-
ner connects it with acchurita (Notes 76); Childers compares
Sk. aksara (see akkhara); there may be a connection with
akkhana in akkhana — vedhin (cp. BSk. acchata Divy 555),
or possibly a relation to a + tsar, thus meaning "stealthily", al-
though the primary meaning is "snapping, a quick sound"] the
snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger —
tips: 1. (lit.) accharam paharati to snap the fingers J ii.447;
iii. 191; iv.124, 126; v.314; vi.366; DhA i.38, 424. — As mea-
sure: as much as one may hold with the finger — tips, a pinch
J v.385; DhA ii.273 (°gahanamattam); cp. ekacchara — matta
DhA ii.274. — 2. (fig.) a finger's snap, i. e. a short moment,
in ek°acchara-kkhane in one moment Miln 102, and in def.
of acchariya (q. v.) at DA i.43; VvA 329.
-sanghata the snapping of the fingers as signifying a short
duration of time, a moment, °matta momentary, only for one
moment (cp. BSk. acchatasanghata Divy 142) A i.10, 34, 38;
iv. 396; Th 1, 405; 2, 67 (expld. at ThA 76 as ghatikamattam pi
khanarh angulipothanamattam pi kalarii). -sadda the sound
of the snapping of a finger J iii. 127.
Acchara 2 (f.) [Vedic apsaras = apa, water + sarati, orig; water
nymph] a celestial nymph M i.253 (pi. accharayo) ii.64; Th 2,
374 (= devacchara ThA 252); J v.152 sq. (Alambusa a.) Vv
5 5 (= devakanna VvA 37); Vv 17 2; 18 11 etc.; DhA iii.8, 19;
PvA 46 (dev°); Miln 169; Sdhp 298.
Accharika (nt. or f.?) [fr. acchara 2 ] in °m vadeti to make heav-
enly music (lit. the sounds of an acchara or heavenly nymph)
A iv.265.
Acchariya (adj. — nt.) [cp. Sk. ascarya since Upanishads of
uncertain etym. — The conventional etym. of Pali gram-
marians connects it with acchara 1 (which is prob. correct &
thus reduces Sk. ascarya to a Sanskritisation of acchariya) viz.
Dhammapala: anabhinha — ppavattitaya accharapaharana —
yoggarh that which happens without a moment's notice, at the
snap of a finger; i. e. causally unconnected (cp. Goth, silda
— leiks in similar meaning) VvA 329; and Buddhaghosa: ac-
chara — yoggan ti acchariyam accharam paharitum yuttan ti
attho DA i.43] wonderful, surprising, strange, marvellous D
ii. 1 55; M i.79; iii.118, 125, 144 (an°); S iv.371; A i.181; Miln
28, 253; DhA iii.171; PvA 121; VvA 71 (an°). As nt. often in
exclamations: how wonderful! what a marvel! J i.223, 279;
i v. 1 3 8 ; vi.94 (a. vatabho); DhA iv.51 (aho a.); VvA 103 (aho
ti acchariyatthena nipato). Thus freq. comb d with abbhutam
= how wonderful & strange, marvellous, beyond comprehen-
sion, e. g. D i.2, 60, 206, 210; ii.8; and in phrase acchariya
abbhuta dhamma strange & wonderful things, i. e. wonder-
ful signs, portents marvels, M iii.118, 125; A iv.198; Miln 8;
also as adj. in phrase acchariyaabbhuta- (citta- )jata with
their hearts full of wonder and surprise DhA iv.52; PvA 6, 50.
— See also acchera & accheraka.
Acchadana (nt.) [fr. acchadeti] covering, clothing Th 1, 698;
Miln 279. — fig. protection, sheltering J i.307.
Acchadana (f.) [= prec.] covering, hiding, concealment Pug 19,
23. — Note. In id. p. at Vbh 358 we read accasara for accha-
dana. Is the latter merely a gloss?
Acchadeti [a + chadeti 1 , Caus. of chad, cp. BSk. accha-dayati
jlvitena to keep alive Av. S, i.300; Divy 136, 137] to cover,
to clothe, to put on D i.63 = It 75; J i.254; iii. 189; iv.3 18; Pug
57; Pv i. 10 5 (ger. acchadayitvana); DA i. 181 (= paridahitva);
PvA 49, 50. — fig. to envelop, to fill J vi.581 (abbham rajo
acchadesi dust filled the air). — pp. acchanna (q. v.).
Acchi at S iv.290 is faulty spelling for acci (q. v.).
Acchijja (v. 1. accheja) destroying (?) S i. 127. Is the reading
warranted? Cp. acchecchi.
Acchidda see chidda.
Acchindati [a + chindati, lit. to break for oneself] to remove
forcibly, to take away, rob, plunder Vin iv.247 (sayam a. to
appropriate); J ii.422; iii. 179; iv.343; Miln 20; Sdhp 122. —
ger. acchinditva J ii.422; DhA i.349; PvA 241 (sayam); &
acchetva M i.434. Caus. ii. acchindapeti to induce a person
to theft Vin iv.224, 247.
Acchinna (adj.) [a + chinna, pp. of acchindati] removed, taken
away, stolen, robbed Vin iv.278, 303; J ii.78; iv.45; v.212.
Acchiva [*Sk. aksiba and aksiba] a certain species of tree (Hy-
panthera Moringa) J vi.535.
Acchupeti [a + chupeti, Caus. of chupati] to procure or provide a
hold, to insert, to put on or in Vin i.290 (aggalam) ii. 112.
Acchecchi [Sk. acchaitslt] 3 rd sg. aor. of chindati "he has cut out
or broken, has destroyed" (see also chindati 3), in comb" with
tanhamM i. 122; S i. 12, 23, 127 (so read foracchejja); iv.105,
207. It 47; A iii. 246, 445; DhA iv.70 (gloss acchindi, for ac-
chidda pret. of Dh 351). The v. 1. at all passages is acchejji,
which is to be accounted for on graphological grounds, ch & j
being substituted in MSS. Kern (Toevoegselen s. v.) mistakes
the form & tries to explain acchejji as adj. = ati — ejin (eja),
acchecchi = ati — icchin (iccha). The syntactical construction
however clearly points to an aor.
Acchejja = a + chejja not to be destroyed, indestructible, see
chindati.
Acchedana (nt.) [abstr. to acchindati] robbing, plundering J
vi.544.
Acchera (adj.) = acchariya wonderful, marvellous S i. 1 8 1 ; Vv
84 13 (comp, accheratara); Pv iii.5 1 (°rupa = acchariyasabhava
PvA 197); Sdhp 244, 398.
Accheraka (adj.) = acchera (acchariya) J i.279; Bu i.9 (pati-
hlram).
Aja [Vedic aja fr. aj (Lat. ago to drive), cp. ajina] a he-goat, a
ram D i.6, 127; A ii.207; J i.241; iii.278 sq.; v.241; Pug 56;
PvA 80.
-ejaka [Sk. ajaidaka] goats & sheep D i.5, 141; A ii.42
sq., 209; J i. 166; vi.110; Pug 58. As pi. °a S i.76; It 36; J
14
Aja
Ajjhatta
iv.363. -pada goat — footedMi.134. -pTila goatherd, in °ni-
grodharakkha (Npl.) "goatherds' Nigrodha — tree" Vin i.2 sq.
Dpvs i.29 (cp. M Vastu iii.302). -palika a woman goatherd
Vin iii.38. -lakkhana "goat — sign", i. e. prophesying from
signs on a goat etc. D i.9 (expl d DA i.94 as "evarupanam aja-
narii mansam khaditabbam evarupanam na khaditabban ti").
-landika (pi.) goats' dung, in phrase nalimatta a. a cup full of
goats' dung (which is put down a bad minister's throat as pun-
ishment) J i.419; DhA ii.70; PvA 282. -vata "goats' habit", a
practice of certain ascetics (to live after the fashion of goats) J
iv. 318.
aja — pada refers to a stick cloven like a goat's hoof; so
also at Vism 161.
Ajaka a goat, pi. goats Vin ii. 154. — f. ajika J iii.278 & ajiya J
v. 241.
Ajagara [aja + gara = gala fr. *gel to devour, thus "goat-eater"] a
large snake (rock — snake?), Boa Constrictor J vi.507; Miln
23, 303, 364, 406; DhA iii.60. Also as ajakara at J iii.484 (cp.
Trenckner, Notes p. 64).
Ajacca (adj.) [a + jacca] of low birth J iii. 1 9; vi.100.
Ajajjara see jajjara.
Ajaddhuka & Ajaddhumara see jaddhu.
Ajamoja [Sk. ajamoda, cp. Sk. ajajl] cummin — seed VvA 186.
Aja (f.) a she — goat J iii. 125; iv.251.
Ajanana (° — ) (nt.) [a + janana] not knowing, ignorance (of) J
v.199 (°bhava); vi. 177 (°kala).
Ajina (nt.) [Vedic ajina, to aja, orig. goats' skin] the hide of the
black antelope, worn as a garment by ascetics D i. 1 67; Sn
1027; J i. 12, 53; iv.387; v.407. kharajina a rough skin (as
garment) M i.343; S iv. 118; A ii.207; Sn 249 (= kharani a° —
cammani SnA 291). dantajina? ivory (q. v.).
-khipa a cloak made of a network of strips of a black an-
telope's hide D i. 167; S i.117; A i.240, 295; ii.206; Vin i.306;
iii. 34; J vi.569. -paveni a cloth of the size of a couch made
from pieces of ant. skin sewn together Vin i. 192; D i.7 (= ajina
— cammehi mancappamanena sibbitva kata paveni DA i.87);
A i. 18 1 . -satl a garment of skins (= ajina — camma — satT
DhA iv. 156) Dh 394 = J i.481 = iii.85.
Ajini aor 3 rd sg. jayati, q. v.
Ajiya = ajika (see ajaka).
Ajira (nt.). [Vedic ajira to aj, cp. Gr. aycoc, Lat. ager, Goth,
akrs = Ger. Acker, = E. acre] a court, a yard Mhvs 35, 3.
Ajlraka (nt.) [a + jiraka] indigestion J i.404; ii. 1 8 1, 291; iii. 213,
225.
Ajeyya 1 & Ajjeyya (adj.) [a + jeyya, grd. of jayati, q. v.] - (a)
not to be taken by force Kh viii.8 (cp. KhA 223). — (b) not
to be overpowered, invincible Sn 288; J v.509.
Ajeyya 2 (adj.) [a + jeyya, grd. of jlyati, q. v.] not decaying, not
growing old, permanent J vi.323.
Ajja & Ajja (adv.) [Vedic adya & adya, a + dya, a° being base
of demonstr. pron. (see a 3 ) and dya an old loc. of dyaus (see
diva), thus "on this day"] to — day, now Sn 75, 153, 158, 970,
998; Dh 326; J i.279; iii. 425 (read bahutam ajja; not with Kern,
Toev. s. v. as "food"); Pv i. II 7 (= idani PvA 59); PvA 6, 23;
Mhvs 15, 64. — Freq. in phrase ajjatagge (= ajjato + agge(?)
or ajja — tagge, see agga 3 ) from this day onward, henceforth
Vin i. 18; D i.85; DA i?235.
-kalaiii (adv.) this morning J vi.180; -divasa the present
day Mhvs 32, 23.
Ajjatana (adj.) [cp. Sk. adyatana] referring to the day, today's,
present, modern (opp. porana) Th 1, 552; Dh 227; J ii.409.
— dat. ajjatanaya for today Vin i. 1 7; PvA 171 & passim.
Ajjata (f.) [abstr. fr. ajja] the present time, in ajjatah ca this very
day S i.83 (v. 1. ajjeva).
Ajjati [Vedic arjati, rj, a variant of arh, see arahati] to get, pro-
cure, obtain J iii. 263 (?). pp. ajjita (q. v.).
Ajjava (adj. — n.) [cp. Sk. arjava, to rju, see uju] straight, up-
right (usually comb d with maddava gentle, soft) D iii. 213; A
i.94; ii. 113; iii.248; Sn 250 (+ maddava), 292 (id.); J iii.274;
Dhs 1339; Vbh 359 (an°); SnA 292 (= ujubhava), 317 (id.).
Ajjavata (f.) [fr. prec.] straight forwardness, rectitude, upright-
ness Dhs 1339. (+ ajimhata & avankata).
Ajjita [pp. of ajjati] obtained Sdhp 98.
Ajjuka [*Sk. arjaka] N. of a plant, Ocimum Gratissimum Vin
iv. 35; DA i.81 (all MSS. have ajjaka).
Ajjukanna [*Sk. arjakarna] N. of a tree Pentaptera To-mentosa J
vi.535 (nn).
Ajjunho (adv.) [haplology fr. ajja — junho; see junha] this moon-
light night Vin i.25; iv.80.
Ajjuna [Vedic arjuna, to raj; cp. Gr. apyoc white, a'pyupoc sil-
ver, Lat. argentum] the tree Pentaptera Arjuna J vi.535; DhA
i. 105 (°rukkha).
Ajjh- Assimilation group of adhi + vowel.
Ajjhaga [adhi + aga 3 rd sg. pret. of adhigacchati (q. v. for sim-
ilar forms) he came to, got to, found, obtained, experienced
S i. 12 (vimanam); Sn 225 (expl d - at KhA 180 by vindi patil-
abhi), 956 (ratirii; expl d at Nd 1 457 by adhigacchi); It 69 (ja-
timaranam); Dh 154 (tanhanam khayam); Vv 32 7 (visesam at-
tained distinction; expl d - at VvA 135 by adhigata); 50 21 (am-
atam santim; expl d - VvA 215 by v. 1. SS adhiganchi, T. adhi-
gacchati).
Ajjhatta (adj. — n.) [cp. Sk. adhyatma, cp. atta], that which
is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to any-
thing outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & “interior,
personal, inwardly (opp. bahiddha bahira etc. outward, out-
wardly); Cp. ajjhattika & see Dhs. trsl. 272. — D i.37 (sub-
jective, inward, of the peace of the 2 nd jhana), 70 = A ii.210;
v. 206 (inward happiness, a. sukkham = niyakajjhattam at-
tano santane ti attho DA i. 183 cp. DhsA 169, 338, 361); S
i. 70, 169; ii..27 (katham kathl hoti is in inward doubt), 40
(sukham dukkham); iii. 180 (id.); iv. 1 sg. (ayatanani), 139,
196; v.74 (thitaiii cittam ajjhattam susanthitam suvimuttam
a mind firm, inwardly well planted, quite set free), 110, 143,
263, 297, 390; A i.40 (rupasannl), 272 (kamacchanda etc.);
ii. 158. (sukhadukkham), 211; iii. 86 (cetosamatha), 92 (vupas-
antacitta); iv.32 (sankhittam), 57 (itthindriyam), 299 (cittam),
15
Ajjhatta
Ajjhavuttha
305 (rupasannl), 360 (cetosamatha), 437 (vupasantacitta); v 79
sq., 335 sq. (sati); It 39 (cetosamatha inward peace), 80, 82,
94; J i.045 (chatajjhatta with hungry insides); v.338 (id.); Ps
i. 76 (cakkhu etc.); Dhs 161 (= attano jatam DhsA 169), 204,
1044; Pug 59; Vbh 1 sq. (khandha), 228 (sati), 327 (panna),
342 (arupasannl). — adv. °m inwardly, personally (in con-
trast — pair ajjhattam va bahiddha va; see also cpd. “bahid-
dha) A i.284; ii. 171 ; iv.305; v.61; Sn 917 (= upajjhayassa va
a acariyassa va te guna assu ti Nd 1 350).
-arammana a subjective object of thought Dhs 1047.
-cintin thought occupied with internal things Sn 174, 388. -
bahiddha inside & outside, personal — external, mutual, in-
teracting S ii.252 sq.; iii.47; iv.382; Nd 2 15; Dhs 1049 etc.
(see also bahiddha). -rata with inward joy D ii. 1 07 = S v.263
= Dh 362 = Ud 64 (+ samahita); Th 1, 981; A iv.312; DhA
iv.90 (= gocar 0 ajjhatta — sankhataya kammatthana — bha-
vanaya rata), -rupa one's own or inner form Vin iii.113 (opp.
bahiddha — rupa & ajjh° — bah° r.). -saiiiiojana an inner
fetter, inward bond A i.63 sq.; Pug 22; Vbh 361. -santi inner
peace Sn 837 (= ajjhattanam ragadmam santibhava SnA 545;
cp. Nd 1 185). -samutthana originating from within J i.207
(of hiri; opp. bahiddha 0 ).
Ajjhattika (adj.) [ajjhatta + ika], personal, inward (cp. Dhs trsl.
207 & Nd 1 346: ajjhattikam vuccati cittam); opp. bahira out-
ward (q. v.). See also ayatana. — M i.62; S i.73 (°a rakkha
na bahira); iv.7 sq. (ayatanani); v.101 (anga); A i. 16 (anga);
ii. 1 64 (dhatuyo); iii.400 (ayatanani); v.52 (id.); It 114 (id.), 9
(anga); Kh iv. (= KhA 82); J iv.402 (bahira — vatthum ayac-
itva ajjhattikassa namam ganhati); Dhs 673, 751; Vbh 13, 67,
82 sq., 119,131,392 sq.
Ajjhapara S v.218: substitute v. 1. accasara (q. v.).
Ajjhappatta (& Ajjhapatta) [adhi + a + *prapta] 1. having
reached, approached, coming near to J ii.450; vi.566 (p; C.
attano santikam patta). — 2. having fallen upon, attacked J
ii.59; v.198 (p; C. sampatta) — 3. attained, found, got Sn
1134 (= adhigacchi Nd 2 ); J iii.296 (p. C. sampatta); v. 158
(ajjhapatta; C. sampatta).
Ajjhabhavi 3 rd sg. aor. of adhibhavati to conquer, overpower,
overcome S i.240 (prohib. ml vo kodho ajjhabhavi); J ii.336.
Cp. ajjhabhu & ajjhobhavati.
Ajjhabhasi 3 rd sg. aor. of adhibhaseti to address S iv. 1 17
(gathahi); Kh v. = Sn p. 46 (gathaya); PvA 56, 90.
Ajjhabhu (3 rd sg. aor. of adhibhavati (q. v.) to overcome,
conquer It 76 (dujjayam a. he conquered him who is hard to
conquer; v. 1. ajjhabhi for ajjhabhavi). Cp. ajjhabhavi.
Ajjhayana (nt.) [adhi + i] study (learning by heart) of the Vedas
Miln 225. See also ajjhena.
Ajjhavodahi 3 rd sg. aor. of ajjhodahati [Sk. adhyavadhati] to
put down J v.365 (= odahi, thapesi C.). Kern, Toev. s. v.
proposes reading ajjhavadahi (= Sk. avadhat).
Ajjhagare (adv.) [adhi + agare, loc. of agaral at home, in one's
own house A i.132 = It 109; A ii.70.
Ajjhacarati [adhi (or ati?) + a + car] 1. to conduct oneself accord-
ing to Vin ii.301; M i.523; Miln 266. — 2. to flirt with (per-
haps to embrace) J iv.231 (annam — annam). pp. ajjhacinna.
See also accavadati & aticarati.
Ajjhacara [to adhi (ati?) + a + car] 1. minor conduct (conduct of
a bhikkhu as to those minor rules not included in the Parajika's
or Samghadisesa's) Vin i.63 (see note in Vin. Texts, i. 1 84. — 2.
flirtation Vin iii. 128 (in the Old Cy as expl" of avabhasati). —
3. sexual intercourse J i.396; v.327 (°cara v. 1. for aiihavara);
Miln 127 (an°).
Ajjhacinna [pp. of ajjhacarati] habitually done Vin ii.80 sq., 301.
Ajjhajlva [adhi (ati?) + a + jlv] too rigorous or strenuous a liveli-
hood M ii.245 (+ adhipatimokkha).
Ajjhapajjati [adhi + a + pad] to commit an offence, to incur, to
become guilty of (acc.) Vin iv.237. pp. ajjhapanna (q. v.).
Ajjhapatti (f.) [abstr. to ajjhapajjati] incurring guilt Dhs 299
(an°).
Ajjhapana 1 (nt.) [fr. Caus. ii. of ajjheti] teaching of the sacred
writ, instruction Miln 225.
Ajjhapana 2 (nt.) [a + jhapana fr. ksa] burning, conflagration J
vi.3 1 1 .
Ajjhapanna [pp. of adhi + apajjati] become guilty of offence D
i.245; iii. 43; S ii.270; A iv.277, 280; v.178, 181. an° guiltless,
innocent Vin i. 103; D iii.46; S ii.194, 269; A v.181; Miln 401.
For all passages except A iv.277, 280, cp. ajjhopanna.
Ajjhapllita [adhi + a + pilita] harassed, overpowered, tormented
PvA 180 (khuppipasaya by hunger & thirst).
Ajjhabhava [cp. Sk. adhyabhava] excessive power, predomi-
nance J ii.357.
Ajjhabhavati [adhi + a + bhu, in meaning of abhi + bhu] to pre-
dominate J ii.357.
Ajjhayaka [cp. Sk. adhyayaka, cp. ajjhayana] (a brahmin) en-
gaged in learning the Veda (mantajjhayaka J vi.209; SnA
192), a scholar of the brahmanic texts, a studious, learned per-
son D i.88, 120; iii. 94; A i. 163; iii. 223; Sn 140 (°kula: thus
for ajjhayakula Fsb.); Th 1, 1171; J i.3; vi.201, 498; DA i.247.
Ajjharuha (& °ruha) (adj.) [to adhi + a + ruh] growing up over,
overwhelming A iii. 63 sq. = S v.96; J iii. 399.
Ajjharujha (adj.) [pp. of adhi + a + ruh] grown up or high over
J iii. 399.
Ajjharuhati [adhi + arohati cp. atyarohati] to rise into the air, to
climb over, spread over S i.221 = Nett 173 (= ajjhottharati SA;
cp. Mrs. Rh. D. Kindred Sayings i.285).
Ajjhavadati see accavadati.
Ajjhavara [fr. adhi + a + var] surrounding; waiting on, service,
retinue J v. 322, 324, 326, 327 (expl d at all passages by parisa).
Should we read ajjhacara? Cp. ajjhacara.
Ajjhavasatar [n. ag. to ajjhavasati] one who inhabits D i.63
(agaram).
Ajjhavasati [adhi + a + vas] to inhabit (agaram a house; i. e.
to be settled or live the settled life of a householder) D ii. 16;
M i.353; Vin iv.224; J i.50; Pug 57; Miln 348. — pp.
ajjhavuttha (q. v.).
Ajjhavuttha [cp. Sk. adhyusita; pp. of ajjhavasati] inhabited, oc-
cupied (ofa house) Vin ii.210; J i. 145; ii.333; PvA 24 (°ghara);
16
Ajjhavuttha
Ajjhomucchita
fig. (not) occupied by SnA 566 (= anosita).
Ajjhasaya [fr. adhi + a + sri, orig. hanging on, leaning on, BSk.
however adhyasaya Divy 586] intention, desire, wish, dispo-
sition, bent D ii.224 (adj.: intent on, practising); J i.88, 90;
ii.352; v.382; DhsA 314, 334; PvA 88, 116, 133 (adj. dan°
intent on giving alms), 168; Sdhp 219, 518. Freq. in phrase
ajjhasayanurupa according to his wish, as he wanted PvA
61, 106, 128.
Ajjhasayata (f.) [abstr. to ajjhasaya] desire, longing PvA 127
(ujar° great desire for c. loc.).
Ajjhasita [pp. of adhi + a + sri] intent on, bent on Miln 361
(jhan°). Cp. ajjhosita & nissita.
Ajjhittha [pp. of ajjhesati] requested, asked, invited Vin i.l 13
(an° unbidden); D ii.289 (Buddhaghosa and text read ajjhitta);
Sn p. 218 (= ajjhesita Nd 2 16); J vi.292 (= anatta C.); DhA
iv.100 (v. 1. abhijjhittha). See also an°.
Ajjhupagacchati [adhi + upa + gam] to come to, to reach, obtain;
to consent to, agree, submit Th 2, 474 (= sampaticchati ThA
285); J ii.403; Miln 300; pp. ajjhupagata (q. v.).
Ajjhupagata [pp. of ajjhupagacchati] come to, obtained, reached
A v.87, cp. 210; v.187 sq.
Ajjhupagamana (nt.) [adhi + upa + gam] consent, agreement,
justification Vin ii.97, 104.
Ajjhupaharati [adhi + upa + hr; cp. upaharati] to take (food) to
oneself J ii.293 (aor. ajjhupahari = ajjhohari C.).
Ajjhupekkhati [adhi + upa + iks; cp. BSk. adhyupek-sati] 1. to
look on A i.257; Miln 275. — 2. to look on intently or with
care, to oversee, to take care of A iv.45 (katlh ’aggi, has to be
looked after); PvA 149 (sisam colam va). — 3. to look on in-
differently to be indifferent, to neglect Vin ii.78 = iii.162, cp.
J i. 147; M i. 155; ii.223; A iii.194, 435; J v.229; DhA iv.125.
Ajjhupekkhana (nt.) & °a (f.) [abstr. from ajjhupekkhati] care,
diligence, attention Ps i. 16; ii. 119; Vbh 230 sq.; DhA iv.3.
Ajjhupekkhitar [n. ag. to ajjhupekkhati] one who looks on (care-
fully), one who takes care or controls, an overseer, caretaker
S v.69 (sadhukam), 324 (id.), 331 sq.; Vbh 227.
Ajjhupeti [cp. Sk. abhyupeti; adhi + upa + i] to go to meet, to
receive J iv.440.
Ajjheti [Sk. adhyayati, Denom. fr. adhyaya] to be anxious about,
to fret, worry Sn 948 (socati +); expl d at Nd 1 433 by nijjhayati,
at SnA 568 by abhijjhati (gloss BB gijjhati).
Ajjhena (nt.) [Sk. adhyayana, see also ajjhayana] study (esp. of
the Vedas) M iii.l; J ii.327 (as v. 1. to be preferred to ajjhe-
sana); iii.l 14 (= japa); v.10 (pi. = vede); vi.201 = 207; Vbh
353; SnA 314 (mant°).
-kujja (°kuta v. 1.?) a hypocrite, a pharisee Sn 242; cp.
SnA 286.
Ajjhesati (adhi + is; cp. BSk. adhyesate Divy 160] to request,
ask, bid DhA iv. 18; aor. ajjhesi Vin ii.200; pp. ajjhittha &
ajjhesita (q. v.), with which cp. pariyittha & °esita.
Ajjhesana (f.) [see ajjhesati] request, entreaty Vin i.6 = D ii.38 =
S i. 1 38; J ii.327 (better v. 1. ajjhena).
Ajjhesita [pp. of ajjhesati; cp. ajjhittha] requested, asked, bidden
Nd 2 16 (= ajjhittha).
Ajjhokasa [adhi + okasa] the open air, only in loc. ajjho-kase in
the open Vin i. 15; S i.2 12; DhA iv.100.
Ajjhogajha [pp. of ajjhogahati] plunged into, immersed; having
entered M i.457; S i.201; Miln 348.
Ajjhogahati (& °gaheti) [Sk. *abhyavagahate; adhi (= abhi) +
ava + gah] to plunge into, to enter, to go into D i. 101 (vanam),
222 (samuddam); M i.359, 536; A iii.75, 368; iv.356; v.133;
Vin iii. 1 8; J i.7; Nd 1 152 (ogahati +); Miln 87 (samuddam);
300 (vanam). — pp. ajjhogajha (q. v.). Cp. pariyogahati.
Ajjhothapeti [adhi + ava + thapeti, Caus. of stha] to bring to PvA
148 (gamam), where we should read ' tthapeti.
Ajjhotthata [pp. of ajjhottharati] spread over; covered, filled;
overcome, crushed, overpowered J i.363 (ajjhottata), 410; v.91
(= adhipanna); DhA i.278; PvA 55; Davs v.5.
Ajjhottharati [adhi + ava + str] to cover over, spread out, spread
over, cover; to submerge, flood Vin i.l 11; J i.61, 72, 73; Miln
296, 336; Dh i.264; Pass, “tthariyati to be overrun with
(instr.), to be smothered, to be flooded A iii. 92 = Pug 67;
aor. ajjhotthari VvA 48 (gamapadeso: was flooded), pp.
ajjhotthata (q. v.).
Ajjhopanna (?) only found in one stock phrase, viz. gathita (q.
v.) mucchita ajjhopanna with ref. to selfishness, greed, bonds
of craving. The reading ajjhopanna is the lectio difficilior,
but the accredited reading ajjhosana seems to be clearer and
to harmonize better with the cognate ajjhosita & ajjhosana (n.)
in the same context. The confusion between the two is old —
standing and hard to be accounted for. Trenckner under v. 1. to
M i.l 62 on p. 543 gives ajjhopanna as BB (= adhi — opanna).
The MSS. of Nd 2 clearly show ajjhopanna as inferior reading,
which may well be attributable to the very frequent SS substi-
tution of p for s (see Nd 2 Introd. xix.). Besides this mixture of
vv. 11. with s and p there is another confusion between the vv.
11. ajjhapanna and ajjhopanna which adds to the complica-
tion of the case. However since the evidence of a better read-
ing between these two preponderates for ajjhopanna we may
consider the o as established, and, with a little more clearness
to be desired, may in the end decide for ajjhosana (q. v.),
which in this case would have been liable to change through
analogy with ajjhapanna, from which it took the a and p. Cp.
also ajjhosita. The foil, is a synopsis of readings as preferred
or confused by the Ed. of the var. texts. — 1. ajjhopanna as
T. reading: M i.162, 173, 369; A i.74; ii.28; iii.68, 242; Md
75, 76; DA i.59; as v. 1.: D i.245. — 2. ajjhosana as v. 1.:
A i.74 (C. expl s ajjhosaya gilitva thita); Nd 2 under nissita &
passim; Ud 75, 76 (ajjhosanna); DA i.59 (id.). — 3. ajjha-
panna as T. reading: D i.245; iii. 43, 46; S. ii. 1 94, 270: iv.332
(ajjhapanna); A v.178, 181; Nd 2 under nissita; Miln 401; as v.
1.: M i. 162; A iii. 242; Ud 75, 76.
Ajjhobhavati [adhi + ava + bhu, Sk. abhi°] to overcome, over-
power, destroy J ii. 80 (aor. ajjhobhavi = adhibhavi C.).
Ajjhomaddati [adhi + ava + mrd] to crush down A i v. 191, 193.
Ajjhomucchita [pp. adhi + ava + murch, cp. adhimuccita] stiff-
ened out (in a swoon), lying in a faint (?) A iii. 57 sq. (v. 1.
ajjhomuncita or “muccita better: sarlre attached to her body,
17
Ajjhomucchita
Anjita
clinging to her b.).
Ajjholambati [adhi + ava + lamb] to hang or hold on to (acc.), to
cling to S iii 137; M iii. 164 = Nett 179, cp. Sdhp 284 & 296.
Ajjhosa = ajjhosaya, in verse only as ajjhosa titthati to cleave or
cling to S iv.73; Th 1,98, 794.
Ajjhosati [adhi + ava + sayati, sa, to bind, pp. sita: see ajjhosita]
to be bound to, to be attached, bent on; to desire, cleave to,
indulge in. Fut. ajjhosissati (does it belong here?) M i.328
(c. acc. pathavim, better as ajjhesati). grd. ajjhositabha M
i. 109 (+ abhinanditabba, v. 1. °etabba); DhsA 5 (id.); ger.
ajjhosaya (q. v.) pp. ajjhosita (q. v.).
Ajjhosana (nt.) cleaving to (earthly joys), attachment, D ii.58
sq.; iii. 289; M i.498 (+ abhinandana); S iii. 187; A i.66; ii.ll
(ditthi°, kama° + tanha). In comb n with (iccha) and muccha at
Nd 2 under chanda & nissita and tanha (see also ajjhopanna),
and at Dhs 1059 of labha, (the expl n at DhsA 363, 370, from
as to eat, is popular etym.) Nett 23 sq. (of tanha).
Ajjhosaya [ger. of ajjhosati, cp. BSk. adhyavasaya tisthati Divy
37, 534] being tied to, hanging on, attached to, only in phrase
a. titthati (+ abhinandati, same in Divy) M i.266; S. iv.36 sq.;
60, 71 sq.; Miln 69. See also ajjhosa.
Ajjhosita [cp. Sk. adhyavasita, from adhi + ava + sa; but sita is
liable to confusion with sita = Sk. srita, also through likeness
of meaning with esita; see ajjhasita & ajjhesita] hanging on,
cleaving to, being bent on, (c. loc.) S ii.94 (+ mamayita); A
ii. 25 (dittha suta muta +); Nd 1 75, 106, 163 = Nd 2 under nis-
sita; Th 2, 470 (asare = tanhavasena abhinivittha ThA 284);
Pv iv.8 4 (mayham ghare = tanhabhinivisena abhinivittha PvA
267; v. 1. BB ajjhesita, SS ajjhasita). -an° S iv.213; v.319;
Nd 1 411; Miln 74 (pabbajita).
Ajjhohata [pp. of ajjhoharati] having swallowed Sdhp 610 (bal-
isam maccho viya: like a fish the fishhook).
Ajjhoharana (nt.) = ajjhohara 1. A v.324; J vi.213.
Ajjhoharaniya (adj.) [grd. of ajjhoharati] something fit to eat,
eatable, for eating J vi.258; DhA i.284.
Ajjhoharati [Sk. abhyavaharati; adhi (= abhi) + ava + hr] to swal-
low, eat, take as food M i.245; J i.460; ii.293; vi.205, 213;
Miln 366; PvA 283 (aor.) — pp. ajjhohata (q.v.).
Ajjhohara [Sk. abhyavahara] 1. taking food, swallowing, eating
& drinking Vin iv.233; Miln 176, 366. — 2. N. of a fabulous
fish (swallower"; cp. timingala) J v.462.
Aficati J i.4 1 7, read anchati (see next).
Anchati [in meaning = akaddhati, which latter is also the Sk. gloss
(akarsayati) to the Jain Prk. amchavei = anchati: see Morris, J.
P. T. S. 1893, 60] to pull, drag, pull along, to turn on a lathe D
ii.29 1 (bhamakaro dlgham a., where K has note: anjanto ti pi
acchanto ti pi patho) = M i.56 (w. 11. p. 532 acch° & anj°); Th
1, 750 (ancami T., v.l. annami). Anchati should also be read at
J i 417 for udakaih anc anti (in expl" of udancanl pulling the
water up from a well, q. v.), where it corresponds to udakaih
akkaddhati in the same sentence.
Afija (adv.) [orig. imper. of anjati 1 ; cp. Sk. anjasa (instr.)
quickly, Goth, anaks suddenly, lit. with a pull or jerk] pull
on! go on! gee up! J i. 192.
Anjati 1 [= Sk. rnjati, rjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect;
cp. Sk. rju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. bpeyw; Lat. rego, rec-
tus = erect. See also P. uju, anchati, ajjita, ananja — anejja].
See afija, anjaya, anjali, anjasa.
Anjati 2 & Afijeti [= Sk. anjayati, Caus. of anakti to smear etc.;
cp. Sk. airtji ointment, ajya butter; Lat. unguo to anoint,
unguentum ointment; Ohg. ancho = Ger. Anke butter] to
smear, anoint, paint S ii.28 1 ; J iv.219 (akkhlni anjetva, v. 1.
BB ancitva). Caus. ii. afljapeti DhA i.21. — pp. anjita (q.
v.).
Aiijana (nt.) [from anjati 2 ] ointment, esp. a collyrium for the
eyes, made of antimony, adj. anointed, smeary; glossy, black
(cp. kanha ii. and kala 1 note). — 1. Vin i.203 (five kinds viz.
kaj°, ras°, sot°, geruka, kapalla); D i.7, 12; DA i.98 (khar°);
284; DhA iii. 354 (akkhi° eye — salve). — 2. glossy, jet —
black J i. 1 94; ii.369; v.416. The reading aiijana at A iv.468 is
wrong, it should be corrected into thanamajjanamattam. See
also pace 0 . In meaning collyrium box at Th 2, 413 (= aiijana
— nali ThA 267); DhA ii.25.
-akkhiha with anointed eyes Th 1, 960. -upapisana per-
fume to mix with ointment Vin i.203; ii. 112. -cunna aromatic
powder DhsA 13. -naji an ointment tube, collyrium box ThA
267. -rukkha N. of a tree ("black" tree) J i. 331. -vanna of
the colour of collyrium, i. e. shiny, glossy, dark, black D ii. 1 8
(lomani); J i. 138 (kesa), 194; ii.369; PvA 258 (vana).
Afijanl (f.) [fr. aiijana] a box for ointment, a collyrium pot Vin
i. 203, 204; ii.135; iv.168; M ii.65 = Th 1, 773.
Anjanisalaka (f.) a stick to put the ointment on with Vin i.203;
ii. 135; Jiii.419.
Anjaya (adj.) [from anjati 1 ] straight J iii. 12 (vv. 11. ajjava & and
ajjava better?) expl d by C. as ujuka, akutila. See also ajjava.
Should we assume misreading for anjasa?
Anjali [cp. Sk. anjali, fr. anjati 1 ] extending, stretching forth,
gesture of lifting up the hands as a token of reverence (cp.
E. to "tender" one's respect), putting the ten fingers together
and raising them to the head (VvA 7: dasanakha — samod-
hana — samujjalam anjalim paggayha). Only in stock phrases
(a.) anjalim panameti to bend forth the outstretched hands
Vin ii. 188; D i.l 18; Sn 352; Sn p. 79. (b.) °m pagganhati
to perform the a. salutation J i.54; DhA iv.212; VvA 7, 312
(sirasmim on one's head); PvA 93. (c.) °m karoti id. PvA
178; cp. katanjali (adj.) with raised hands Sn 1023; J i. 17;
PvA 50, and anjalikata id. Pv ii. 12 20 . Cp. panjali
-kamma respectful salutation, as above A i. 123 ; ii. 180;
iv.130; Vv 78 s , 83 16 ; DhA i.32. -karanlya (adj.) that is wor-
thy of being thus honoured D iii. 5; A ii.34; iii. 36; iv. 13 sq.; It
88 .
Anjalika (f.) [= anjali] the raising of the hands as a sign of respect-
ful salutation Vv l 5 (expl d at VvA 24 as dasanakha — samod-
hana samujjalam anjalirii sirasi pagganhanti guna — visittha-
nam apacayanam akasirn).
Anjasa [Sk. anjasa (?). Cp. arjava = P. ajjava, see anjati 1 & an-
jaya] straight, straightforward (of a road) D i.235; J i.5; Th 2,
99; Vv 50 20 (cp. VvA 215); VvA 84 (= akutila); Mhvs 25, 5;
Miln 217; Sdhp 328, 595. Cp. panjasa.
Anjita [Sk. ankta & anjayita, pp. of anjeti] smeared, anointed J
18
Anjita
Annadatthu
i. 77 (su — anjitani akkhini); iv.421 (anjit°akkha).
Anna (pron.) [Vedic anya, with compar. stiff, ya; Goth, anpar;
Ohg. andar; formation with n analagous to those with 1 in Gr.
ofXXoc (a'Xjot;), Lat. alius (cp. alter), Goth, aljis Ags. elles
= E. else. From demonstr. base *eno, see na 1 and cp. a 3 ] an-
other etc. — A. By itself: 1. other, not the same, different,
another, somebody else (opp. oneself) Vin iii. 144 (annena,
scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Sn 459, 789,
904; Dh 158 (opp. attanam), 165; J i. 151 (opp. attano); ii.333
(annarh vyakaroti give a diff. answer). — 2. another one, a
second; nt. else, further Sn 1052 (= uttarim nt. Nd 2 17); else
J i.294. annarh kinci (indef.) anything else J i. 1 5 1 . yo anno
every other, whoever else J i.256. — 3. afine (pi.) (the) oth-
ers, the rest Sn 189, 663, 911; Dh 43, 252, 355; J i.254. — B.
del. in correlation: 1. copulative, anna., anna the one., the
other (.. the third etc.); this, that & the other; some., some Vin
i. 15; Miln 40; etc. — 2. reciprocative anno annam, aiiiia-
mannaih, annonnam one another, each other, mutually, re-
ciprocally (in ordinary construction & declension of a noun or
adj. in sg.; cp. Gr. aXX/|Xtov, aXXrjXouc; in pi), (a.) anno
annam Dh 165. (b.) annamanna (cp. BSk. anyamanya
M Vastu ii.436), as pron.: n'alam annamannassa sukhaya va
dukkhaya va D i.56 = S iii 211. n'annamannassa dukkharh
iccheyya do not wish evil to each other Sn 148. dandehi anna-
mannam upakkamanti (approach each other) M i.86 = Nd 2
199. °m agaravo viharati A iii. 247. dve jana °rh ghatayimsu
(slew each other) J i.254. annamannam hasanti J v.lll; °m
musale hantva J v.267. °m dandabhigatena PvA 58; or adj.:
annamannam veram bandhimsu (established mutual enmity) J
ii. 353; °m piyasamvasam vasimsu J ii. 1 53 ; annamannam ac-
cayam desetva (their mutual mistake) DhA i.57; or adv. dve
pi annamannam patibaddha citta ahesum (in love with each
other) J iii. 188; or ° — : annamanna — paccaya mutually de-
pendent, interrelated Ps ii.49, 58. — (c.) annonna (° — ) J
v.251 (°nissita); Davs v.45 (°bhinna). — 3. disjunctive anna.,
anna one., the other, this one... that one, different, differ-
ent from annam jlvam.. annarh sariram one is the soul., the
other is the body, i. e. the soul is different from the body D
i. 157; M i.430; A v.193; anna va sanna bhavissati anno atta D
i. 1 87. Thus also in phrase annena annam opposite, the con-
trary, differently, contradictory (lit. other from that which is
other) Vin ii.85 (paticarati make counter — charges); D i.57
(vyakasi gave the opposite or contradictory reply); Miln 171
(annarh kayiramanam annena sambharati). — anaiiiia (1) not
another, i. e. the same, self — same, identical M i.256 (=
ayam). — (2) not another, i. e. alone, by oneself, oneself only
Sn 65 (°posin; opp. param) = Nd 4, cp. Nd 2 36. — (3) not
another, i. e. no more, only, alone Sn p. 106 (dve va gatiyo
bhavanti ananna: and no other or no more, only two). See also
under cpds.
-adisa different J vi.212, °ta difference PvA 243.
-khantika acquiescing in diff. views, following another faith
(see khantika) D i. 187; M i.487. -titthiya an adherent of an-
other sect, a non — Buddhist.; D iii. 115; M i.494, 512; P ii.21,
32 sq., 119; iii. 116 sq.; iv.51, 228; v.6, 27 sq.; A i.65, 240;
ii. 1 76; iv.35 sq.; Vin i.60; J i.93; ii.4 15. -ditthika having
diff. views (comb d ' with anna — khantika) D i. 1 87; M i.487.
-neyya (an°) not to be guided by somebody else, i. e. inde-
pendent in one's views, having attained the right knowledge by
oneself (opp. para°) Sn 55, 213, 364. -mano (an°) (adj.) not
setting one's heart upon others Vv ll 5 (see VvA 58). -vada
holding other views, an° (adj.) Dpvs iv.24. -vadaka one who
gives a diff. account of things, one who distorts a matter, a pre-
varicator Vin iv.36. -vihita being occupied with something
else, distracted, absent — minded Vin iv.269; DhA iii. 352,
381; °ta distraction, absentmindedness DhA i.181. -sarana
(an°) not betaking oneself to others for refuge, i. e. of inde-
pendent, sure knowledge S iii. 42 = v.154. -sita dependent or
relying on others Sn 825.
Annatama (pron. adj.) [anna + superl. suff. tama; see also
annatara] one out of many, the one or the other of, a certain,
any Mhvs 38, 14.
Annatara (pron. adj.) [Sk. anyatara, anna + compar. suff. tara,
cp. Lat. alter, Goth, anpar etc.] one of a certain number, a
certain, somebody, some; often used (like eka) as indef. arti-
cle "a". Very frequent, e. g. Sn 35, 210; It 103; Dh 137, 157;
J i.22 1, 253; ii. 132 etc. devannatara a certain god, i. e. any
kind of god S iv.180 = A iv.461.
Annattha (adv.) [from anna = annatra, adv. of place, cp. kattha,
ettha] somewhere or anywhere else, elsewhere (either place
where or whereto) J i.291; ii. 1 54; DhsA 163; DhA i.212;
iii. 351; PvA 45; Mhvs 4, 37; 22, 14.
Annatra (adv.) [anya + tra, see also annattha] elsewhere, some-
where else J v.252; Pv iv.l 62 . In comp" also = anna°, e. g.
annatra — yoga (adj.) following another discipline D i. 187;
M i.487. — As prep. c. abl. (and instr.) but, besides, except,
e. g. a. imina tapo — pakkamena D i. 168; kim karamyam
a. dhammacariyaya S i. 101; ko nu annatram — ariyehi who
else but the Nobles Sn 886 (= thapetva sanna — mattena SnA
555). -kim annatra what but, i. e. what else is the cause
but, or: this is due to; but for D i.90 (vusitava — man! k. a.
avusitatta); S i.29 (k. k. a. adassana except from blindness);
Sn 206 (id.).
Annathatta (nt.) [annatha + tta] 1. change, alteration S iii. 37;
iv. 40; A i. 153; iii. 66; Kvu 227 (= jara C, cp. Kvu trsl. 55
n. 2); Miln 209. — 2. difference J i. 147; It 11. — 3. er-
roneous supposition, mistake Vin ii.2; S iii.9 1 ; iv.329. — 4.
fickleness, change of mind, doubt, wavering, M i.448, 457 (+
domanassa); J i.33 (cittam); PvA 195 (cittassa).
Annatha (adv.) [anna + tha] in a different manner, otherwise,
differently S i.24; Sn 588, 757; DhsA 163; PvA 125, 133.
anannatha without mistake Vv 44 18 ; anannatha (nt.) cer-
tainty, truth Ps ii. 104 (= tatha).
-bhava (1) a different existence A ii.10; It 9 = 94; Sn 729,
740, 752; (2) a state of difference; i. e. change, alteration, un-
stableness D i.36; S ii.274; iii. 8, 16, 42; Vbh 379. -bhavin
based on difference S iii. 225 sq.; iv.23 sq., 66 sq.; an° free
from difference Vin i.36.
Annadatthu (adv.) [lit. annad atthu let there be anything else,
i. e. be it what it will, there is nothing else, all, everything,
surely] part, of affirmation = surely, all — round, absolutely
(ekamsa — vacane nipato DA i.lll) only, at any rate D i.91;
ii. 284; Sn 828 (na h° annadatth 3 atthi pasamsa — labha, expl d
SnA 541 as na hi ettha pasamsa — labhato anno attho atthi.
19
Annadatthu
Attita
cp. also Nd 1 168); Miln 133; VvA 58; PvA 97, 114.
-dasa sure — seeing, seeing everything, all pervading D
i. 18; iii.135, 185; A ii.24; iii.202; iv.89, 105; It 15.
Afifiada (adv.) [anna + da, cp. kada, tada, yada] at another time,
else, once S iv.285; J v.12; DhA iv.125.
Anna (f.) [Sk. ajfia, = a + jfia, cp. ajanati] knowledge, recog-
nition, perfect knowledge, philosophic insight, knowledge par
excellence, viz. Arahantship, saving knowledge, gnosis (cp.
on term Compend. 176 n. 3 and Psalms of Brethren introd.
xxxiii.) M i.445; S i.4 (sammad 0 ), 24 (afifiaya nibbuta); ii.22 1 ;
v.69, 129 (ditth'eva dhamme), 133, 237; A iii.82, 143, 192;
v.108; It 39 sq„ 53, 104; Dh 75, 96; Kh vii.ll; Miln 334.
— afifiam vyakaroti to manifest ones Arahantship (by a dis-
course or by mere exclamation) Vin i. 183; S ii.51 sq., 120;
iv.139; v.222; J i. 140; ii.333. See also arahatta.
-atthika desirous of higher knowledge Pv iv.l 14 .
-aradhana the attainment of full insight M i.479. -indriya
the faculty of perfect knowledge or of knowledge made perfect
D iii.219; S v.204; It 53; Pug 2; Dhs 362, 505, 552; Nett 15,
54, 60. -citta the thought of gnosis, the intention of gaining
Arahantship S ii.267; A iii.437. -pativedha comprehension
of insight Vin ii.238. -vimokkha deliverance by the highest
insight Sn 1 105, 1107 (Nd 2 19: vuccati arahatta — vimokkho).
Afifiana (nt.) [a + fiana] ignorance; see fiana 3 e.
Afifianaka (nt.) [Demin, of afifiana] ignorance Vin iv. 144.
Afifianin (adj.) [a + fianin] ignorant, not knowing DhA iii.106.
Afifiata 1 [pp. of ajanati, q. v.] known, recognised Sn 699. an°
what is not known, in phrase anafifiata — fifiassamP t° indriya
the faculty of him (who believes): "I shall know what is not
known (yet)" D iii.219; S v.204; It 53; Pug 2; Dhs 296 (cp.
Dhs trsl/ 86); Nett 15, 54, 60, 191.
-manin one who prides himself in having perfect knowl-
edge, one who imagines to be in possession of right insight A
iii.175 sq.; Th 1, 953.
Afinata 2 [a + fiata] unknown, see fiata.
Afifiataka 1 [a + fiataka, cp. Sk. ajfiati] he who is not a kinsman
DhA i.222.
Afifiataka 2 (adj.) [Demin, of afinata 2 ] unknown, unrecog-
nisable, only in phrase °vesena in unknown form, in disguise
J i. 14; iii.116; v.102.
Afifiatar [n. ag. to ajanati] one who knows, a knower of D ii.286;
M i. 169; S i. 106 (dhammassa); Kvu 561.
Afifiatavin (adj. — n.) [from ajanati] one who has complete in-
sight DhsA 291.
-indriya (°tav 3 indr.) the faculty of one whose knowledge
is made perfect Dhs 555 (cp. Dhs trsl. 150) and same loci as
under afifiindriya (see afifia).
Afifiatukama (adj.) [a + jfiatum + kama] desirous of gaining right
knowledge A iii.192. See ajanati.
Afifiaya [ger. of ajanati, q. v. for detail] reeognising, knowing,
in the conviction of S i.24; A iii.4 1 ; Dh 275, 4 1 1 .
Afifiofifia see afifia B 2 c.
Afihamana [Sk. asnana, ppr. med. of asnati, as to eat] eating,
taking food; enjoying: only SS at Sn 240; all MSS at 239 have
asamana. SnA 284 expl s by aharayamana.
Atata [BSk. atata (e. g. Divy 67), prob. to at roam about. On
this notion cp. description of roaming about in Niraya at Nd 1
405 bottom] N. of a certain purgatory or Niraya A v.173 = Sn
p. 126.
Atanaka (adj.) [cp. Sk. atana, to at] roaming about, wild J v.105
(°gavT).
AtanI (f.) a support a stand inserted under the leg of a bedstead
Vin iv.l 68; Sam. Pas. on Pac. 14 (quoted Min. Pat. 86 and
Vin iv.357); DhA i.234; J ii.387, 425, 484 supports of a seat.
Morris J. P. T. S. 1884, 69 compares Marathi adani a three —
legged stand. See also Vin Texts ii.53.
Atala (adj.) [cp. Sk. atta & attalaka stronghold] solid, firm,
strong, only in phrase ataliyo upahana strong sandals M
ii. 1 55 (vv. 11. pataliye & agaliyo) = S i.226 (vv. 11. ataliyo
& ataliko). At the latter passage Bdhgh. expl s ganangan —
upahana, Mrs. Rh. D. ( Kindred Sayings i.291) trsls. "busk-
ined shoes".
Atavl (f.) [Sk. atavl: Non — Aryan, prob. Dravidian] 1. forest,
woods J i.306; ii.117; iii.220; DhA i. 13; PvA 277. — 2. in-
habitant of the forest, man of the woods, wild tribe J vi.55 (=
atavicora C.).
-rakkhika guardian of the forest J ii.335. -sankhepa
at A i. 1 78 = iii.66 is prob. faulty reading for v. 1. “sankopa
"inroad of savage tribes".
Atta 1 [cp. see attaka] a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin
* * i. 1 40; DA i.209.
Atta 2 [cp. Sk. artha, see also attha 5 b] lawsuit, case, cause Vin
iv.224; J ii.2, 75; iv.129 (°m vinicchinati to judge a cause),
150 (°rn tlreti to see a suit through); vi.336.
Atta 3 [Sk. arta, pp. of ardati, rd to dissolve, afflict etc.; cp. Sk.
ardra (= P. adda and alia); Gr. a'cow to moisten, a'pba dirt.
See also attiyati & attita] distressed, tormented, afflicted; mo-
lested, plagued, hurt Sn 694 (+ vyasanagata; SnA 489 atura);
Th 2, 439 (= attita ThA 270), 441 (= pTlita ThA 271); J iv.293
(= atura C.); Vv 80 9 (= attita upadduta VvA 311). Often — °:
inatta oppressed by debt M i.463; Miln 32; chat° tormented by
hunger VvA 76; vedan° afflicted by pain Vin ii.61; iii. 100; J
i.293; sucik° (read for sucikattha) pained by stitch Pv iii.2 3 .
-ssara cry of distress Vin iii. 105; S ii.255; J i.265; ii.117;
Miln 357; PvA 285.
Attaka [Demin, of atta 1 ] a platform to be used as a watch-house
on piles, or in a tree Vin i. 173; ii.4 1 6; iii. 322, 372; DA i.209.
Attana at Vin ii. 1 06 is obscure, should it not rather be read with
Bdhgh as atthana? (cp. Bdhgh on p. 315).
Attala [from atta] a watch — tower, a room at the top of a house,
or above a gate (kotthaka) Th 1, 863; J iii. 160; v.373; Miln 1,
330; DhA iii.488.
Attalaka [Sk. attalaka] = attala; J ii.94, 220, 224; vi.390, 433;
"Miln 66, 81.
Attita (& occasionally addita, e. g. Pv ii.6 2 ; Th 2, 77, 89; Th 1,
406) [Sk. ardita, pp. of ardayati, Caus. of ardati, see atta 3 ]
pained, distressed, grieved, terrified Th 1, 157; J ii.436; iv.85
(v. 1. addhita); v.84; VvA 311; ThA 270; Mhvs 1, 25; 6, 21;
20
Attita
Attha
Dpvs i.66; ii.23; xiii.9; Sdhp 205. — See remarks of Morris J.
P. T. S. 1886, 104, & 1887. 47.
Attiyati & Attiyati [Denom. fr. atta 3 , q. v.] to be in trouble or
anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually comb d
with harayati, e. g. D i.213 (+ jigucchati); S i. 131; M i.423;
Pv i.10 2 (= atta dukkhita PvA 48), freq. in ppr. attiyamana
harayamana (+ jigucchamana) Vin ii.292; J i.66, 292; It 43;
Nd 2 566; Ps i. 1 59. — Spelling sometimes addiyami, e. g. Th
2, 140. — pp. attita & addita.
Attiyana (nt.) [cp. Sk. ardana, to attiyati] fright, terror, amaze-
ment DhA ii. 179.
Attha 1 [Vedic astau, old dual, Idg. *octou, pointing to a system
of counting by tetrads (see also nava); Av. asta, Gr. oxtco,
Lat. octo, Goth, ahtau = Ohg. ahto, Ger. acht, E. eight] num.
card, eight, deck like pi. of adj. in — a. A. The number in
objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see cpds.
“angula, °nakha, °pada, °pada. B. The number in subjective
significance. — (1) As mark of respectability and honour,
based on the idea of the double square: (a) in meaning "a cou-
ple" attha matakukkute attha jiva — k. gahetva (with 8 dead
& 8 live cocks; eight instead of 2 because gift intended for a
king) DhA i.2 1 3. sanghassa a salakabhattam dapesi VvA 75
= DhAiii.l04. a. pindapatani adadam Vv 34 s . a. vattha —
yugani (a double pair as offering) PvA 232, a thera PvA 32.
— The highest respectability is expressed by 8 X 8 = 64, and
in this sense is freq. applied to gifts, where the giver gives a
higher potency of a pair (2 3 ). Thus a "royal" gift goes under
the name of sabb-atthakam danam (8 elephants, 8 horses, 8
slaves etc.) where each of 8 constituents is presented in 8 ex-
emplars DhA ii.45, 46, 71. In the same sense atth° attha kaha-
pana (as gift) DhA ii.4 1 ; atth — atthaka dibbakanna Vv 67 3
(= catusatthi VvA 290); atthatthaka Dpvs vi.56. Quite con-
spicuous is the meaning of a "couple" in the phrase satt —
attha 7 or 8 = a couple, e. g. sattattha divasa, a week or so
J i.86; J ii. 101; VvA 264 (samvacchara years). — (b.) used
as definite measure of quantity & distance, where it also im-
plies the respectability of the gift, 8 being the lowest unit of
items that may be given decently. Thus freq. as attha kaha-
pana J i.483; iv. 138; VvA 76; Miln 291. — In distances: a.
karisa DhA ii. 80; iv.217; PvA 258; a. usabha J iv.142. —
(c.) in comb 11 ' with 100 and 1000 it assumes the meaning of
"a great many", hundreds, thousands. Thus attha satam 800,
Sn 227. As denotation of wealt (cp. below under 18 and 80):
a — °sata — sahassa — vibhava DhA iv.7. But atthasata at S
iv.232 means 108 (3 X 36), probably also at J v.377. — attha
sahassam 8000 J v.39 (naga). The same meaning applies to
80 as well as to its use as unit in comb 11 with any other deci-
mal (18, 28, 38 etc.): (a) 80 (aslti) a great many. Here belong
the 80 smaller signs of a Mahapurisa (see anuvyanjana), be-
sides the 32 main signs (see dvattirnsa) VvA 213 etc. Freq.
as measure of riches, e. g. 80 waggon loads Pv ii.7 5 ; aslti
— kotivibhava DhA iii.129; PvA 196; aslti hatth 0 ubbedho
rasi (of gold) VvA 66, etc. See further references under asTti.
— (P) The foil, are examples of 8 with other decimals: 18
atthadasa (only M iii.239: manopavicara) & attharasa (this
the later form) VvA 213 (avenika — buddhadhamma: Bha-
gavant's qualities); as measure J vi.432 (18 hands high, of a
fence); of a great mass or multitue: attharasa kotiyo or °koti,
18 kotis J i.92 (of gold), 227; iv.378 (°dhana, riches); DhA
ii.43 (of people); Miln 20 (id.); a. akkhohini — sankhasena
J vi.395. a. vatthu Vin ii.204. — 28 atthavlsati nakkhattani
Nd 1 382; patisallanaguna Miln 140. — 38 atthatimsa Miln
359 (rajaparisa). — 48 atthacattarlsam vassani Sn 289. —
68 atthasatthi Th 1, 1217 °sita savitakka, where id. p. at S
i. 1 87 however reads atha satthi — tasita vitakka); J i.64 (turiya
— satasahassani) — 98 atthanavuti (cp. 98 the age of Eli,
1 Sam. iv. 15) Sn 311 (roga, a higher set than the original 3
diseases, cp. navuti). — (2) As number of symmetry or of
an intrinsic, harmonious, symmetrical set, attha denotes, like
dasa (q. v.) a comprehensive unity. See esp. the cpds. for
this application. °amsa and °angika. Closely related to nos.
2 and 4 attha is in the geometrical progression of 2. 4. 8. 16.
32. where each subsequent number shows a higher symmetry
or involves a greater importance (cp. 8X8 under la) — J
v.409 (a. mangalena samannagata, of Indra's chariot: with the
8 lucky signs); VvA 193 (atthahi akkhanehi vajjitam manuss-
abhavam: the 8 unlucky signs). In progression: J iv.3 (attha
petiyo, following after 4, then foil, by 8, 16, 32); PvA 75 (a.
kapparukkha at each point of the compass, 32 in all). Further:
8 expressions of bad language DhA iv.3.
-amsa with eight edges, octagonal, octahedral, implying
perfect or divine symmetry (see above B. 2), of a diamond D
i.76 = M iii.121 (mani vejuriyo a.); Miln 282 (maniratanam
subham jatimantam a.) of the pillars of a heavenly palace
(Vimana) J vi.127 = 173 = Vv 78 2 (a. sukata thambha); Vv
84 15 (ayatamsa = ayata hutva attha — solasadvattimsadi —
amsavanto VvA 339). Of a ball of string Pv iv.3 28 (gulapari-
mandala, cp. PvA 254). Of geometrical figures in general
Dhs 617. -anga (of) eight parts, eightfold, consisting of eight
ingredients or constituents (see also next and above B 2 on
significance of attha in this connection), in comp 11 - with °upeta
characterised by the eight parts (i. e. the observance of the first
eight of the commandments or vows, see sila & cp. anga 2),
of uposatha, the fast — day A i.2 15; Sn 402 (Sn A 378 expl s
ekam pi divasam apariccajanto atthangupetam uposatham up-
avassa); cp. atthanguposathin (adj.) Mhvs 36, 84. In BSk.
always in phrase astanga — samanvagata upavasa, e. g. Divy
398; Sp. Av. S i.338, 399; also vrata Av. S i. 170. In the same
sense atthangupeta patihariyapakkha (q. v.) Sn 402, where
Vv 15 6 has “susamagata (expl d at VvA 72 by panatipata ve-
ramanl — adlhi atthah 0 angehi samannagata). ° samannagata
endowed with the eight qualities (see anga 3), of raja, a king D
i. 137 sq., ofbrahmassara, the supreme or most excellent voice
(of the Buddha) D ii. 211; J i. 95; VvA 217. AlsoinBuddh. Sk.
astangopeta svara of the voice of the Buddha, e. g. Sp. Av. S
i. 1 49. -angika having eight constituents, being made up of
eight (intrinsic) parts, embracing eight items (see above B 2);
of the uposatha (as in prec. atthang 0 uposatha) Sn 401; of the
"Eightfold Noble Path" (ariyo a. maggo). (Also in BSk. as
astangika marga, e. g. Lai. Vist. 540, cp. astangamargadesika
of the Buddha, Divy 124, 265); D i. 156, 157, 165; M i.118; It
18; Sn 1130 (magga uttama); Dh 191, 273; Th 2, 158, 171; Kh
iv.; Vin i.10; Nd 2 485; DA i.3 13; DhA iii.402. -angula eight
finger — breadths thick, eight inches thick, i. e. very thick, of
double thickness J ii.9 1 (in contrast to caturangula); Mhvs 29,
11 (with sattangula). -addha (v. 1. addhattha) half of eight,
i. e. four (°pada) J vi. 354, see also addha 1 . -nakha having
21
Attha
Addha
eight nails or claws J vi.354 (: ekekasmim pade dvinnam dvin-
nam khuranam vasena C.). -nava eight or nine DhA iii.179.
-pada 1. a chequered board for gambling or playing drafts
etc., lit. having eight squares, i. e. on each side (DA i.85:
ekekaya pantiya attha attha padani assa ti), cp. dasapada D
i.6. — 2. eightfold, folded or plaited in eight, cross — plaited
(of hair) Th 1, 772 (atthapada — kata kesa); J ii.5 (“tthapana
= cross — plaiting), -padaka a small square (1/8), i. e. a
patch Vin i.297; ii. 1 50. -pada an octopod, a kind of (fab-
ulous) spider (or deer?) J v.377; vi.538; cp. Sk. astapada =
sarabha a fabidous eight — legged animal, -mangala hav-
ing eight anspicious signs J v.409 (expl d here to mean a horse
with white hair on the face, tail, mane, and breast, and above
each of the four hoofs), -vanka with eight facets, lit. eight
— crooked, i. e. polished on eight sides, of a jewel J vi.388.
-vidha eightfold Dhs 219.
Attha 2 see attha.
Atthaka (adj.) [Sk. astaka] — 1. eightfold Vin i. 1 96 = Ud 59
(°vaggikani); VvA 75 = DhA iii.104 (°bhatta). — 2. °a (f.)
the eight day of the lunar month (cp. atthaml), in phrase rat-
tlsu antaratthakasu in the nights between the eighths, i. e.
the 8 th day before and after the full moon Vin i.31, 288 (see
Vin Texst i. 130 n ); M i.79; A i.136; Miln 396; J i.390. — 3. °rh
(nt.) an octad Vv 67 2 (atth° eight octads = 64); VvA 289, 290.
On sabbatthaka see attha B 1 a. See also antara.
Atthama (num. ord.) [Sk. astama, see attha 1 ] the eighth Sn 107,
230 (cp. KhA 187), 437. — f. °T the eighth day of the lunar
half month (cp. atthaka) A i. 144; Sn 402; Vv 16 6 (in all three
pass, as pakkhassa catuddasl pancadasT ca atthaml); A i. 142;
Sn 570 (ito atthami, soil, divase, loc.).
Atthamaka = atthama the eighth. — 1. lit. Miln 291 (att° self —
eighth). — 2. as tt. the eighth of eight persons who strive af-
ter the highest perfection, reckoned from the first or Arahant.
Hence the eighth is he who stands on the lowest step of the
Path and is called a sotapanna (q. v.) Kvu 243 — 251 (cp.
Kvu trsl. 146 sq.); Nett 19, 49, 50; Ps ii. 1 93 (+ sotapanna).
Atthana (nt.) [a + tthana] stand, post; name of the rubbing — post
which, well cut & with incised rows of squares, was let into
the ground of a bathing — place, serving as a rubber to people
bathing Vin ii. 105, 106 (read atthane with BB; cp. Vin ii. 3 15).
Atthi 01 [= attha (attha) in comp" with kar & bhu, as freq. in
Sk. and P. with i for a, like citti — kata (for citta°), angi —
bhuta (for anga°); cp. the freq. comb 11 ' (with similar mean-
ing) manasi — kata (besides manasa — k.), also upadhikaroti
and others. This comb 11 is restricted to the pp and der. (°kata
& °katva). Other expl ns - by Morris J. P. T. S. 1886, 107;
Windisch, M. & B. 100], in comb 11 with katva: to make some-
thing one's attha, i. e. object, to find out the essence or prof-
itableness or value of anything, to recognise the nature of,
to realise, understand, know. Nearly always in stock phrase
atthikatva manasikatva D ii.204; M i.325, 445; S i.l 12 sq. =
189, 220; v.76; A ii. 116; iii.163; J i.l 89; v.151 (: attano atthik-
abhavam katva atthiko hutva sakkaccam suneyya C.); Ud 80
(: adhikicca, ayam no attho adhigantabbo evarh sallakkhetva
taya desanaya atthika hutva C.); Sdhp 220 (“katvana).
Atthi 2 (nt.) [Sk. asthi = Av. asti, Gr. o'cjtcov, o' ax paxov, aa-
xpayaXoi;; Lat. os (*oss); also Gr. o%oz branch Goth, asts]
— l.a bone A i.50; iv.129; Sn 194 (“naharu bones & ten-
dons); Dh 149, 150; J i.70; iii.26, 184; vi.448 (°vedhin); DhA
iii. 109 (300 bones of the human body, as also at Susruta iii.5);
KhA 49; PvA 68 (°camma — naharu), 215 (gosTs°); Sdhp 46,
103. — 2. the stone of a fruit J ii. 1 04.
-kankala [Sk. °kankala] a skeleton M i.364; cp. “sankha-
lika. -kadali a special kind of the plantain tree (Musa Sapien-
tum)Jv.406. -kalyana beauty of bones DliAi. 387. -camma
bones and skin J ii.339; DhA iii. 43; PvA 68 -taca id. J ii.295.
-maya made of bone Vin ii. 115. -mifija marrow A iv.129;
DhA i. 1 8 1 ; iii. 361; KhA 52. -yaka (T. atthiyaka) bones &
liver S i.206. -sankhalika [B. Sk. °sakala Sp. Av. S i.274
sq., see also atthika 0 ] a chain of bones, i. e. a skeleton DhA
iii. 479; PvA 152. -sanghata conjunction ofbones, i. e. skele-
ton Vism 21; DhA ii.28; PvA 206. -sancaya a heap ofbones
It 17 = Bdhd 87. -sanna the idea ofbones (cp. atthika 0 ) Th
1, 18. -santhana a skeleton Sdhp 101.
Atthika 1 (nt.) [fr. atthi] 1. = atthi 1 a bone M iii. 92; J i.265, 428;
vi.404; PvA 41. — 2 = atthi 2 kernel, stone DhA ii.53 (tal°);
Mhvs 15,42.
-sankhalika a chain ofbones, a skeleton A iii. 324 see also
under katatthika. -sanna the idea of a skeleton S v.129 sq.;
A ii. 1 7; Dhs 264.
Atthika 2 at PvA 180 (sucik°) to be read attita (q. v.) for attika.
Atthita 1 see thita.
Atthita 2 [a + thita] undertaken, arrived at, looked after, consid-
ered J ii.247 (= adhitthita C.).
Atthita 3 see atthika.
Atthiila at Vin ii.266 is expl d by Bdhgh on p. 327 by gojang-
hattika, perhaps more likely = Sk. asthila a round pebble or
stone.
Addha 1 (& addha) [etym. uncertain, Sk. ardha] one half, half;
usually in comp"- (see below), like diyaddha 1 1/2 (°sata 150)
PvA 155 (see as to meaning Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 107). Note.
addha is never used by itself, for "half’ in absolute position
upaddha (q. v.) is always used.
-akkhika with furtive glance ("half an eye") DhA iv.98.
-attha half of eight, i. e. four (cp. atthaddha) S ii.222
(°ratana); J vi.354 (°pada quadruped; v. 1. for atthaddha).
-ajhaka 1/2 an ajhaka (measure) DhA iii. 367. -uddha [cp.
Maharastrl form cauttha = Sk. caturtha] three and a half J i. 82;
iv. 180; v.417, 420; DhA i.87; Mhvs 12, 53. -ocitaka half
plucked off J i. 120. -karlsa ( — matta) half a k. in extent
VvA 64 (cp. attha — karlsa). -kahapana 1/2 kahapana A
v. 83. -kasika (or °ya) worth half a thousand kasiyas (i. e.
of Benares monetary standard) Vin i.28 1 (kambala, a woollen
garment of that value; cp. Vin Texts ii. 1 95); ii. 150 (bimbo-
hanani, pillows; so read for addhakayikani in T.); J v.447 (a°
— kasiganika for a — °kasiya° a courtezan who charges that
price, in phrase a° — k° — ganika viya na bahunnarh piya
manapa). -kumbha a half ( — filled) pitcher Sn 721. -kusi
(tt. of tailoring) a short intermediate cross — seam Vin i.287.
-kosa half a room, a small room J vi. 8 1 (= a° kosantara C.).
-gavuta half a league J vi 55. -cu]a (°vaha vlhi) 1/2 a mea-
sure (of rice) Miln 102, perhaps misread for addhajha (ajha =
22
Addha
Ati
ajhaka, cp. A iii.52), a half alha of rice, -tiya the third (unit)
less half, i. e. two and a half VvA 66 (masa); J i.49, 206, 255
( O sata250). Cp. next, -teyya = °tiya 2 1/2 Vin iv. 117; J ii. 129
(°sata); DA i. 173 (v. 1. BB for °tiya); DhA i.95 (°sata), 279;
PvA 20 (°sahassa). -telasa [cp. BSk. ardhatrayodasa] twelve
and a half Vin i 243, 247; D ii.6 (“bhikkhusatani, cp. tayo B
1 b); DhA iii.369. -dandaka a short stick M i. 87 = A i.47;
ii. 122 = Nd 2 604 = Miln 197. -duka see °ruka. -nalika (
— matta) half a naji — measure full J vi.366. -pallanka half
a divan Vin ii.280. -bhaga half a share, one half Vv 13 6 (=
upaddhabhaga VvA 61); Pv i. 1 1 5 . -mandala semi — circle,
semi circular sewing Vin i.287. -mana half a mana measure
J i.468 (m. = atthannam najinam namam C.). -masa half a
month, a half month, a fortnight Vin iii.254 (unak°); A v.85; J
iii. 218; VvA 66. Freq. inacc. as adv. for a fortnight, e. g. Vin
iv. 117; VvA 67; PvA 55. -masaka half a bean (as weight or
measure of value, see masaka) J i.lll. -masika halfmonthly
Pug 55. -mundaka shaven over half the head (sign of loss of
freedom) Mhvs 6, 42. -yoga a certain kind of house (usually
with pasada) Vin i.58 = 96, 107, 139, 239, 284; ii. 146. Acc.
to Vin T. i. 174 "a gold coloured Bengal house" (Bdhgh), an
interpretation which is not correct: we have to read supanna
vankageha "like a Garu|a bird's crooked wing", i. e. where the
roof is bent on one side, -yojana half a yojana (in distance)
J v.410; DA i.35 (in expl n of addhana — magga); DhA i. 147;
ii.74. -ratta midnight A iii.407 (“am adv. at m.); Vv 81 16
(“rattayam adv. = addharattiyam VvA 315); J i.264 (samaye);
iv. 159 (id.), -ratti = “ratta VvA 255, 315 (= majjhimayama
— samaya); PvA 155. -ruka (v. 1. °duka) a certain fash-
ion of wearing the hair Vin ii. 1 34; Bdhgh expl n on p. 319:
adhadukan ti udare lomaraji — thapanam "leaving a stripe of
hair on the stomach", -vivata (dvara) half open J v.293.
Addha 2 (adj.) [Sk. adhya fr. rddhapp. of rdh, rdhnote & rdhyate
(see ijjhati) to thrive cp. Gr. o/Xyoiioa thrive, Lat. alo to nour-
ish. Cp. also Vedic ida refreshment & P. iddhi power. See
also ajhiya] rich, opulent, wealthy, well — to — do; usually
in comb 11 with mahaddhana & mahabhoga of great wealth
& resources (foil, by pahuta — jataruparajata pahuta vittu-
pakarana etc.). Thus at D i.l 1 5, 134, 137; iii.163; Pug 52;
DhA i.3; VvA 322; PvA 3, 78 etc. In other comb 11 ' Vv 31 4
(°kula); Nd 2 615 (Sakka = addho mahaddhano dhanava); DA
i.28 1 (= issara); DhA ii.37 (°kula); Sdhp 270 (satasakh 0 ), 312
(gun°), 540 sq. (id.), 561.
Addhaka (adj.) wealthy, rich, influential J iv.495; Pv ii.8 2 (=
mahavibhava PvA 107).
Addhata (f.) [abstr. to addha] riches, wealth, opulence Sdhp 316.
Ana [Sk. rna; see etym. under ina, of which ana is a doublet. See
also ananya] debt, only in neg. anana (adj.) free from debt
Vin i.6 = S i. 137, 234 = D ii.39; Th 2, 364 (i. e. without a new
birth); A ii.69; J v.481; ThA 245.
Anu (adj.) [Sk. anu; as to etym. see Walde Lat. Wtb. under ulna.
See also ani] small, minute, atomic, subtle (opp. thula, q. v.)
D i.223; S i. 1 36; v.96 (°blja); Sn 299 (anuto anum gradually);
J iii. 1 2 (= appamattaka); iv.203; Dhs 230, 617 (= kisa); ThA
173; Miln 361. Note anu is freq. spelt anu, thus usually in cpd.
“matta.
-thula (anumthula) fine and coarse, small & large Dh 31
(= mahantan ca khuddakan ca DhA i.282), 409 = Sn 633; J
iv. 192; DhA iv. 184. -matta of small size, atomic, least Sn
431; Vbh 244, 247 (cp. M iii. 134; A ii.22); Dpvs iv.20. The
spelling is anumatta at D i.63 = It 118; Dh 284; DA i. 181;
Sdhp 347. -sahagata accompanied by a minimum of, i. e.
residuum Kvu 81, cp. Kvu trsl. 66 n. 3.
Aiiuka (adj.) = anu Sn 146, KhA 246.
Anda (nt.) [Etym. unknown. Cp. Sk. anda] 1. an egg Vin iii. 3;
S ii.258; M i.104; A iv.125 sq. — 2. (pi.) the testicles Vin
iii. 106. — 3. (in camm°) a water — bag J i. 249 (see Morris J.
P. T. S. 1884, 69).
-kosa shell of eggs Vin iii. 3 = M i. 1 04; A iv.126, 176.
-cheda(ka) one who castrates, a gelder J iv.364, 366. -ja 1.
born from eggs S iii. 241 (of snakes); M i.73; J ii.53 = v.85;
Miln 267. — 2. a bird J. v.189. -bharin bearing his testicles
S ii.258 = Vin iii. 100. -sambhava the product of an egg, i.
e. a bird Th 1, 599. -haraka one who takes or exstirpates the
testicles M i.383.
Andaka 1 (nt.) = anda, egg DhA i.60; iii. 137 (sakun°).
Andaka 2 (adj.) [Sk.? prob. an inorganic form; the diaeresis of
candaka into c° andaka seems very plausible. As to meaning
cp. DhsA 396 and see Dhs trsl. 349, also Morris J. P. T. S.
1893, 6, who, not satisfactorily, tries to establish a relation to
ard, as in atta 3 ] only used of vaca, speech: harsh, rough, inso-
lent M i.286; A v.265, 283, 293 (gloss kantaka); J iii. 260; Dhs
1343, cp. DhsA 396.
Anna (food, cereal). See passages under aparanna & pubbanna.
Annava (nt.) [Sk. arna & arnava to r, rnoti to move, Idg. *er to
be in quick motion, cp. Gr. o’pvupi; Lat. orior; Goth, rinnan
= E. run; Ohg. runs, river, flow.] 1. a great flood (= ogha), the
sea or ocean (often as mah°, cp. BSk. maharnava, e. g. Jtm
3 1 75 ) M i. 1 34; S i.214; iv.157 (maha udak°); Sn 173 (fig. for
samsara see SnA 214), 183, 184; J i. 1 1 9 (“kucchi), 227 (id.);
v. 159 (mah°); Mhvs 5, 60; 19, 16 (mah°). — 2. a stream, river
J iii. 521; v.255.
Anha [Sk. ahna, day, see ahan] day, only as — “in apar°, pubb°,
majjh°, say°, q. v.
Atakkaka (adj.) [a + takka 2 ] not mixed with buttermilk J yi.21.
Ataccha (nt.) [a + taccha 2 ] falsehood, untruth D i.3; J vi.207.
Ati (indecl.) [sk. ati = Gr. exi moreover, yet, and; Lat. et and,
Goth, ip; also connected with Gr. axap but, Lat. at but (=
over, outside) Goth, appan] adv. and prep, of direction (for-
ward motion), in primary meaning "on, and further", then "up
to and beyond". I. in abstr. position adverbially (only as ttg.):
in excess, extremely, very (cp. ii.3) J vi. 1 33 (ati uggata C. =
accuggata T.), 307 (ati ahitam C. = accahitam T.).
11. as prefix, meaning. — 1. on to, up to, towards, until);
as far as: accanta up to the end; aticchati to go further, pass on;
atipata "falling on to"; attack slaying; atimapeti to put damage
on to, i. e. to destroy. — 2. over, beyond, past, by, trans
— ; with verbs: (a.) trs. atikkamati to pass beyond, surpass;
atimannati to put one's "manas" over, to despise; atirocati to
surpass in splendour, (b.) intr. atikkanta passed by; atikkama
traversing; aticca transgressing; atlta past, gone beyond. —
Also with verbal derivations: accaya lapse, also sin, transgres-
23
Ati
Atighora
sion ("going over"); atireka remainder, left over; atisaya over-
flow, abundance; atisara stepping over, sin. — 3. exceedingly,
in a high or excessive degree either very (much) or too (much);
in nominal comp n - (a), rarely also in verbal comp n - see (b). —
(a) with nouns & adj . : °asanna too near; “uttama the very high-
est; °udaka too much water; °khippa too soon; °dana excessive
alms giving; °daruna very cruel; °dlgha extremely long; °dura
too near; deva a super — god °pago too early; °balha too much;
°bhara a too heavy load; c man a pa very lovely; “manohara very
charming; °mahant too great; “vikala very inconvenient; °vela
a very long time; °sambadha too tight, etc. etc. — (b.) with
verb: atibhunjati to eat excessively.
111. A peculiar use of ati is its' function in reduplica-
tion — compounds, expressing "and, adding further, and
so on, even more, etc." like that of the other compar-
ing or contrasting prefixes a (a), anu, ava, pad, vi (e.
g. khandakhanda, setthanusetthi, chiddavacchidda, angapac-
canga, cunnavicunna). In this function it is however restricted
to comparatively few expressions and has not by far the wide
range of a (q. v.), the only phrases being the foil. viz. cakkati-
cakkarii mancatimancam bandhati to heap carts upon carts,
couches upon couches (in order to see a procession) Vin iv.360
(Bdhgh); J ii.33 1 ; iv.81; DliA iv.61. -devatideva god upon
god, god and more than a god (see atideva); manatimana all
kinds of conceit; vankativanka crooked all over J i. 1 60. —
IV. Semantically ati is closely related to abhi, so that in con-
sequence of dialectical variation we frequently find ati in Pali,
where the corresp. expression in later Sk. shows abhi. See e.
g. the foil, cases for comparison: accunha ati — jata, °pllita
“bruheti, “vassati, °vayati, “vetheti.
Note The contracted (assimilation — ) form of ati before
vowels is acc- (q. v.). See also for adv. use atiriva, ativiya,
atlva.
Ati-ambila (adj.) [ati + ambila] too sour DhA ii.85.
Ati-arahant [ati + arahant] a super — Arahant, one who surpasses
even other Arahants Miln 277.
Ati-issara (adj.) very powerful)?) J v.441 (“bhesajja, medicin).
Ati-unha (adj.) too hot PvA 37 (°atapa glow). See also accunha
(which is the usual form).
Ati-uttama (adj.) by far the best or highest VvA 80.
Ati-udaka too much water, excess of water DhA i.52.
Ati-ussura (adj.) only in loc. °e (adv.) too soon after sunrise, too
early VvA 65 (laddhabhattata eating too early).
Ati-eti [ati + i] to go past or beyond, see ger. aticca and pp. atlta.
Atikata (pp.) more than done to, i. e. retaliated; paid back in an
excessive degree A i.62.
Atikaddhati [ati + kaddhati] to pull too hard, to labour, trouble,
drudge Vin iii. 17.
Atikanha (adj.) [ati + kanha] too black Vin iv.7.
Atikaruna (adj.) [ati + karuna] very pitiful, extremely miserable
Ji.202; iv.142; vi.53.
Atikassa (ger.) [fr. atikassati ati + krs; Sk. atikrsya] pulling
(right) through J v.173 (rajjum, a rope, through the nostrils;
v. 1. BB. anti°).
Atikala [ati + kala] in instr. atikalena adv. in very good time
very early Vin i.70 (+ atidiva).
Atikkanta [pp. of atikamati] passed beyond, passed by, gone by,
elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing J ii. 128 (tlni
samvaccharani); DhA iii. 133 (tayo vaye passed beyond the 3
ages of life); PvA 55 (mase °e after the lapse of a month), 74
(kati divasa °a how many days have passed).
-manusaka superhuman It 100; Pug 60; cp. BSk.
atikranta — manusyaka M Vastu iii. 321.
Atikkantika (f.) [Der. abstr. fr. prec.] transgressing, overstep-
ping the bounds (of good behaviour), lawlessness Miln 122.
Atikkama [Sk. atikrama] going over or further, passing beyond,
traversing; fig. overcoming of, overstepping, failing against,
transgression Dh 191; Dhs 299; PvA 154 (katipayayojan 0 ),
159 (°carana sinful mode of life); Miln 158 (dur° hard to over-
come); Sdhp 64.
Atikkamanaka (adj.) [atikkamana + ka] exceeding J i. 1 53.
Atikkamati [ati + kamati] (1) to go beyond, to pass over, to cross,
to pass by. (2) to overcome, to conquer, to surpass, to be su-
perior to. — J iv. 14 1; Dh 221 (Pot. °eyya, overcome); PvA
67 (maggena: passes by), grd. atikkamanlya to be overcome
D ii. 1 3 (an°); SnA 568 (dur°). ger. atikkamma D ii. 12 (sur-
passing); It 51 (maradheyyam, passing over), cp. vv. 11. un-
der adhigayha; and atikkamitva going beyond, overcoming,
transcending (J iv.139 (samuddam); Pug 17; J i. 162 (rattham
having left). Often to be trsl. as adv. "beyond", e. g. pare
beyond others PvA 15; Vasabhagamam beyond the village of
V. PvA 168. — pp. atikkanta (q. v.).
Atikkameti [Caus. of atikkamati] to make pass, to cause to pass
over J i. 151.
Atikkhippam (adv.) [ati + kliippa] too soon Vin ii.284.
Atikhana (nt.) [ati + khana(na)] too much digging J ii.296.
Atikhata (nt.) = prec. J ii.296.
Atikhina (adj.) [ati + khlna] in capatikhlna broken bow (?) Dh
156 (expl d at DhA iii. 132 as capato atikhina capa vinimmutta).
Atiga ( — °) (adj.) [ati + ga] going over, overcoming, surmounting,
getting over Sn 250 (sanga°); Dh 370 (id.); Sn 795 (slma°, cp.
Nd 1 99), 1096 (ogha°); Nd 1 100 (= atikkanta); Nd 2 180 (id.).
Atigacchati [ati + gacchati] to go over, i. e. to overcome, sur-
mount, conquer, get the better of, only in pret. (aor.) 3 rd
sg. accaga (q. v. and see gacchati 3) Sn 1040; Dh 414 and
accagama (see gacchati 2) Vin ii. 1 92; D i.85; S ii.205; DA
i.236 (= abhibhavitva pavatta). Also 3 rd pi. accagum It 93,
95.
Atigajeti [ati + galeti, Caus. of galati, cp. Sk. vi — galayati]
to destroy, make perish, waste away J vi.2 1 1 (= atigalayati
vinaseti C. p. 215). Perhaps reading should be atigajheti (see
atigajhita.
Atigajha (adj.) [ati + gajha 1] very tight or close, intensive J i.62.
Cp. atigajhita.
Atigajhita [pp. of atigajheti, Denom. fr. atigajha; cp. Sk.
atigahate to overcome] oppressed, harmed, overcome, de-
feated, destroyed J v.401 (= atipljita C.).
24
Atighora
Atipata
Atighora (adj.) [ati + ghora] very terrible or fierce Sdhp 285.
Aticarana (nt.) [fr. aticarati] transgression PvA 159.
Aticarati [ati + carati] 1. to go about, to roam about Pv ii. 12 15 ;
PvA 57. — 2. to transgress, to commit adultery J i.496. Cp.
next.
Aticaritar [n. ag. of. aticarati] one who transgresses, esp. a
woman who commits adultery A ii.61 (all MSS. read aticar-
itva); iv.66 (T. aticaritta).
Aticariya (f.) [ati + cariya] transgression, sin, adultery D iii.190.
Aticara [from aticarati] transgression Vv 15 8 (= aticca cara VvA
72).
Aticarin (adj. n.) [from aticarati] transgressing, sinning, esp. as
f. aticarim an adulteress S ii.259; iv.242; D iii.190; A iii.261;
Pv ii.12 14 ; PvA 151 (v. 1. BB), 152; VvA 110.
Aticitra (adj.) [ati + citra] very splendid, brilliant, quite excep-
tional Miln 28.
Aticca (grd.) [ger. of ati + eti, ati + i] 1. passing beyond, travers-
ing, overcoming, surmounting Sn 519, 529, 531. Used adver-
bially = beyond, in access, more than usual, exceedingly Sn
373, 804 (= vassasatam atikkamitva Nd 1 120). — 2. failing,
transgressing, sinning, esp. committing adultery J v,424; VvA
72,
Aticchati [*Sk. ati — rcchati, ati + r, cp. annava] to go on,
only occurring in imper. aticchatha (bhante) "please go on,
Sir", asking a bhikkhu to seek alms elsewhere, thus refusing a
gift in a civil way. [The interpretation given by Trenckner, as
quoted by Childers, is from ati + 'is "go and beg further on".
(Tr. Notes 65) but this would entail a meaning like "desire in
excess", since is does not convey the notion of movement] J
iii.462; DhA iv.98 (T. aticcha, w. 11. °atha); VvA 101; Miln
8. — Caus. aticchapeti to make go on, to ask to go further J
iii.462. — Cp. icchata.
Aticchatta [ati + chatta] a "super" — sunshade, a sunshade of ex-
traordinary size & colours DhsA 2.
Atitata (adj.) [ati + jata, perhaps ati in sense of abhi, cp. abhijata]
well — born, well behaved, gentlemanly It 14 (opp. avajata).
Atitarati [ati + tarati] to pass over, cross, go beyond aor. accatari
S iv.157 = It 57 (°ari).
Atituccha (adj.) [ati + tuccha] very, or quite empty Sdhp 430.
Atitutthi (f.) [ati + tutthi] extreme joy J i.207.
Atitula (adj.) [ati + tula] beyond compare, incomparable Th 1,
831 = Sn 561 (= tularii atlto nirupamo ti attho SnA 455).
Atitta (adj.) [a + titta] dissatisfied, unsatisfied J i.440; Dh 48.
Atittha (nt.) [a + tittha] "that which is not a fording-place". i. e.
not the right way, manner or time; as “wrongly in the wrong
way J i.343; iv.379; vi.241; DhA iii.347; DA^i.38.
Atithi [Sk. atithi of at = at, see atati; orig. the wanderer, cp.
Vedic atithin wandering] a guest, stranger, newcomer D i.l 17
(= agantuka — navaka pahunaka DA i.288); A ii.68; iii.45,
260; J iv.31, 274; v.388; Kh viii.7 (= n a atthi assa thiti yamhi
va tamhi va divase agacchati ti atithi KhA 222); VvA 24 (=
agantuka).
Atidana (nt.) [ati + dana] too generous giving, an excessive gift
of alms Miln 277; PvA 129, 130.
Atidaruna (adj.) [Sk. atidaruna, ati + daruna] very cruel, ex-
tremely fierce Pv iii.7 3 .
Atiditthi (f.) [ati + ditthi] higher doctrine, super knowledge (?)
Vin i.63 = ii.4 (+ adhisfla; should we read adhi — ditthi?)
Atidiva (adv.) [ati + diva] late in the day, in the afternoon Vin
i. 70 (+ atikalena); S i.200; A iii.117.
Atidisati [ati + disati] to give further explanation, to explain in
detail Miln 304.
Atidlgha (adj.) [ati + dlgha] too long, extremely long J iv. 165;
Pv ii.10 2 ; VvA 103 (opp. atirassa).
Atidukkha [ati + dukkha] great evil, exceedingly painful exces-
sive suffering PvA 65; Sdhp 95. In atidukkhavaca PvA 15
ati belongs to the whole cpd., i. e. of very hurtful speech.
Atidura (adj.) [ati + dura] very or too far Vin i.46; J ii. 154;
Pv ii.9 65 = DhA iii.220 (vv. 11. suvidure); PvA 42 (opp.
accasanna).
Atideva [ati + deva] a super god, god above gods, usually Ep. of
the Buddha S i.141; Th 1, 489; Nd 2 307 (cp. adhi°); Miln 277.
atidevadeva id. Miln 203, 209. devatideva god over the gods
(of the Buddha) Nd 2 307 a.
Atidhamati [ati + dhamati] to beat a drum too hard J i.283; pp.
atidhanta ibid.
Atidhatata [ati + dhata + ta] oversatiation J ii. 1 93 .
Atidhavati [ati + dhavati 1] to run past, to outstrip or get ahead of
S iii.103; iv.230; M iii.19; It 43; Miln 136; SnA 21.
Atidhonacarin [ati + dhonacarin] indulging too much in the use
of the "dhonas", i. e. the four requisites of the bhikkhu, or
transgressing the proper use or normal application of the req-
uisites (expl 11 at DhA iii.344, cp. dhona) Dh 240 =Nett 129.
Atinameti [BSk. atinamayati, e. g. Divy 82, 443; ati + named]
to pass time A i.206; Miln 345.
Atinigganhati [ati + nigganhati] to rebuke too much J vi.417.
Atinicaka (adj.) [ati + nlcaka] too low, only in phrase
cakkavajam atisambadharh Brahmaloko atinlcako the
World is too narrow and Heaven too low (to comprehend the
merit of a person, as sign of exceeding merit) DhA i.3 10;
iii.310 = VvA 68.
Atineti [ati + neti] to bring up to, to fetch, to provide with Vin
ii. 1 80 (udakam).
Atipandita (adj. [ati + pandita] too clever DhA iv.38.
Atipanditata (f.) [abstr. of atipandita] too much cleverness DhA
ii.29.
Atipadana (nt.) [ati + pa + dana] too much alms — giving Pv
ii.943 (= atidana PvA 130).
Atipapanca [ati + p.] too great a delay, excessive tarrying J i.64;
ii.93.
Atipariccaga [ati + pariccaga] excess in liberality DhA iii.ll.
Atipassati [ati + passati; cp. Sk. anupasyati] to look for, catch
sight of, discover M iii.132 (nagam).
25
Atipata
Atirocati
Atipata [ati + pat] attack, only in phrase panatipata destruction
of life, slaying, killing, murder D i.4 (panatipata veramam, re-
fraining from killing, the first of the dasasila or decalogue);
DA i.69 (= panavadha, panaghata); Sn 242; Kh ii. cp. KhA
26; PvA 28, 33 etc.
Atipatin (adj. — n.) one who attacks or destroys Sn 248; J
vi.449 (in war nagakkhandh 0 = hatthikkhande khaggena chin-
ditva C.); PvA 27 (pan°).
Atipateti [Denom. fr. atipata] to destroy S v.453; Dh 246 (v. 1.
for atimapeti, q. v.). Cp. paripateti.
Atiplnita (adj.) [ati + plnita] too much beloved, too dear, too
lovely DhA v.70.
AtipIJita [ati + pflita, cp. Sk. abhipidita] pressed against, op-
pressed, harassed, vexed J v.401 (= atigalhita).
Atippago (adv.) [cp. Sk. atiprage] too early, usually elliptical = it
is too early (with inf. caritum etc.) D i. 178; M i.84; A iv.35.
Atibaddha [pp. of atibandhati; cp. Sk. anubaddha] tied to, cou-
pled J i.192 = Vin iv.5.
Atibandhati [ati + bandhati; cp. Sk. anubandhati] to tie close to,
to harness on, to couple J i. 191 sq. — pp. atibaddha q. v.
Atibahaia (adj.) [ati + bahala] very thick J vi.365.
Atibajha (adj.) [ati + balha] very great or strong PvA 178; nt.
adv. °m too much D i.93, 95; M i.253.
Atibaheti [ati + baheti, Caus. to brh 1 ; cp. Sk. abrhati] to drive
away, to pull out J iv.366 (= abbaheti).
Atibrahma [ati + brahma] a greater Brahma, a super — god Miln
277; DhA ii.60 (Brahmuna a. greater than B.).
Atibruheti [ati + bmheti, brh 2 , but by C. taken incorrectly to bru;
cp. Sk. abhi — brnhayati] to shout out, roar, cry J v.361 (=
mahasaddam nicchareti).
Atibhagini-putta [ati + bh. — p.] a very dear nephew J i.223.
Atibhara [ati + bhara] too heavy a load Miln 277 (°ena sakatassa
akkho bhijjati).
Atibharita (adj.) [ati + bharita] too heavily weighed, overloaded
Vtn iv.47.
Atibhariya (adj.) too serious DhA i.70.
Atibhuhjati [ati + bhunjati] to eat too much, to overeat Miln 153.
Atibhutta (nt.) [ati + bhutta] overeating Miln 135.
Atibhoti [ati + bhavati, cp. Sk. atibhavati & abhibhavati] to ex-
cel, overcome, to get the better of, to deceive J i. 163 (= ajjhot-
tharati vanceti C.).
Atimannati [Sk. atimanyate; ati + man] to despise, slighten, ne-
glect Sn 148 (= KhA 247 atikkamitva mannati); Dh 365, 366;
J ii.347; Pv i.7 6 (°issam, v. 1. °asim = atikkamitva avamannim
PvA 37); PvA 36; Sdhp 609.
Atimannana (f.) [abstr. to prec., cp. atimana] arrogance, con-
tempt, neglect Miln 122.
Atimanapa (adj.) [ati + manapa] very lovely PvA 77 (+ abhirupa).
Atimanorama (adj.) [ati + manorama] very charming J i.60.
Atimanohara (adj.) [ati + manohara] very charming PvA 46.
Atimanda(ka) (adj.) [ati + manda] too slow, too weak Sdhp 204,
273,488.
Atimamayati [ati + mamayati, cp. Sk. atlmamayate in diff.
meaning = envy] to favour too much, to spoil or fondle J ii.3 16.
Atimahant (adj.) [ati + mahant] very or too great J i.221;PvA75.
Atimana [Sk. atimana, ati + mana] high opinion (of oneself),
pride, arrogance, conceit, M i.363; Sn 853 (see expl 11 - at Nd 1
233), 942, 968; J vi.235; Nd 1 490; Miln 289. Cp. atimannana.
Atimanin (adj.) [fr. atimana] D ii.45 (thaddha +); Sn 143 (an°)
244; KhA 236.
Atimapeti [ati + mapeti, Caus. of ml, minate, orig. meaning "to
do damage to"] to injure, destroy, kill; only in the stock phrase
panam atimapeti (with v. 1. atipateti) to destroy life, to kill
D i.52 (v. 1. °pateti) = DA i. 1 59 (: panam hanati pi parehi
hanapeti either to kill or incite others to murder); M i.404, 516;
S iv.343; A iii.205 (correct T. reading atimateti; v. 1. pateti);
Dh 246 (v. 1. °pateti) = DhA iii.356 (: parassa jivitindriyam
upacchindati).
Atimukhara (adj.) [ati + mukhara] very talkative, a chatterbox J
i.4 18; DhA ii.70. atimukharata (f. abstr.) ibid.
Atimuttaka [Sk. atimuktaka] N. of a plant, Gaertnera Racemosa
Vin ii.256 =Mi.32; Miln 338.
Atimuduka (adj.) [ati + muduka] very soft, mild or feeble J i.262.
Atiyakkha (ati + yakkha] a sorcerer, wizard, fortuneteller J vi.502
(C.: bhutavijja ikkhamka).
Atiyacaka (adj.) [ati + yacaka] one who asks too much Vin
iii.147.
Atiyacana (f.) [ati + yacana] asking or begging too much Vin
iii.147.
Atirattim (adv.) [ati + ratti; cp. atidiva] late in the night, at mid-
night J i.436 (opp. atipabhate).
Atirassa (adj.) [ati + rassa] too short (opp. atidlgha) Vin iv.7; J
vi.457; VvA 103.
Atiraja [ati + raja] a higher king, the greatest king, more than a
king DhA ii.60; Miln 277.
Atiriccati [ati + riccati, see ritta] to be left over, to remain Sdhp
23, 126.
Atiritta (adj.) [pp. of ati + rlc, see ritta] left over, only as neg.
an° applied to food, i. e. food which is not the leavings of a
meal, fresh food Vin i.213 sq, 238; ii.301; iv.82 sq., 85.
Atiriva (ati — r — iva) see ativiya.
Atireka (adj.) [Sk. atireka, ati + ric, rinakti; see ritta] surplus, too
much; exceeding, excessive, in a high degree; extra Vin i.255;
J i.72 (°padasata), 109; 441 (in higher positions); Miln 216;
DhsA 2; DhA ii.98.
-clvara an extra robe Vin i.289. -pada exceeding the
worth of a pada, more than a pada, Vin iii.47.
Atirekata (f.) [abstr. to prec.] excessiveness, surplus, excess Kvu
607.
Atirocati [ati + rue] to shine magnificently (trs.) to outshine, to
surpass in splendour D ii.208; Dh 59; Pv ii.9 58 ; Miln 336 (+
virocati); DhA i.446 (= atikkamitva virocati); iii.219; PvA
26
Atirocati
Atihita
139 (= ativiya virocati).
Ativankin (adj.) [ati + vankin] very crooked J i. 1 60 (van-
kativankin crooked all over; cp. ati iii.).
Ativannati [ati + vannati] to surpass, excel D ii.267.
Ativatta [pp. ofativattati: Sk. a tivrtta] passed beyond, surpassed,
overcome (act. & pass.), conquered Sn 1133 (bhava°); Nd 2 21
(= atikkanta, vltivatta); J v.84 (bhaya°); Miln 146, 154.
Ativattati [ati + vrt, Sk. ativartate] to pass, pass over, go beyond;
to overcome, get over; conquer Vin ii.237 (samuddo velam
n D ); S ii.92 (samsaram); iv.158 (id.) It 9 (samsaram) = A ii. 10
= Nd 2 172 a ; Th 1, 412; J i.58, 280; iv.134; vi.113, 114; PvA
276. — pp. ativatta (q. v.).
Ativattar 1 [Sk. *ativaktr, n. ag. to ati — vacati; cp. ativakya]
one who insults or offends J v.266 (ismam ativattaro =
dharusavacahi atikkamitva vattaro C.).
Ativattar 2 [Sk. *ativartr, n. ag. to ati — vattati] one who over-
comes or is to be overcome Sn 785 (svativatta = durativatta
duttara duppatara Nd 1 76).
Ativasa (adj.) [ati + vasa fr. vas] being under somebody's rule,
dependent upon (c. gen.) Dh 74 (= vase vattati DhA ii.79).
Ativassati [ati + vassati, cp. Sk. abhivarsati] to rain down on,
upon or into Th 1, 447 = Vin ii.240.
Ativakya (nt.) [ati + vac, cp. Sk. ativada, fr. ati + vad] abuse,
blame, reproach Dh 320, 321 (= attha — anariyavohara —
vasena pavattam vltikkama — vacanam DhA iv.3); J vi.508.
Ativata [ati + vata] too much wind, a wind which is too strong, a
gale, storm Miln 277.
Ativayati [ati + vayati] to fill (excessively) with an odour or per-
fume, to satiate, permeate, pervade Miln 333 (+ vayati; cp.
abhivayati ibid 385).
Ativaha [fr. ati + vah, cp. Sk. ativahati & abhivaha] carrying,
carrying over; a conveyance; one who conveys, i. e. a con-
ductor, guide Th 1, 616 (said of slla, good character); J v.433.
— Cp. ativahika.
Ativahika [fr. ativaha] one who belongs to a conveyance, one
who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan) J v.471,
472 (°purisa).
Ativikala (adj.) [ati + vikala] at a very inconvenient time, much
too late D i 108 (= sutthu vikala DA i.277).
Ativijjhati [Sk. atividhyati, ati + vyadh] to pierce, to enter into
(fig.), to see through, only in phrase pannaya ativijjha (ger.)
passati to recognise in all details M i.480; S v.226; A ii. 178.
Ativiya (adv.) [Sk. atlva] = ati + iva, orig. "much — like" like an
excess = excessive — ly. There are three forms of this expres-
sion, viz. (1) ati + iva in contraction atlva (q. v.); — (2) ati
+ iva with epenthetic r: atiriva D ii.264 (v. 1. SS. atlva); Sn
679, 680, 683; SnA 486; — (3) ati + viya (the doublet of iva)
= ativiya J i.61, 263; DhA ii.7 1 (a. upakara of great service);
PvA 22, 56, 139.
Ativisa (f.) [Sk. ativisa] N. of a plant Vin i.201; iv.35.
Ativissattha (adj.) [ati + vissattha] too abundant, in °vakya one
who talks too much, a chatterbox J v.204.
Ativissasika (adj.) [ati + vissasika] very, ortoo confidential J i. 86.
Ativissuta (adj.) [ati + vissuta] very famous, renowned Sdhp 473.
Ativetheti [ati + vest, cp. Sk. abhivestate] to wrap over, to cover,
to enclose; to press, oppress, stifle Vin ii. 101; J v.452 ( —
ativiya vetheti pijeti C.).
Ativela (adj.) [ati + vela] excessive (of time); nt. adv. °m a very
long time; excessively D i. 1 9 (= atikalam aticiran ti attho DA
i. 1 13); M i. 122; Sn 973 (see expl n - at Nd 1 504); J iii. 103 = Nd 1
504.
Atillna (adj.) [ati + Una] too much attached to worldly matters S
v. 263.
Atiiukha (adj.) [ati + lukha] too wretched, very miserable Sdhp
409.
Atiloma (adj.) [ati + loma] too hairy, having too much hair J
vi. 457 (opp. aloma).
Atisancara (°cara?) [ati + sancara] wandering about too much
Miln 277.
Atisanha (adj.) [ati + sanha] too subtle DhA iii. 326.
Atisanta (adj.) [ati + santa 1 ] extremely peaceful Sdhp 496.
Atisambadha (adj.) [ati + sambadha] too tight, crowded or nar-
row DhA i.3 1 0; iii. 3 10 = VvA 68; cp. atinlcaka. — f. abstr.
atisambadhata the state of being too narrow J i.7.
Atisaya [cp. Sk. atisaya, fr. ati + si] superiority, distinction, ex-
cellence, abundance VvA 135 (= visesa); PvA 86; Davs ii.62.
Atisayati [ati + si] to surpass, excel; ger. atisayitva Miln 336 (+
atikkamitva).
Atisara (adj.) [fr. atisarati; cp. accasara] transgressing, sinning J
iv.6; cp. atisara.
Atisarati [ati + sr] to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to over-
step, transgress, aor. accasari (q. v.) Sn 8 sq. (opp. paccasari;
C. atidhavi); J v.70 and atisari J iv.6. — ger. atisitva (for *ati-
saritva) D i.222; S iv.94; A i.145; v.226, 256; Sn 908 (= Nd 1
324 atikkamitva etc.).
Atisayam (adv.) [ati + sayarh] very late, late in the evening J v.94.
Atisara [fr. ati + sr, see atisarati. Cp. Sk. atisara in diff. meaning
but BSk. atisara (satisara) in the same meaning) going too far,
overstepping the limit, trespassing, false step, slip, danger Vin
i. 55 (satisara), 326 (id.); S i.74; M iii. 237; Sn 889 (atisaram
ditthiyo = ditthigatani Nd 1 297; going beyond the proper limits
of the right faith), J v.221 (dhamm°), 379; DhA i. 1 82; DhsA
28. See also atisara.
Atisithila (adj.) [ati + sithila] very loose, shaky or weak A iii. 375.
Atislta (adj.) [ati + slta] too cold DhA ii.85.
Atisltala (adj.) [ati + sitala] very cold J iii. 55.
Atihattha (adj.) [ati + hattha] very pleased Sdhp 323.
Atiharati [ati + hr] to carry over, to bring over, bring, draw over
Vin ii.209; iv.264; S i.89; J i.292; v.347. — Caus. atiharapeti
to cause to bring over, bring in, reap, collect, harvest Vin
ii. 181 ; iii. 18; Miln 66; DhA iv.77. — See also atihita.
Atihita [ati + hr, pp. of atiharati, hita unusual for hata, perhaps
through analogy with Sk. abhi + dha] brought over (from the
27
Atihita
Attan
field into the house), harvested, borne home Th 1, 381 (vihi).
Atihlna (adj.) [ati + hma] very poor or destitute A iv.282, 287;
323 (opp. accogajha).
AtihIJeti [ati + hid] to despise J iv.33 1 (= atimannati C.).
Atlta (adj. — n.) [Sk. atlta, ati + ita, pp. of i. Cp. accaya & ati
eti] 1. (temporal) past, gone by (cp. accaya 1) (a) adj. atltam
addhanam in the time which is past S iii.86; A iv.219; v.32.
— Pv ii.12 12 (atltanam, scil. attabhavauam, pariyanto na dis-
sati); khanatlta with the right moment past Dh 315 = Sn 333;
atltayobbana he who is past youth or whose youth is past Sn
110. — (b) nt. the past: atlte (loc.) once upon a time J i.98 etc.
atitam ahari he told (a tale of) the past, i. e. a Jataka J i.213,
218, 221 etc. — S i.5 (atltam nanusocati); A iii.400 (a. eko
anto); Sn 851, 1112. In this sense very frequently comb d ' with
or opposed to anagata the future & paccuppanna the present,
e. g. atltanagate in past & future S ii.58; Sn 373; J vi.364. Or
all three in ster. comb" atlt° — anagata — paccuppanna (this
the usual order) D iii. 100, 135; S ii.26, 110, 252; iii. 19, 47,
187; iv.4 sq.; 151 sq.; A i.264 sq., 284; ii. 171, 202; iii. 151;
v.33; It 53; Nd 2 22; but also occasionally atlta paccuppanna
anagata, e. g. PvA 100. — 2. (modal) passed out of, having
overcome or surmounted, gone over, free from (cp. accaya 2)
S i.97 (maranam an° not free from death), 121 (sabbavera —
bhaya°); A ii.21; iii. 346 (sabbasamyojana 0 ); Sn 373 (kappa 0 ),
598 (khaya°, of the moon = unabhavam atlta Sn A 463); Th 1,
413 (c. abl.) — 3. (id.) overstepping, having transgressed or
neglected (cp. accaya 3) Dh 176 (dhammam).
-amsa the past (= atlta kotthase, atikkantabhavesu ti attho
ThA 233) D ii.222; iii. 275; Th 2, 314. -arammana state of
mind arising out of the past Dhs 1041.
Atlradassin (adj. — n.) [a + trra + dassin] not seeing the shore J
i.46; vi.440; also as atlradassanl (f.) J v.75 (nava). Cp. D i
222 .
Atlva (indecl.) [ati + iva, see also ativiya] very much, exceedingly
J ii.413; Mhvs 33, 2 etc.
Ato (adv.) [Sk. atah] hence, now, therefore S i. 15; M i.498; Miln
87; J v.398 (=tato C.).
Atona [etym.?) a class of jugglers or acrobats(?) Miln 191.
Atta 1 [a + d + ta; that is, pp. of adadati with the base form re-
duced to d. ldg *d — to; cp. Sk. atta] that which has been
taken up, assumed, atta-danda, he who has taken a stick in
hand, a violent person, S i.236; iv. 1 17; Sn 630, 935; Dh 406.
Attanjaha, rejecting what had been assumed, Sn 790. Attarh
pahaya Sn 800. The opp. is niratta, that which has not been
assumed, has been thrown off, rejected. The Arahant has nei-
ther atta nor niratta (Sn 787, 858, 919), neither assumption nor
rejection, he keeps an open mind on all speculative theories.
See Nd i.82, 90, 107, 352; ii.271; SnA 523; DhA iv.180 for
the traditional exegesis. As legal t. t. attadanam adlyati is to
take upon oneself the conduct, before the Chapter, of a legal
point already raised. Vin ii.247 (quoted v.91).
Atta 2 see attan.
Atta 3 [Sk. akta, pp. of anjati] see upatta.
Attan (m.) & atta (the latter is the form used in comp n ) [Vedic
atman, not to Gr. advspot; = Lat. animus, but to Gr. axpot;
steam, Ohg. atum breath, Ags. aepm]. — 1. Inflection. (1) of
attan — (n. stem); the foil, cases are the most freq.: acc. atta-
nam D i. 13, 185; S i.24; Sn 132, 451. — gen. dat. attano Sn
334, 592 etc., also as abl. A iii. 337 (attano ca parato ca as re-
gards himself and others). — instr. abl. attana S i.24; Sn 132,
451; DhA ii.75; PvA 15, 214 etc. On use of attana see below
iii.l C. — loc. attani S v.177; A i. 149 (attanl metri causa);
ii. 52 (anattani); iii.181; M i.138; Sn 666, 756, 784; Vbh 376
(an°). — (2) of atta — (a — stem) we find the foil, cases:
acc. attarh Dh 379. — instr. attena S iv.54. — abl. attato S
i. 1 88; Ps i. 1 43 ; ii.48; Vbh 336.
Meanings. 1. The soul as postulated in the animistic theo-
ries held in N India in the 6 th and 7 th cent. B. C. It is described
in the Upanishads as a small creature, in shape like a man,
dwelling in ordinary times in the heart. It escapes from the
body in sleep or trance; when it returns to the body life and
motion reappear. It escapes from the body at death, then con-
tinues to carry on an everlasting life of its own. For numerous
other details see Rh. D. Theory of Soul in the Upanishads J R
A S 1899. Bt. India 251 — 255. Buddhism repudiated all such
theories, thus differing from other religions. Sixteen such the-
ories about the soul D i.3 1 . Seven other theories D i.34. Three
others D i. 186/7. A □ soul ’ according to general belief was
some thing permanent, unchangeable, not affected by sorrow
S iv.54 = Kvu 67; Vin i.14; M i.138. See also M i.233; iii.265,
271; S ii. 1 7, 109; iii.135; A i.284; ii. 164, 171; v.188; S iv.400.
Cp. atuman, tuma, puggala, jlva, satta, pana and nama — rupa.
2. Oneself himself yourself. Nom. atta, very rare. S
i.71, 169; iii. 120; A i.57, 149 (you yourself know whether that
is true or false. Cp. Manu viii.84. Flere atta comes very near
to the European idea of conscience. But conscience as a unity
or entity is not accepted by Buddhism) Sn 284; Dh 166, 380;
Miln 54 (the image, outward appearance, of oneself). Acc. at-
tanaiii S i.44 (would not give for himself, as a slave) A i. 89;
Sn 709. Acc. attarh Dh 379. Abl. attato as oneself S i. 188;
Ps i. 143; ii.48; Vbh 336. Loc. attani A i. 149; iii.181; Sn
666, 784. Instr. attana S i.57 = Dh 66; S i.75; ii.68; A i.53;
iii. 211; iv.405; Dh 165. On one's own account, spontaneously
S iv.307; v.354; A i.297; ii.99, 218; iii.81; J i.156; PvA 15,
20. In composition with numerals attadutiya himself and one
other D ii. 147; “catuttha with himself as fourth M i.393; A
iii. 36; °pancama Dpvs viii.2; “sattama J i.233; °atthama VvA
149 (as atta — natthama Vv 34 13 ), & “atthamaka Miln 291.
anatta (n. and predicative adj.) not a soul, without a soul.
Most freq. in comb"' with dukkha & anicca — (1) as noun: S
iii. 141 (“anupassin); iv.49; v.345 (°sannin); A ii.52 = Ps ii.80
(anattani anatta; opp. to anattani atta, the opinion of the mic-
chaditthigata satta); Dh 279; Ps ii.37, 45 sq. (°anupassana),
106 (yam aniccan ca dukkhan ca tam anatta); DhA iii. 406
(°lakkhana). — (2) as adj. (pred.): S iv.152 sq.; S iv.166; S
iv. 130 sq., 148 sq.; Vin i.13 = S iii.66 = Nd 2 680 Q 1; S iii.20
sq.; 178 sq., 196 sq.; sabbe dhamma anatta Vin v.86; S iii. 133;
iv.28,401.
-attha one's own profit or interest Sn 75; Nd 2 23; J iv.56,
96; otherwise as atta — d — attha, e. g. Sn 284. -atthiya
looking after one's own needs Th 1, 1097. -adhipaka master
of oneself self — mastered A i. 1 50. -adhipateyya selfde-
pendence, self — reliance, independence A i. 147. -adhlna
independent D i.72. -anuditthi speculation about souls S
28
Attan
Attha
iii.185; iv.148; A iii.447; Sn 1119; Ps i. 143; Vbh 368; Miln
146. -anuyogin one who concentrates his attention on him-
self Dh 209; DhA iii.275. -anuvada blaming oneself A
ii. 12 1 ; Vbh 376. -unna self — humiliation Vbh 353 (+ att
— avanna). -uddesa relation to oneself Vin iii. 149 (= attano
atthaya), also °ika ibid. 144. -kata self — made S i. 134 (opp.
para°). -kama love of self A ii.21; adj. a lover of "soul",
one who cares for his own soul S i.75. -kara individual
self, fixed individuality, oneself (cp. ahamkara) D i.53 (opp.
para°); A iii 337 (id.) DA i. 160; as nt. at Jv.401 in the sense of
service (self — doing", slavery) (attakarani karonti bhattusu).
-kilamatha self — mortification D iii. 113; S iv.330; v.421;
M iii. 230. -garahin self — censuring Sn 778. -gutta self-
guarded Dh 379. -gutti watchfulness as regards one's self,
self — care A ii.72. -ghanna self — destruction Dh 164. -ja
proceeding from oneself Dh 161 (papa), -nu knowing one-
self A i v. 113, cp. D iii. 252. -(n)tapa self — mortifying, self
— vexing D iii.232 = A ii.205 (opp. paran°); M i.34 1 , 411;
ii. 159; Pug 55, 56. -danda see atta 1 . -danta selfrestrained,
self — controlled Dh 104, 322. -ditthi speculation concern-
ing the nature of the soul Nd 1 107; SnA 523, 527. -dlpa rely-
ing on oneself, independent, founded on oneself (+ attasarana,
opp. anna°) D ii. 100 = iii. 42; S v. 154; Sn 501 (= attano gune
eva attano dipam katva SnA 416). -paccakkha only in in-
str. °ena by or with his own presence, i. e. himself J v.119.
-paccakkhika eye — witness J v.119. -paccatthika hostile
to oneself Vin ii.94, 96. -patilabha acquisition of a person-
ality D i. 195 (tayo: olarika, manomaya, arupa). -paritapana
self — chastisement, mortification D iii.232 = A ii.205; M
i. 341;PvA 18,30. -paritta charm (protection) for oneself Vin
ii. 110. -paribhava disrespect for one's own person Vbh 353.
-bhava one's own nature (1) person, personality, individual-
ity, living creature; form, appearance [cp. Dhs trsl. LXX1 and
BSk. atmabhava body Divy 70, 73 (°pratilambha), 230; Sp.
Av. S i. 162 (pratilambha), 167, 171] Vin ii.238 (living beings,
forms); S v.442 (bodily appearance); A i.279 (ojarika a sub-
stantial creature); ii. 17 (creature); DhA ii.64, 69 (appearance);
SnA 132 (personality). — (2) life, rebirth A i. 1 34 sq.; iii.412;
DhA ii.68; PvA 8, 15, 166 (atlta °a former lives), “mpavatteti
to lead a life, to live PvA 29, 181. Thus in cpd. patilabha
assumption of an existence, becoming reborn as an individ-
ual Vin ii. 1 85; iii. 105; D iii.231; M iii.46; S ii.255, 272, 283;
iii. 144; A ii. 1 59, 188; iii. 122 sq. — (3) character, quality of
heart Sn 388 (= citta SnA 374); J i.61. -rupa "of the form
of self', self — like only in instr. °ena as adv. by oneself, on
one's own account, for the sake of oneself S iv.97; A ii. 120.
-vadha self — destruction S ii.24 1 ; A ii.73. -vada theory of
(a persistent) soul D iii. 230; M i.66; D ii.58; S ii.3, 245 sq.;
iii. 103, 165, 203; iv.l sq., 43 sq., 153 sq.; Ps i. 156 sq.; Vbh
136, 375. For var. points of an "attavadic" doctrine see Index
to Samyutta Nikaya. -vyabadha personal harm or distress
self — suffering, one's own disaster (opp. para°) M i 369;
S iv.339 = A i. 157; A ii. 179. -vetana supporting oneself,
earning one's own living Sn 24. -sancetana self — percep-
tion, self — consciousness (opp. para°) D iii.231; A ii. 1 59.
-sambhava originating from one's self S i.70; A iv.312; Dh
161 (papa); Th 1, 260. -sambhuta arisen from oneself Sn
272. -sammapanidhi thorough pursuit or development of
one's personality A ii.32; Sn 260, cp. KhA 132. -sarana
see °dipa. -sukha happiness of oneself, self — success Dpvs
i. 66, cp. ii. 1 1. -hita personal welfare one's own good (opp.
para°) D iii.233; A ii.95 sq. -hetu for one's own sake, out of
self — consideration Sn 122; Dh 328.
Attaniya (adj.) [from atta] belonging to the soul, having a soul,
of the nature of soul, soul — like; usually nt. anything of the
nature of soul M i. 138 = Kvu 67; M i.297; ii.263; S iii. 78 (yam
kho anattaniyam whatever has no soul), 127; iv.54 = Nd 2 680
F; S iv.82 = iii.33 = Nd 2 680 Q 3; S iv.168; v.6; Nd 2 680 D.
Cp. Dhs trsl. XXXV ff.
Attamana [atta 1 + mano, having an up raised mind. Bdhgh's
expl'" is saka — mano DA i.255 = atta + mano. Fie applies
the same expl" to attamanata (at Dhs 9, see Dhs trsl. 12) = at-
tano manata mentality of one's self] delighted, pleased, enrap-
tured D i.3, 90 (an°); ii.14; A iii.337, 343; iv.344; Sn 45 = Dh
328 (= upatthita — satt DhA iv.29); Sn 995; Nd 2 24 (= tuttha
— mano hattha — mano etc.); Vv l 4 ; Pug 33 (an°); Miln 18;
DA i.52; DhA i.89 (an° — dhatuka displeased); PvA 23, 132;
VvA 21 (where Dhpala gives two expl ns , either tutthamano or
sakamano).
Attamanata (f.) [abstr. toprec.] satisfaction, joy, pleasure, trans-
port of mind M i.l 14; A i.276; iv.62; Pug 18 (an°); Dhs 9, 86,
418 (an°); PvA 132; VvA 67 (an°).
Attana (adj.) [a + tana] without shelter or protection J i.229; Miln
148, 325; ThA 285.
Attha 1 (also attha, esp. in comb ns mentioned under 3) (m. & nt.)
[Vedic artha from r, arti & rnoti to reach, attain or to proceed
(to or from), thus originally result (or cause), profit, attain-
ment. Cp. semantically Fr. chose, Lat. causa] 1. interest,
advantage, gain; (moral) good, blessing, welfare; profit, pros-
perity, well — being M i.l 11 (atthassa ninnetar, of the Bud-
dha, bringer of good); S iv.94 (id.); S i.34 (attano a. one's
own welfare), 55 (id.) 86, 102, 126 = A ii.46 (atthassa patti);
S i. 1 62 (attano ca parassa ca); ii.222 (id.); iv.347 (°m bhan-
jati destroy the good or welfare, always with musavadena by
lying, cp. attha — bhanjanaka); A i.61 (°m anubhoti to fare
well, to have a (good) result); iii. 364 (samparayika a. profit in
the future life); A v.223 sq. (anattho ca attho ca detriment &
profit); It 44 (v. 1. atta better); Sn 37, 58 (= Nd 2 26, where the
six kinds of advantages are enum d ' as att° par° ubhay°, i. e.
advantage, resulting for oneself, for others, for both; ditthad-
hammik° samparayik 0 param° gain for this life, for a future
life, and highest gain of all, i. e. Arahantship); Sn 331 (ko
attho supitena what good is it to sleep = na hi sakka supantena
koci attho papunitum SnA 338; cp. ko attho supinena te Pv
ii. 6 1 ); PvA 30 (attham sadheti does good, results in good, 69
(samparayikena atthena). — dat. atthaya for the good, for
the benefit of (gen.); to advantage, often eomb d ' with hitaya
sukhaya, e. g. D iii. 211 sq.; It 79. — Kh viii.l (to my bene-
fit); Pv i.4 3 (= upakaraya PvA 18), ii.12 9 (to great advantage).
See also below 6.
Sometimes in a more concrete meaning = riches, wealth,
e. g. J i.256 (= vaddhirii C.); iii. 394 (id.); Pv iv.l 4 (= dhanam
PvA 219). — Often as — °: att°, one's own wellfare, usu-
ally comb 11 with par° and ubhay° (see above) S ii.29; v.121;
A i. 158, 216; iii. 63 sq.; iv.134; Sn 75 (att-attha, v. 1. attha
Nd 2 ), 284 (atta — d — attha); uttam° the highest gain, the
29
Attha
Attha
very best thing Dh 386 (= arahatta DhA iv.142); Sn 324 (=
arahatta SnA 332); param° id. Nd 2 26; sad° one's own weal
D ii. 141; M i.4; S ii.29; v.145; A i. 1 44; sattha (adj.) con-
nected with advantage, beneficial, profitable (of the Dhamma;
or should we take it as "with the meaning, in spirit"? see sat-
tha) D i.62; S v.352; A ii.147; iii.152; Nd 2 316. —2. need,
want (c. instr.), use (for = instr.) S i.37 (°jata when need has
arisen, in need); J i.254; iii.126, 281; iv.l; DhA i.398 (n° atthi
eteh° attho 1 have no use for them); VvA 250; PvA 24 (yava-
dattha, adj. as much as is needed, sufficient = anappaka). — 3.
sense, meaning, import (of a word), denotation, signification.
In this application attha is always spelt attha in cpds. atth —
uppatti and attha — katha (see below). On term see also Cpd.
4. — S iii.93 (attham vibhajati explain the sense); A i.23 (id.),
60 (nlt° primary meaning, literal meaning; neyy° secondary
or inferred meaning); ii. 189 (°rh acikkhati to interpret); Sn
126 (°rh pucchita asked the (correct) sense, the lit. meaning),
251 (°m akkhati); Th 1, 374; attho paramo the highest sense,
the ultimate sense or intrinsic meaning It 98, cp. Cpd. 6, 81,
223; Miln 28 (paramatthato in the absolute sense); Miln 18
(atthato according to its meaning, opp. vyanjanato by letter,
orthographically); DhA ii. 82; iii.175; KhA 81 (pad° meaning
of a word); SnA 91 (id.); PvA 15 (°rh vadati to explain, in-
terpret), 16, 19 (hitatthadhammata "fitness of the best sense",
i. e. practical application), 71. Very frequent in Commen-
tary style at the conclusion of an explained passage as ti attho
"this is the meaning", thus it is meant, this is the sense, e. g.
DA i.65; DhA iv. 140, 141; PvA 33, etc. — 4 . Contrasted with
dhamma in the comb 11 attho ca dhammo ca it (attha) refers to
the (primary, natural) meaning of the word, while dhamma re-
lates to the (interpreted) meaning of the text, to its bearing on
the norm and conduct; or one might say they represent the the-
oretical and practical side of the text (pali ) to be discussed, the
"letter" and the "spirit". Thus at A i.69; v.222, 254; Sn 326
(= bhasitatthan ca pajidhamman ca SnA 333); It 84 (duttho
attham na janati dhammam na passati: he realises neither the
meaning nor the importance); Dh 363 (= bhasitatthan c° eva
desanadhamman ca); J ii.353; vi.368; Nd 2 386 (meaning &
proper nature); Pv iii.9 6 (but expl d - by PvA 211 as hita = ben-
efit, good, thus referring it to above 1). For the same use see
cpds. “dhamma, “patisambhida, esp. in adv. use (see under 6)
Sn 430 (yen 0 atthena for which purpose), 508 (kena atthena v.
1. BB for T attana), J i.4 11 (attham va karanam via reason and
cause); DhA ii.95 (+ karana(; PvA 11 (ayarh h° ettha attho this
is the reason why). — 5. (in very wide application, covering
the same ground as Lat. res & Fr. chose): (a) matter, affair,
thing, often untranslatable and simply to be given as "this" or
"that" S ii.36 (ekena — padena sabbo attho vutto the whole
matter is said with one word); J i. 15 1 (tam attham the matter);
ii. 1 60 (imam a. this); vi.289 (tam attham pakasento); PvA 6
(tam attham pucchi asked it), 1 1 (visajjeti explains it), 29 (vut-
tam attham what had been said), 82 (id.). — (b) affair, cause,
case (cp. atta 2 and Lat. causa) Dh 256, 331; Miln 47 (kassa
attham dharesi whose cause do you support, with whom do
you agree?). See also alamattha. — 6. Adv. use of oblique
cases in the sense of a prep.: (a) dat. atthaya for the sake of,
in order to, for J i.254 dhan° atthaya for wealth, kim° what
for, why?), 279; ii.133; iii.54; DhA ii.82; PvA 55, 75, 78. —
(b) ace. attham on account of, in order to, often instead of an
infinitive or with another inf. substitute J i.279 (kim°); iii.53
(id.); i.253; ii.128; Dpvs vi.79; DhA i.397; PvA 32 (dassan°
in order to see), 78, 167, etc. — (c) abl. attha J iii.518 (pitu
attha = atthaya C.). — (d) loc. atthe instead of, for VvA 10;
PvA 33; etc.
anattha (m. & nt.) 1. unprofitable situation or condition,
mischief, harm, misery, misfortune S i. 103; ii. 196 (anatthaya
samvattati); A iv.96 (°m adhipajjati) It 84 (“janano doso ill —
will brings discomfort); J i.63, 196; Pug 37; Dhs 1060, 1231;
Sdhp 87; DA i.52 (anatthajanano kodho, cp. It 83 and Nd 2
420 Q 2 ); DhA ii.73; PvA 13, 61, 114, 199. — 2. (= attha 3)
incorrect sense, false meaning, as adj. senseless (and therefore
unprofitable, no good, irrelevant) A v.222, 254 (adhammo ca);
Dh 100 (= aniyyanad°Tpaka DhA ii.208); Sn 126 (expl d at SnA
180 as ahitam).
-akkhayin showing what is profitable D iii.187. -attha
riches J vi.290 (= atthabhutam attham C.). -antara difference
between the (two) meanings Miln 158. At Th 1, 374, Olden-
berg's reading, but the v. 1. (also C. reading) atthandhara is
much better = he who knows the (correct) meaning, esp. as
it corresponds with dhamma — dhara (q. v.). -abhisamaya
grasp of the proficient S i.87 (see abhisamaya). -uddhara
synopsis or abstract of contents ("matter") of the Vinaya Dpvs
v.37. -upaparikkha investigation of meaning, (+ dhamma
— savanna) M iii.175; A iii.381 sq.; iv.221; v.126. -uppatti
(atth°) sense, meaning, explanation, interpretation J i. 89; DA
i.242; KhA 216; VvA 197, 203 (cp. pajito) PvA 2, 6, 78; etc.
-kama (adj.) (a) well — wishing, a well — wisher, friend, one
who is interested in the welfare of others (cp. Sk. arthakama,
e. g. Bhagavadglta ii.5: gurun arthakaman) S i. 1 40, 197, 201
sq.; A iii.143; D iii.164 (bahuno janassa a., + hitakamo); J
i. 24 1 ; Pv iv.3 51 ; Pv A 25; SnA 287 (an°). — (b) one who
is interested in his own gain or good, either in good or bad
sense (= greedy) S i.44; PvA 112. — -katha (attha°) ex-
position of the sense, explanation, commentary J v.38, 170;
PvA 1, 71, etc. freq. in N. of Com. -kara beneficial, use-
ful Vin iii.149; Miln 321. -karana the business of trying
a case, holding court, giving judgment (v. 1. atta°) D ii.20;
S i. 74 (judgment hall?), -kavi a didactic poet (see kavi) A
ii. 230. -kamin = °kama, well — wishing Sn 986 (devata
atthakamim). -karana (abl.) for the sake of gain D iii.186.
-kusala clever in finding out what is good or profitable Sn 143
(= atthacheka KhA 236). -cara doing good, busy in the inter-
est of others, obliging S i.23 (naranam = "working out man's
salvation"), -caraka (adj.) one who devotes himself to be-
ing useful to others, doing good, one who renders service to
others, e. g. an attendant, messenger, agent etc. D i. 107 (=
hitakaraka DA i.276); J ii. 87; iii.326; iv.230; vi.369. -cariya
useful conduct or behaviour D iii.152, 190, 232; A ii.32, 248;
iv.219, 364. -nu one who knows what is useful or who knows
the (plain or correct) meaning of something (+ dhammannu) D
iii. 252; A iii. 148; iv. 113 sq. -dassin intent upon the (moral)
good Sn 385 (= hitanupassin SnA 373). -dassimant one who
examines a cause (cp. Sk. arthadarsika) J vi.286 (but expl d
by C. as "sanha — sukhuma — panna" of deep insight, one
who has a fine and minute knowledge), -desana interpre-
tation, exegesis Miln 21 (dhamm°). -dhamma "reason and
morality", see above n°. 3. °anusdsaka one who advises re-
garding the meaning and application of the Law, a professor
30
Attha
Atthika
of moral philosophy J ii. 105; DhA ii.71. -pada a profitable
saying, a word of good sense, text, motto A ii. 189; iii.356; Dh
100. -patisambhida knowledge of the meaning (of words)
comb d ' with dhamma 0 of the text or spirit (see above n°. 3) Ps
i. 132; ii. 1 50; Vbh 293 sq. -patisamvedin experiencing good
D iii.241 (+ dhamma 0 ); A i. 151; iii.2 1 . -baddha expecting
some good from (c. loc.) Sn382. -bhanjanaka breaking the
welfare of, hurting DhA iii.356 (paresam of others, by means
of telling lies, musavadena). -majjha of beautiful waist J
v. 170 (= sumajjha C.; reading must be faulty, there is hardly
any connection with attha; v. 1. atta). -rasa sweetness (or
substance, essence) of meaning (+ dhamma 0 , vimutti 0 ) Nd 2
466; Ps ii.88, 89. -vasa "dependence on the sense", reason-
ableness, reason, consequence, cause D ii.285; M i.464; ii. 120;
iii.150; S ii.202; iii.93; iv.303; v.224; A i.61, 77, 98; ii.240;
iii.72, 169, 237; Dh 289 (= karana DhA iii.435); It 89; Sn 297;
Ud 14. -vasika sensible It 89; Miln 406. -vasin bent on
(one's) aim or purpose Th 1, 539. -vadin one who speaks
good, i. e. whose words are doing good or who speaks only
useful speech, always in comb"' with kala° bhuta° dhamma 0
D i.4; iii.175; A i.204; ii.22, 209; Pug 58; DA i.76 (expl d
as "one who speaks for the sake of reaping blessings here
and hereafter"), -samvannana explanation, exegesis PvA 1.
-samhita connected with good, bringing good, profitable, use-
ful, salutary D i. 1 89; S ii.223; iv.330; v.417; A iii. 196 sq., 244;
Sn 722 (= hitena samhitam SnA 500); Pug 58. -sandassana
determination of meaning, definition Ps i. 105. -siddhi profit,
advantage, benefit J i.402; PvA 63.
Attha 2 (nt.) [Vedic asta, of uncertain etym.] home, primarily as
place of rest & shelter, but in P. phraseology abstracted from
the "going home", i. e. setting of the sun, as disappearance,
going out of existence, annihilation, extinction. Only in ace.
and as ° — in foil phrases: atthangacchati to disappear, to
go out of existence, to vanish Dh 226 (= vinasam natthibha-
vam gacchati DhA iii. 324), 384 (= parikkhayam gacchati); pp.
atthangata gone home, gone to rest, gone, disappeared; of
the sun (= set): J i. 175 (atthangate suriye at sunset); PvA 55
(id.) 216 (anatthangate s. before sunset) fig. Sn 472 (attha-
gata). 475 (id.); 1075 (= niruddha ucchinna vinattha anupadi
— sesaya nibbana — dhatuya nibbuta); It 58; Dhs 1038; Vbh
195. -atthagatatta (nt. abstr.) disappearance SnA 409. -
atthangama (atthagama passim) annihilation, disappearance;
opposed to samudaya (coming into existence) and synony-
mous with nirodha (destruction) D i.34, 37, 183; S iv.327;
A iii. 326; Ps ii.4, 6, 39; Pug 52; Dhs 165, 265, 501, 579;
Vbh 105. -atthagamana (nt.) setting (of the sun) J i.101
(suriyass 1 atthagamana at sunset) DA i.95 (= ogamana). —
attha-gamin, in phrase uday° atthagamin leading to birth and
death (of panna): see udaya. -attham paleti = atthangac-
chati (fig.) Sn 1074 (= atthangameti nirujjhati Nd 2 28). —
Also atthamita (pp. of i) set (of the sun) in phrase anatthamite
suriye before sunset (with anatthangamite as v. 1. at both pass.)
DhA i. 86; iii. 127. — Cp. also abbhattha.
Attha 3 pres. 2 nd pi. of atthi (q. v.).
Atthata [pp. of attharati] spread, covered, spread over with ( — °)
Vin i.265; iv.287; v.172 (also °an); A iii.50; PvA 141.
Atthatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. attha 1 ] reason, cause; onlyinabl. atthatta
according to the sense, by reason of, on account of PvA 189
(— °).
Atthara [fr. attharati] a mg (for horses, elephants etc.) D i.7.
Attharaka [= atthara] a covering J i.9; DA i.87. — f. °ika a layer
J i.9; v.280.
Attharana (nt.) [fr. attharati] a covering, carpet, cover, rug Vin
ii.291; A ii.56; iii.53; Mhvs 3, 20; 15, 40; 25, 102; ThA 22.
Attharati [a + str] to spread, to cover, to spread out; stretch, lay
out Vin i.254; v.172; J i.199; v.113; vi.428; Dh i.272. — pp.
atthata (q. v.). — Caus. attharapeti to caused to be spread J
v.110; Mhvs 3, 20; 29,7; 34, 69.
Atthavant (adj.) [cp. Sk. arthavant] full of benefit S i.30; Th 1,
740; Miln 172.
Atthara [cp. Sk. astara, fr. attharati] spreading out Vin v.172 (see
kathina). attharaka same ibid.; Vin ii.87 (covering).
Atthi [Sk. asti, 1 st sg. asmi; Gr. dpi eaxi; Lat. sum — est; Goth,
im — ist; Ags. eom — is E. am — is] to be, to exist. — Pres.
Ind. 1 st sg. asmi Sn 1120, 1143; J i. 1 5 1 ; iii. 55, and amhi M
i. 429; Sn 694; J ii. 1 53 ; Pv i.10 2 ; ii.8 2 . — 2 nd sg. asi Sn 420;
J ii. 160 (°si); iii.278; Vv 32 4 ; PvA 4. — 3 rd sg. atthi Sn 377,
672, 884; J i.278. Often used for 3 rd pi. (= santi), e. g. J i.280;
ii. 2; iii. 55. — 1 st pi. asma [Sk. smah] Sn 594, 595; asmase
Sn 595, and amha Sn 570; J ii. 128. 2 nd pi. attha J ii. 128; PvA
39, 74 (agat° attha you have come). — 3 rd pi. santi Sn 1077;
Nd 2 637 (= samvijjanti atthi upalabbhanti); J ii.353; PvA 7,
22 — Imper. atthu Sn 340; J i.59; iii. 26. — Pot. 1 st sg. siya
[Sk. syam] Pv ii.8 8 , and assam [Cond. used as Pot.] Sn 1120;
Pv i. 12 5 (= bhaveyyaiii PvA 64). — 2 nd sg. siya [Sk. syah]
Pv ii.8 7 . — 3 rd sg. siya [Sk. syat] D ii. 154; Sn 325, 1092;
Nd 2 105 (= janeyya, nibbatteyya); J i.262; PvA 13, and assa
D i. 135, 196; ii.154; A v.194; Sn 49, 143; Dh 124, 260; Pv
ii.3 24 ; 9 24 . — 1 st pi. assu PvA 27. — 3 rd pi. assu [cp. Sk.
syuh] Sn 532; Dh 74; Pv iv.l 36 (= bhaveyyum PvA 231). —
Aor. 1 st sg. asim [Sk. asam] Sn 284; Pv i.2 1 (= ahosiiir PvA
10); ii.3 4 (= ahosirii PvA 83). — 3 rd sg. asi [Sk. aslt] Sn 994.
— 3 rd asurii [cp. Sk. Perf. asuh] Pv ii.3 21 , 13 3 (ti pi patho for
su). — Ppr. *sat only in loc. sati (as loc. abs.) Dh 146; J
i. 150, 263, santa Sn 105; Nd 2 635; J i. 150 (loc. evam sante in
this case); iii. 26, and samana (q. v.) J i.266; iv.138.
-bhava state of being, existence, being J i.222, 290; ii.4 15;
DhA ii.5; iv.217 (atthibhava va natthibhava va whether there
is or not).
Atthika (adj.) [cp. Sk. arthika] 1. (to attha 1 ) profitable, good,
proper. In this meaning the MSS show a variance of spelling
either atthika or atthika or atthita; in all cases atthika should
be preferred D i.55 (°vada); M ii.212 (atthita); A iii.2 1 9 sq.
(idam atthikam this is suitable, of good avail; T atthitam, w.
11. as above); Sn 1058 (atthita; Nd 2 20 also atthita, which at
this pass, shows a confusion between attha and a — thita); J
v.151 (in def. ofatthikatva q. v.); Pug 69, 70 (T atthika, atthita
SS; expl d - by Pug A v.4 by kalyanaya). — 2. (to attha 1 2) de-
sirous of ( — °), wanting, seeking for, in need of (c. instr.) A
ii. 199 (uday° desirous of increase); Sn 333, 460, 487 (punn°),
987 (dhan° greedy for wealth); J i.263 (rajj° coveting a king-
dom); v.19; Pv ii.2 28 (bhojan 0 in need of food); iv.l 1 (karan°),
l 21 (khidd° forplay), l 63 (punn°); PvA 95 (sasena a. wanting a
31
Atthika
Adda
rabbit), 120; DA i.70 (atthika those who like to), -anatthika
one who does not care for, or is not satisfied with (c. instr.) J
v.460; PvA 20; of no good Th 1, 956 ("of little zeal" Mrs. Rh.
D.).
-bhava (a) usefulness, profitableness Pug A v.4. (b) state
of need, distress PvA 120.
Atthikavant (adj.) [atthika + vant] one who wants something,
one who is on a certain errand D i.90 (atthikam assa atthl ti
DA i.255).
Atthita (f.) [f. abstr. fr. atthi cp. atthibhava] state of being, exis-
tence, being, reality M i.486; S ii. 1 7 (°an c° eva natthitan ca to
be and not to be); iii.135; J v.110 (kassaci atthitam va natthi-
tam va janahi see if there is anybody or not); DhsA 394. —
Often in abl. atthitaya by reason of, on account of, this being
so DhA iii.344 (idamatthitaya under this condition) PvA 94,
97, 143.
Atthin (adj.) ( — °) [Vedic arthin] desirous, wanting anything; see
mant°, vad°.
Atthiya (adj.) ( — °) [= atthika] having a purpose or end S iii.189
(kim° for what purpose?); A v.l sq. (id.), 311 sq.; Th 1,
1097 (att° having one's purpose in oneself), 1274; Sn 354 (yad
atthiyam on account of what).
Atra (adv.) [Sk. atra] here; atra atra here & there J i.414 = iv.5
(in expl" ofatriccha).
Atraja (adj.) [Sk. *atma — ja, corrupted form for attaja (see atta)
through analogy with Sk. atra "here". This form occurs only
in J and similar sources, i. e. popular lore] born from oneself,
one's own, appl. to sons, of which there are 4 kinds enum d -,
viz. atraja khettaja, dinnaka, antevasika p. Nd 2 448. — J
i. 135; iii.103 = Nd 1 504; J iii.181; v.465; vi.20; Mhvs 4, 12;
13,4; 36, 57.
Atriccha (adj.) [the popular etym. suggested at JA iv.4 is atra
atra icchamana desiring here & there; but see atriccha] very
covetous, greedy, wanting too much J i.414 = iv.4; iii.206.
Atriccha (f.) [Sk. *atrptya, a + trpt + ya, influenced by Desid.
titrpsati, so that atriccha phonetically rather corresponds to a
form *a. — trpsya (cch = psy, cp. P. chata Sk. psata). For the
simple Sk. trpti see titti (from tappati 2 ). According to Kern,
but phonetically hardly justifiable it is Sk. atlccha = ati + iccha
"too much desire", with r in dissolution of geminated tt, like
atraja for attaja. See also atriccha adj. and cp. j 1JP.T.S. 1884,
69] great desire, greed, excessive longing, insatiability J iv.5,
327.
Atricchata (f.) [see atriccha] excessive lust J. iii.222.
Atha (indecl.) [Sk. atha, cp. atho] copulative & adversative part.
1 . after positive clauses, in enumerations, in the beginning &
continuation of a story: and, and also, or; and then, now D
ii. 2; iii.152, 199 (athaparam etad avoca); M i.435; Sn 1006,
1007, 1017; Sn p. 126 (athaparam etad avoca: and further,
something else); Dh 69, 119, 377; J ii. 1 58; Pv ii.6 4 ; PvA 3,
8 (atha na and not), 70. — 2. after negative clauses: but M
i.430; Sn 990, 1047; Dh 85, 136, 387; PvA 68. Often comb d
with other part., e. g. atha kho (pos. & neg.) now, and then;
but, rather, moreover Vin i.l; D i. 141, 167, 174; A v.195; PvA
79, 221, 251. na — atha kho na neither — nor PvA 28. atha
kho pana and yet D i. 139. atha ca pana on the other hand J
i. 279. atha va or (after prec. ca), nor (after prec. na) Sn 134;
Dh 140, 271; Pv i.4 1 ; ii.l 4 . atha va pi Sn917, 921.
Athabbana [Vedic atharvan; as regards etym. see Walde, Lat.
Wtb. under ater] (1) the Atharva Veda DA i.247 = SnA 447
(°veda). — (2) one who is familiar with the (magic formulas
of the) Atharvaveda J vi.490 (sathabbana=sahatthivejja, with
the elephant — healer or doctor). See also athabbana.
Atho (indecl.) [Sk. atho, atha + u] copulative and adver-sative
part.: and, also, and further, likewise, nay S i. 106; Sn 43, 155,
647; Dh 151, 234, 423; J i.83; ii.185; iv.495; It 106; Kh viii.7;
Pv iv.3 15 ; PvA 251 (atho ti nipatamattam avadharan — atthe
va). Also comb d with other part., like atho pi Sn 222, 537,
985; Pv ii.3 20 ; KhA 166.
Ada (adj.) ( — °) [to ad, see adeti, cp. °ga, °tha, °da etc.] eating S
iv.195 (kitthada eating corn); J ii.439 (vantada = vantakhadaka
C.).
Adaka (adj.) = ada J v.91 (purisadaka man — eater).
Adana (nt.) [from adeti] eating, food J v.374 (v.l. modana).
Adasaka (adj.) see dasa.
Adasa [prob. = adamsa, from dasati to bite, cp. datha tooth; lit
meaning "toothless" or "not biting"] a kind of bird J iv.466.
Adittha [a + dittha, ger. of *dassati] not seeing, without seeing J
iv.192 (T. adattha, v. 1. BB na dittha, C. adisva); v.219.
Adinna (pp.) [a + dinna] that which is not given, freq. in phrase
adinn' adana (BSk. adattadana Divy 302) seizing or grasping
that whieh is not given to one, i. e. stealing, is the 2 nd of the
ten qualifications of bad character or slla (dasa — slla see sila
ii. ). Vin i.83 (°a veramam); D i.4 (= parassa haranam theyyam
corika ti vuttaih hoti DA i.71); iii.68 sq., 82, 92, 181 sq.; M
i.36 1 ; It 63; Kh ii., cp. KhA 26. — adinnadayin he who
takes what is not given, a thief; stealing, thieving (cp. BSK.
adattadayika Divy 301, 418) Vin i.85; D i. 138; Sdhp 78.
Adu (or adu) (indecl.) [perhaps identical with adum, nt. ofpron.
asu] part, of affirmation: even, yea, nay; always in emphatic
exclamations Vv 62 2 (= udahu VvA 258; v. 1. SS. adu) = Pv
iv. 3 17 (adu) = DhA i.31 (T. adu, v. 1. adu); Vv 63 1 (v. 1. adu);
J v.330 (T. adu, C. adu; expl d on p. 331 fantastically as adun
ca adun ca kammam karohl ti). See also adu.
Adum nt. of pron. asu.
Adusaka (adj.) [a + dusaka] innocent J v.l 43 (= nirapa- rad ha
C.); vi.84, 552. f. adflsika Sn 312.
Adusiya = adusaka J v.220 (= anaparadha C.).
Adeti [Sk. adayati, Caus. of atti, ad to eat, 1 st sg. admi = Gr.
£ v 8w, Lat. edo; Goth, itan = Ohg. ezzan = E. eat] to eat. Pres,
ind. ademi etc. J v.31, 92, 197, 496; vi.106. pot. adeyya J
v. 107, 392, 493.
Adda 1 [cp. Sk. ardraka] ginger J i.244 (“singivera).
Adda 2 & Adda 3 rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2. a.
Adda 3 (adj.) [Sk. ardra, from rdati or ardati to melt, cp. Gr.
a'pow to moisten, aapSa dirt; see also alia] wet, moist, slip-
pery J iv.353; vi.309; Miln 346.
-avalepana "smeared with moisture", i. e. shiny, glitter-
32
Adda
Adhara
ing S iv. 187 (kutagara); M i.86=Nd 2 199 6 (upakariyo). See
also addha 2 .
The reading allavalepana occurs at Nd 2 40 (=S iv. 187),
and is perhaps to be preferred. The meaning is better to be
given as "newly plastered."
Addakkhi 3 rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 1 b.
Addasa 3 rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2 a.
Adda & Addayana at Vbh 371 in def. of anadariya is either faulty
writing, or dial, form or pop. etym. for ada and adayana; see
adariya.
Addayate [v. denom. fr. adda] to be or get wet, fig. to be attached
to J iv.35 1 . See also alllyati.
Addi [Sk. ardri] a mountain Davs ii.13.
Addita (pp.) [see attita which is the more correct spelling] af-
flicted, smarted, oppressed J i.21; ii.407; iii.261; iv.295; v.53,
268; Th 1, 406; Mhvs 1, 25; PvA 260; Sdhp 37, 281.
Addha 1 (num.) [= addha, q. v.] one half, half (° — ) D i. 1 66
(“masika); Aii.160 (°masa); J i.59 (°yojana); iii. 189 (°masa).
Addha 2 (adj.) [= adda 3 , Sk. ardra] soiled, wet; fig. attached to,
intoxicated with (cp. sineha) M ii.223 (na anaddhabhutam at-
tanam dukkhena addhabhaveti he dirties the impure self with
ill); S iii.l (addhabhuto kayo impure body); J vi.548 (°nakha
with dirty nails, C. putinakha).
Addhan (in cpds. addha 0 ) [Vedic adhvan, orig. meaning "stretch,
length", both of space & time. — Cases: nom. addha, gen.
dat. addhuno, instr. addhuna, acc. addhanam, loc. addhani;
pi addha. See also addhana] 1. (of space) a path, road, also
journey (see cpds. & derivations); only in one ster. phrase J
iv. 384 = v.137 (pathaddhuno pannarase va cando, gen. for
loc. “addhani, on his course, in his orbit; expl d ' at iv.384 by
akasa — patha — sankhatassa addhuno majjhe thito and at
v. 137 by pathaddhagato addha — pathe gaganamajjhe thito);
Pv iii.3 1 (pathaddhani pannarase va cando; loc. same mean-
ing as prec., expl d at PvA 188 by attano pathabhute addhani
gaganatala — magge). This phrase (pathaddhan) however is
expl d by Kern (Toev. s. v. pathaddu) as "gone half — way",
i. e. on full — moon — day. He rejects the expl n of C. — 2.
(of time) a stretch of time, an interval of time, a period, also a
lifetime (see cpds.); only in two standard applications viz. (a)
as mode of time (past, present & future) in tayo addha three
divisions of time (atita, anagata, paccuppanna) D iii. 216; It 53,
70. (b) in phrase dlgham addhanam (acc.) a very long time
A ii.l, 10 (dighaifi addhanam sarhsaram); Sn 740 (dlgham
addhana samsara); Dh 207 (dlgham addhana socati); J i. 1 37.
gen. dlghassa addhuno PvA 148 (gatatta because a long time
has elapsed), instr. dlghena addhuna S i.78; A ii. 1 1 8; PvA 28.
-ayu duration of life A ii.66 (dlgham “m a long lifetime,
-gata one who has gone the road or traversed the space or span
of life, an old man [cp. BSk. adhvagata M Vastu ii. 150], al-
ways comb d with vayo anuppatto, sometimes in ster. for-
mula with jinna & mahallaka Vin ii.l 88; D i.48 (cp. DA
i. 143); M i.82;Sn pp. 50, 92; PvA 149. -gu [Vedic adhvaga]
a wayfarer, traveller, journeyman Th 255 = S i.212 (but the
latter has panthagu, v. 1. addhagu); J iii. 95 (v. 1. patthagu =
panthagu); Dh 302.
Addha (adv.) [Vedic addha, cp. Av. azda certainty] part, of
affirmation and emphasis: certainly, for sure, really, truly D
i. 143; J i. 1 9 (a. ahamBuddhobhavissami) 66 (a. tvamBuddho
bhavissasi), 203, 279; iii.340; v.307, 410 (C. expl n differs) Sn
47, 1057; Nd 2 30 = Ps ii.2 1 (ekarhsa — vacanam nissamsaya
— vacanam etc.) addha hi J iv. 399; Pv iv.l 5 2 .
Addhaneyya (adj.) = adhaniya 2, lasting J v.507 (an°).
Addhaniya (adj.) [fr. addhan] 1. belonging to the road, fit for
travelling (of the travelling season) Th 1, 529. — 2. belong-
ing to a (long) time, lasting a long period, lasting, enduring D
iii.211; J i.393 (an°) vi.71. See also addhaneyya.
Addhariya [Vedic adhvaryu fr. adhvara sacrifice] a sacrificing
priest, N. of a class of Brahmins D i.237 (brahmana).
Addhana (nt.) [orig. the acc. of addhan, taken as nt. from
phrase dlgham addhanam. It occurs only in acc. which may
always be taken as acc. of addhan; thus the assumption of a
special form addhana would be superfluous, were it not for
later forms like addhane (loc.) Miln 126; PvA 75 v. 1. BB,
and for cpds.] same meaning as addhan, but as simplex only
used with reference to time (i. e. a long time, cp. VvA 117
addhanam = dram). Usually in phrase atltam (anagatam etc.)
addhanam in the past (future etc.), e. g. D i.200; S i. 140;
A v.32; Miln 126 (anagatamaddhane for °aiii); PvA 75 (v. 1.
addhane). dlgham addhanam Pv i. 1 0 5 . Also in phrase ad-
dhanam apadeti to make out the length of time or period, i.
e. to live out one's lifetime S iv.l 10; J ii.293 (= jlvitaddhanam
apadi ayum vindi C).
-daratha exhaustion from travelling DA i.287. -magga
a (proper) road for journeying, a long road between two towns,
high road D i.l, 73, 79; Mi.276 (kantar°); DA i.35 (interpreted
as "addhayojanam gacchissamT ti bhunjitabban ti adi vacanato
addha — yojanam pi addhana maggo hoti", thus taken to ad-
dha "half', from counting by 1/2 miles); VvA 40, 292. Cp.
also antaramagga. -parissama "fatigue of the road", i. e.
fatigue from travelling VvA 305. -vemattata difference of
time or period Miln 285 (+ ayuvemattata).
Addhika [fr. addhan] a wanderer, wayfarer, traveller DA i.298
(= pathavin), 270; PvA 78, 127 (“jana people travelling). Of-
ten comb d with kapana beggar, tramp, as kapanaddhika (pi.)
tramps and travellers (in which connection also as “iddhika, q.
v.), e. g. J i.6 (v. 1. “iddhika 262; DhA ii.26.
Addhita at Pv ii.6 2 is to be corrected to attita (sic v. 1. BB).
Addhin (adj.) ( — °) [fr. addhan] belonging to the road or travel-
ling, one who is on the road, a traveller, in gataddhin one who
has performed his journey (= addhagata) Dh 90.
Addhuva see dhuva.
Adrubhaka see dubbha.
Advejjhata see dvejjhata.
Adha° in cpds. like adhagga see under adho.
Adhamma see dhamma.
Adhama (adj.) [Vedic adhama = Lat. infimus, superl. of adho,
q. v.] the lowest (lit. & fig.), the vilest, worst Sn 246 (narad-
hama), 135 (vasaladhama); Dh 78 (purisa°); J iii. 151 (miga“);
v.394 (uttamadhama), 437 (id.), 397; Sdhp 387.
33
Adhara
Adhikuttana
Adhara (adj.) [Vedic adhara, compar. of adho] the lower J iii.26
(adharottha the 1. lip).
Adhi [Vedic adhi; base of demonstr. pron. a° + suffix — dhi, cor-
responding in form to Gr. z'v ya. "on this" = here, cp. oy\
where, in meaning equal to adv. of direction Gr. 8e (toward)
= Ohg. zuo, E. to].
A. Prep, and pref. of direction & place: (a) as direction
denoting a movement towards a definite end or goal = up to,
over, toward, to, on (see C 1 a). — (b) as place where (prep. c.
loc. or abs.) = on top of, above, over, in; in addition to. Often
simply deictic "here" (e. g.) ajjhatta = adhi + atman "this self
here" (see C 1 b).
B. adhi is freq. as modification pref., i. e. in loose comp"
with n. or v. and as first part of a double prefixcpd., like ajjha°
(adhi + a), adhippa 0 (adhi + pra), but never occurs as a fixed
base, i. e. as 2 nd part of a pref. — cpd., like a in pacca° (prati
+ a), parya° (pari + a) or ava in paryava 0 (pari + ava) or lid
in abhyud° (abhi + ud), samud° (sam + ud). As such (i. e.
modification) it is usually intensifying, meaning "over above,
in addition, quite, par excellence, super" — (adhideva a super
— god, cp. ati — deva), but very often has lost this power
& become meaningless (like E. up in "shut up, fill up, join
up etc), esp. in double pref. — cpds. (ajjhavasati "to dwell
here — in" = avasati "to dwell in, to inhabit") (see C 2). — In
the expl ns of P. Commentators adhi is often (sometimes far —
fetchedly) interpreted by abhibhu "overpowering" see e. g. C.
on adhitthati & adhitthita; and by virtue of this intens. mean-
ing we find a close relationship between the prefixes ati, adhi
and abhi, all interchanging dialectically so that P. adhi often
represents Sk. ati or abhi; thus adhi > ati in adhikusala, “kod-
hita, “jeguccha, “brahma; adhi > abhi in adhippatthita, “patch,
“ppaya, “ppeta, “badheti, “bhu, “vaha. Cp. also ati iv.
C. The main applications of adhi are the foil.: 1. pri-
mary meaning (in verbs & verb derivations): either direction
in which or place where, depending on the meaning of the verb
determinate, either lit. or fig. — (a) where to: adhiyita (adhi
+ ita) "gone on to or into" = studied; ajjhesita (adhi + esita)
"wished for"; °kata "put to" i. e. commissioned; “kara com-
mission; “gacchati "to go on to & reach it" = obtain; °gama
attainment; “ganhati to overtake = surpass, °peta (adhi +pra +
ita) "gone in to" = meant, understood; “paya sense meaning,
intention; “bhasati to speak to = address; “mutta intent upon;
“vacana "saying in addition" = attribute, metaphor, cp. Fr. sur
— nom; “vasana assent, “vaseti to dwell in, give in = consent.
— (b) where: “titthati (“tthati) to stand by = look after, per-
form; “tthana place where; “vasati to inhabit; “sayana "lying
in", inhabiting. — 2. secondary meaning (as emphatic modi-
fication): (a) with nouns or adjectives: adhi — jegucchavery
detestable; °matta "in an extreme measure", °pa supreme lord;
“pacca lordship; “parrna higher, additional wisdom; “vara the
very best; “slla thorough character or morality. — (b) with
verbs (in double pref. — cpds.); adhi + ava: ajjhogaheti
plunge into; ajjhothapeti to bring down to (its destination);
“otthata covered completely; “oharati to swallow right down,
adhi + a: ajjhappatta having reached (the end); ajjhapljita
quite overwhelmed; “avuttha inhabited; “aruhati grown up
over; “asaya desire, wish (cp. Ger. n. Anliegen & v. daran-
liegen). adhi + upa: ajjhupagacchati to reach, obtain; “upeti
to receive; “upekkhati "to look all along over" = to superintend
adhi + pra: adhippattheti to long for, to desire.
Note. The contracted (assimilation — )form of adhi before
vowels is ajjh- (q. v.).
Adhika (adj.) [fr. adhi; cp. Sk. adhika] exceeding, extraordinary,
superior, Pug 35; VvA 80 (= anadhivara, visittha); DA i. 141 ,
222; Dpvs v.32 (an“); DhA iii.238; KliA 193 (= anuttara);
Sdhp 337, 447. — compar. adhikatara DhA ii.7; iii. 176;
nt. °m as adv. extraordinarily PvA 86 (= adhimattam). In
comb n ' with numerals adhika has the meaning of "in addition,
with an additional, plus" (cp. adi + adika, with which it is
evidently confounded, adhika being constructed in the same
way as adika, i. e. preceding the noun — determination), e.
g. catunahutadhikani dve yojana — sahassani 2000 + 94 (=
294 000) J i.25; sattamasadhikani sattavassani 7 years and 7
months J v.319; pannasadhikani pafica vassa — satani 500 +
50 (= 550) PvA 152. See also sadhika.
Adhikata (adj.) [adhi + kata; cp. Sk. adhikrta] 1. commissioned
with, an overseer, Pv ii.9 27 (dane adhikata = thapita PvA 124).
— 2. caused by Miln 67 (kamma°). — 3. affected by some-
thing, i. e. confused, puzzled, in doubt Miln 144 (+ vimati-
jata).
Adhikarana (nt.) [adhi + karana] 1. attendance, supervision,
management of affairs, administration PvA 209. — 2. rela-
tion, reference, reason, cause, consequence D ii.59 ( — °: in
consequence of); S ii.41; v.19. Esp. acc. °m as adv. ( — °)
in consequence of, for the sake of, because of, from M i.4 10
(rupadhikaranarh); S iv.339 (raga°); Miln 281 (mudda° for the
sake of the royal seal, orig. in attendance on the r. s.). Kimad-
hikaranam why, on account of what J iv.4 (= kimkaranam)
yatvadhikaranam (yato + adhi°) by reason of what, since, be-
cause (used as conj.) D i.70 = A i.l 13 = ii. 1 6 = D iii. 225. — 3.
case, question, cause, subject of discussion, dispute. There are
4 sorts of a. enum d at var. passages, viz. vivada° anuvada 0
apatta° kicca° "questions of dispute, of censure, of miscon-
duct, of duties" Vin ii.88; iii. 164; iv.126, 238; M ii.247. — Of-
ten ref.: Vin ii.74; S iv.63 = v.346 (dhamma° a question of the
Dh.); A i.53 (case), 79; ii.239 (vupasanta); v.71, 72; Pug 20,
55; DhA iv.2 (“ssa uppamassa vupasama), adhikaranam karoti
to raise a dispute M i. 122 °m vupasameti to settle a question
or difficulty Vin ii.261.
-karaka one who causes dispute discussions or dissent
Vin iv.230 (f. °ika); A iii. 252. -samatha the settlings of
questions that have arisen. There are seven rules for settling
cases enum d - at D iii. 254; M ii.247; A i.99; iv.144.
Adhikaranika [fr. adhikarana] one who has to do with the settling
of disputes or questions, a judge A v.164, 167.
AdhikaranI (f.) [to adhikarana 1, orig. meaning "serving, that
which serves, i. e. instrument"] a smith's anvil J iii. 285; Davs
iii. 16 sq.; DhsA 263.
Adhikara [cp. Sk. adhikara] attendance, service, administration,
supervision, management, help Vin i.55; J i.56; vi.251; Miln
60, 115, 165; PvA 124 (dana°; cp. Pv ii.9 27 ); DhA ii.41.
Adhikarika (adj.) ( — °) [to adhikara] serving as, referring to Vin
iii. 274 (Bdhgh).
Adhikuttana (f.) [adhi + kottana or kottana] an executioner's
34
Adhikuttana
Adhipanna
block Th 2, 58; cp. ThA 65 (v. 1. kuddana, should prob. be
read kottana); ThA 287.
Adhikusala (adj.) [adhi + kusala] in °a dhamma "items of higher
righteousness" D iii.145.
Adhikodhita (adj.) [adhi + kodhita] very angry J v.117.
Adhigacchati [adhi + gacchati] to get to, to come into posses-
sion of, to acquire, attain, find; fig. to understand D i.229
(vivesam) M i. 1 40 (anvesam n° adhigacchanti do not find);
S i.22 (Nibbanarh); ii.278 (id.); A i. 162 (id.); Dh 187, 365; It
82 (santim); Th 2, 51; Pug 30, 31; Pv i.7 4 (nibbutim = lab-
hati PvA 37); iii.7 10 (amatarh padam). opt. adhigaccheyya
D i.224 (kusalam dhammam); M i.l 14 (madhu — pindikam);
Dh 61 and adhigacche Dh 368. ger. °gantva D i.224; J
i.45 (anisamse); and “gamma Pv i.ll 9 (= vinditva patilabhitva
PvA 60). grd. °gantabba It 104 (nibbana). cond. °gac-
chissam Sn 446. 1 st aor. 3 sg. ajjhaga Sn 225 (= vindi
patilabhi KhA 180); Dh 154; Vv 32 7 ; 3 pi. ajjhagfl J i.256
(vyasanam) & ajjhagamum S i. 12. 2 nd aor. 3 sg. adhigacchi
Nd 1 457. — pp. adhigata (q. v.).
Adhiganhati [adhi + ganhati] to surpass, excel S i.87 = DA i.32;
D iii’. 146; S iv.275; A iii.33; It 19. Ger. adhigayha Pv ii.9 62
= DhA iii.219 (v. 1. BB at both pass, atikkamma); & adhig-
gahetva It 20. — pp. adhiggahlta (q. v.).
Adhigata [pp. of adhigacchati] got into possession of, conquered,
attained, found J i.374; VvA 135.
Adhigatavant (adj. — n.) [fr. adhigata] one who has found or
obtained VvA 296 (Nibbanam).
Adhigama [fr. adhigacchati] attainment, acquisition; also fig.
knowledge, information, study (the latter mainly in Miln) D
iii.255; S ii.139; A ii. 148; iv.22, 332; v.194; J i.406; Nett 91;
Miln 133, 215, 358, 362, 388; PvA 207.
Adhigameti [adhi + gameti, Caus. of gacchati] to make obtain, to
procure PvA 30.
Adhiggahlta [pp. of adhiganhati] excelled, surpassed; overpow-
ered, taken by (instr.), possessed J iii.427 (= anuggahlta C.);
v.102; vi.525 = 574; It 103; Miln 188, 189; Sdhp 98.
Adhicinna only at S iii. 12, where v. 1. is avicinna, which is to be
preferred. See vicinna.
Adhicitta (nt.) [adhi + citta] "higher thought", meditation, con-
templation, nsually in comb" with adhisTla and adhipanna
Vin i.70; D iii.219; M i.451; A i.254, 256; Nd 1 39 = Nd 2
689 (°sikkha); Dh 185 (= attha — samapattisankhata adhika
— citta DhA iii. 23 8).
Adhiceto (adj.) [adhi + ceto] lofty — minded, entranced Th 1, 68
= Ud 43 = Vin iv.54 = DhA iii.384.
Adhicca 1 [ger. of adhi + eti, see adhlyati] learning, studying,
learning by heart J iii.218, 327 = iv.301; iv.184 (vede = ad-
hlyitva C.), 477 (sajjhayitva C.); vi.213; Miln 164.
Adhicca 2 (° — ) [Sk. *adhrtya, a+ *dhicca, ger. of dhr, cp. dhara,
dharana 3, dhareti 4] unsupported, uncaused, fortuitous, with-
out cause or reason; in foil, phrases: °apattika guilty with-
out intention M i.443; °uppatti spontaneous origin DhsA 238;
°laddha obtained without being asked for, unexpectedly Vv
84 22 = J v.171 = vi.3 15 (expl d - at J v.171 by ahetuna, at vi.3 16
by akaranena) °samuppanna arisen without a cause, sponta-
neous, unconditioned D i.28 = Ud 69; D iii.33, 138; S ii.22
— 23 (sukhadukkham); A iii. 440 (id.); Ps i. 155; DA i.l 18 (=
akarana 0 ).
Adhicca 3 (adj.) [= adhicca 2 in adj. function, influenced by,
homonym abhabba] without a cause (for assumption), unrea-
sonable, unlikely S v.457.
Adhijeguccha (nt.) [adhi + jeguccha] intense scrupulous regard
(for others) D i. 174, 176.
Adhitthaka (adj.) ( — °) [fr. adhitthati] bent on, given to, addicted
to J v.427 (sura°).
Adhitthati (adhitthahati) [Sk. adhitisthati, adhi + stha] 1. to
stand on J iii. 278 (ger. °aya); DhA iv. 1 83 (ger. °hitva); fig.
to insist on Th 1, 1131 (aor. °ahi). — 2. to concentrate or fix
one's attention on (c. acc.), to direct one's thoughts to, to make
up one's mind, to wish Vin i. 1 1 5 (inf. °thatum), 297 (id.), 125
(grd. °thatabba) J i.80 (aor. °ahi); iii. 278; iv.134 (v. 1. ati°
C. expl s abhibhavitva titthati); DhA i.34; iv.201 (ger. °hitva);
PvA 23 (aor. °thasi) 171 (id.), 75 (ger. °hitva). On adhittheyya
see Cpd. 209, n. 2; 219, n. 1. — 3. to undertake, practice,
perform, look after, to celebrate S ii. 17; A i. 1 1 5 sq.; J i.50;
PvA 209 (ger. °thaya). — pp. adhitthita (q. v.).
Adhitthana (nt.) [fr. adhi + stha] 1. decision, resolution, self —
determination, will (cp. on this meaning Cpd. 62) D iii. 229
(where 4 are enum d -, viz. panna 0 , sacca° caga° upasama 0 );
J i.23; v. 174; Ps i.108; ii. 171 sq., 207; DhsA 166 (cp. Dhs.
trsl. 44). — 2. mentioned in bad sense with abhinivesa
and anusaya, obstinacy, prejudice and bias M i. 136; iii. 31,
240; S ii. 17; iii. 10, 135, 194. — As adj. (— °) applying
oneself to, bent on A iii. 363. — 3. looking after, manage-
ment, direction, power Miln 309 (devanam); PvA 141 (so read
for adhitatthana). [aditthana as PvA 89, used as explanatory
for avasa, should perhaps be read adhitthana in the sense of
fixed, permanent, abode].
Adhitthayaka (adj.) ( — °) superintending, watching, looking af-
ter, in kamma° Mhvs 5, 175; 30, 98; kammanta 0 DhA i.393.
Adhitthita (adj.) [pp. of adhitthati] 1. standing on (c. loc.),
esp. with the idea of standing above, towering over Vv 63 30
(hemarathe a. = sakalam thanarh abhibhavitva thita VvA 269).
— (a) looked after, managed, undertaken, governed Vin i.57;
S v.278 (sv°adhitthita); PvA 141 (kammanta). — (b) under-
taking, bent on (c. acc.) Sn 820 (ekacariyam).
Adhideva [adhi + deva] a superior or supreme god, above the gods
M ii. 1 32; A iv.304; Sn 1148; Nd 2 307 b , 422 a. Cp. atideva.
Adhipa [Sk. adhipa, abbrev. of adhipati] ruler, lord, master J
ii.369; iii. 324; v.393; Pv ii.8 6 (jan° king); Davs iii. 52; VvA
314.
Adhipaka (adj.) ( — °) [fr. prec.] mastering, ruling or governed,
influenced by (cp. adhipati) A i.l 50 (atta° loka° dhamma 0 ).
Adhipajjati [adhi + pajjati] to come to, reach, attain A iv.96
(anattharh); pp. adhipanna.
Adhipanna (f.) [adhi + panna] higher wisdom or knowledge, in-
sight (cp. jhana & panna); usually in comb"' with adhicitta &
adhisfla Vin i.70; D i. 174; iii.219 (°sikkha); A i.240; ii.92 sq.,
239; iii. 106 sq., 327; iv.360; Nd 1 39 (id.); Ps i.20, 25 sq., 45
35
Adhipanna
Adhimuccitar
sq., 169; ii.11,244; Pug 61.
Adhipatati [adhi + patati] to fly past, vanish J iv. Ill (= ativiya
patati slgham atikkamati C.). — Caus. adhipateti (q. v.) in
diff. meaning. Cp. also adhipata.
Adhipatana (nt.) [fr. adhipatati] attack, pressing ThA 271.
Adhipati (n. — adj.) [adhi + pati, cp. adhipa] 1. ruler, master J
iv.223; Vv 8 1 1 ; Miln 388; DhA i.36 (= settha). — 2. ruling
over, governing, predominant; ruled or governed by Vbh 216
sq. (chandam adhipatirii katva making energy predominant);
DhsA 125, 126 (atta° autonomous, loka° heteronomous, influ-
enced by society). See also Dhs. trsl. 20 & Cpd. 60.
Adhipateyya (nt.) A i. 147; iii 33 = S iv.275 is probably misread-
ing for adhipateyya.
Adhipatthita [pp. adhi + pattheti, cp. Sk. abhi + arthayati] de-
sired, wished, begged for D i. 120.
Adhipanna [cp. Sk. abhipanna, adhi + pad] gone into, affected
with, seized by ( — °), a victim of (c. loc.) S i.72, Th 2, 345
(kamesu); Sn 1123 (tanha° = tanhanugata Nd 2 32); Dh 288; J
iii. 38, 369; iv.396; v.91, 379 (= dosena ajjhotthata); vi.27.
Adhipatimokkha (nt.) [adhi + patimokkha] the higher, moral,
code Vin v. 1 (patim° +); M ii.245 (+ ajjhajlva).
Adhipata 1 [adhipateti] splitting, breaking, only in phrase
muddha 0 head — splitting Sn 988 sq., 1004, 1025 (v. 1. Nd 2
°vipata).
Adhipata 2 [from adhipatati = Sk. atipatati, to fly past, flit] a moth
Sn 964. Expl d at Nd 1 484 as "adhipatika ti ta uppatitva kha-
danti tamkarana a. vuccanti"; Ud 72 (expl d by C. as salabha).
Adhipatika (f.) [fr. adhipata 2 ] a moth, a mosquito Nd 1 484 (see
adhipata 2 ).
Adhipateti [Caus. fr. adhipatati, cp. Sk. abhipatayati & P.
atipateti] to break, split J iv.337 (= chindati). At Ud 8 prob. to
be read adhibadheti (v. 1. avibadeti. T. adhipateti).
Adhippagharati [adhi + ppa + gharati] to flow, to trickle ThA
284.
Adhippaga 3 sg. aor. of adhippagacchati to go to J v.59.
Adhippaya [adhi + ppa + i; Sk. abhipraya] 1. intention, wish
desire S i. 124; v.108; A ii.81; iii. 363 (bhoga°); v.65; J i.79,
83; Sdhp 62. As adj. ( — °) desiring PvA 226 (hass° in play
= khiddatthika). — 2. sense, meaning, conclusion, inference
(cp. adhigama) Miln 148; PvA 8, 16, 48, 131 (the moral of a
story), -adhippayena (instr.) in the way of, like PvA 215 (kil
for fun).
Adhippayosa [adhi + payosa] distinction, difference, peculiarity,
special meaning M i 46; S iii. 66; iv.208; A i.267; iv. 158; v.48
sq.
Adhippeta [Sk. abhipreta, adhi + ppa + i, lit. gone into, gone for;
cp. adhippaya] 1. desired, approved of, agreeable D i. 120;
ii. 236; VvA 312, 315. — 2. meant, understood, intended as J
iii. 263; PvA 9, 80, 120, 164.
Adhippetatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. adhippeta] the fact of being meant
or understood as, in abl. °a with reference to, as is to be un-
derstood of VvA 13; PvA 52.
Adhibadheti [adhi + badheti, cp. Sk. abhibadhayati] to vex, op-
press, gore (to death) Ud 8 (T. adhipateti, v. 1. avibadeti).
Adhibrahma [adhi + Brahma, cp. atibrahma] a superior Brahma,
higher than Brahma M ii. 1 32.
Adhibhavati [adhi + bhavati, cp. Sk. & P. abhibhavati] to over-
come, overpower, surpass S iv. 1 85 sq. (cp. adhibhii); A v.248,
282 (°bhoti); J ii.336; V.30. — aor. adhibhavi J ii.80. 3. pi.
adhibhamsu S iv.185. See also ajjhabhavi & ajjhabhu pp.
adhibhuta (q. v.).
Adhibhasati [adhi + bhasati] to address, to speak to; aor. ajjhab-
hasi Vin ii. 1 95; S i. 103 ; iv. 117; Sn p. 87; PvA 56, 90.
Adhibhu (adj.) ( — °) [fr. adhi + bhu, cp. adhibhavati & Sk. ad-
hibhu] overpowering, having power over; master, conqueror,
lord S iv. 186 (anadhibhu not mastering. For adhibhuta the v.
1. abhi° is to be preferred as more usual in this connection, see
abhibhu); Sn 684 (miga°; v. 1. abhi°).
Adhibhuta [cp. adhibhu & adhibhuta] overpowered S iv. 1 86.
Adhimatta (adj.) [adhi + matta of ma] extreme, exceeding, ex-
traordinary; nt. adv. °m extremely M i. 1 52, 243; S iv. 160;
A ii. 1 50; iv.241; J i.92; Pug 15; Miln 146, 189, 274, 290; Pv
ii. 3 6 (= adhikataram PvA 86); DhA ii.85; cp. PvA 281.
Adhimattata (nt.) [abstr. fr. prec.] preponderance A ii. 150;
DhsA 334 (cp. Dhs. trsl. 200).
Adhimana (n. — adj.) [adhi + mano] (n.) attention, direction
of mind, concentration Sn 692 (adhimanasa bhavatha). —
(adj.) directing one's mind upon, intent (on) J iv.433 (=pasan-
nacitta); v.29 (an°; v. 1. °mana).
Adhimana [adhi + mana] undue estimate of oneself M ii.252; A
v. 162 sq.
Adhimanika (adj.) [fr. adhimana] having undue confidence in
oneself, conceited A v. 1 62, 1 69, 3 1 7; DhA iii. 1 1 1 .
Adhimuccati [Pass, of adhi + muc] 1. to be drawn to, feel at-
tached to or inclined towards, to indulge in (c. loc.) S iii. 225;
iv. 185; A iv.24, 145 sq., 460; v.17; Pug 63. — 2. to become
settled, to make up one's mind as to (with loc.), to become clear
about Vin i.209 (aor. °mucci); D i. 106; S i. 1 16 (pot. °muc-
ceyya); It 43; DA i.275. — 3. to take courage, to have faith
Sn 559; Miln 234; DA i.214, 316; J iv.272; v.103; DhA i. 196;
iii. 258; iv.170. — 4. of a spirit, to possess, to enter into a
body, with loc. of the body. A late idiom for the older an-
vavisati. J iv.172; v.103, 429; DhA i. 1 96; iii. 258; iv.170. —
pp. adhimuccita and adhimutta. — Caus. adhimoceti to in-
cline to (trs.); to direct upon (with loc.) S v.409 (cittam devesu
a.).
Adhimuccana (nt.) [fr. adhi + muc] making up one's mind, con-
fidence DhsA 133, 190.
Adhimuccita & Adhimucchita (pp.) [either adhi + muc or
murch; it would seem more probable to connect it with the
former (cp. adhimuccati) and consider all vv. 11. “mucchita as
spurious; but in view of the credit of several passages we have
to assume a regular analogy — form “mucchita, cp. mucchati
and see also JjP.T.S. 1886, 109] drawn towards, attached to,
infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) M ii.223 (an°); S i. 1 13 ; Th
1, 732 (v. 1. °muccita), 923 (cell), 1175; J ii.437 (cch); iii.242;
v. 255 (kamesu “mucchita, v. 1. “muccita). Cp. ajjhomucchita.
36
Adhimuccitar
Adho
Adhimuccitar [n. ag. of adhimuccati] one who determines for
something, easily trusting, giving credence A iii. 165 (v. 1.
°mucchita).
Adhimutta (adj.) [pp. of adhimuccati, cp. BSk. adhimukta. Av.
S i.8, 112; Divy 49, 302 etc.] intent upon ( — “or with loc.
or ace.), applying oneself to, keen on, inclined to, given to Vin
i. 183; A v.34, 38; Dh 226; Sn 1071, 1149 (°citta); Nd 2 33; J
i.370 (dan°) Pug 26; PvA 134 (dan°).
Adhimutti (f.) [adhi + mutti] resolve, intention, disposition D
i. 174; A v.36; Ps i.124; Miln 161, 169; Vbh 340, 341; DA
i.44, 103; Sdhp 378.
Adhimuttika (adj.) [= adhimutta] inclined to, attached to, bent
on S ii. 154, 158; It 70; Vbh 339 sq. + ta (f.) inclination D i.2.
Adhimokkha [fr. adhi + muc] firm resolve, determination, deci-
sion M iii. 25 sq.; Vbh 165 sq., 425; DhsA 145, 264. See Dhs.
trsl. 5; Cpd. 17, 40, 95.
Adhiyita see adhlyati.
Adhiroha [fr. adhi + ruh] ascent, ascending; in dur° hard to as-
cend Miln 322.
Adhivacana (nt.) [adhi + vacana] designation, term, attri-bute,
metaphor, metaphorical expression D ii.62; M i. 113, 144, 460;
A ii.70, 124; iii.310; iv.89, 285, 340; It 15, 114; Sn p. 218; J
i. 117; Nd 2 34 = Dhs 1306 (=nama sankha pannatti etc.); Vbh
6; PvA 63. See on term Dhs. trsl. 340.
-patha "process of synonymous nomenclature" (Mrs. Rh.
D.) D ii.68; S iii.71; Dhs 1306; DhsA 51.
Adhivattati [adhi + vattati] to come on, proceed, issue, result S
i.101; Aii.32.
Adhivattha (adj.) [pp. of adhivasati] inhabiting, living in (c. loc.)
Vin i.28; S i.197; J i.223; ii.385; iii.327; PvA 17. The form
adhivuttha occurs at J vi.370.
Adhivara (adj.) [adhi + vara] superb, excellent, surpassing Vv
16 3 (an° unsurpassed, unrivalled; VvA 80 = adhika, visittha).
Adhivasa [fr. adhi + vas] endurance, forbearance, holding out;
only as adj. in dur° difficult to hold out Th 1, 111.
Adhivasaka (& °ika) (adj.) [fr. adhivasa] willing, agreeable,
enduring, patient Vin iv.130; M i.10, 526; A ii. 118; iii. 163;
v.132; J iii. 369 (an°); iv.11,77.
Adhivasana (nt.) [fr. adhi + vas] 1 assent A iii. 31; DhA i.33.
— 2. forbearance, endurance M i.10; J ii.237; iii. 263; iv.307;
v.174.
Adhivasanata (f.) [abstr. fr. adhivasana] patience, endurance,
Dhs 1342; Vbh 360 (an°).
Adhivaseti [Caus. of adhivasati, cp. BSk. adhivasayati in mean-
ing of 3] 1. to wait for (c. ace.) J i.254; ii.352; iii. 277. — 2.
to have patience, bear, endure (c. ace.) D ii. 128, 157; J i.46;
iii. 281 (pahare); iv.279, 407; v.51, 200; VvA 336, 337. — 3.
to consent, agree, give in Vin i. 17; D i. 109 (cp. DA i.277); S
iv. 76; DhA i.33; PvA 17, 20, 75 and freq. passim. — Caus.
adhivasapeti to cause to wait J i.254.
Adhivaha [fr. adhi + vah; cp. Sk. abhivahati] a carrier, bearer,
adj. bringing S iv.70 (dukkha 0 ); A i.6; Th 1, 494.
Adhivahana (nt. — adj.) [fr. adhi + vah] carrying, bringing,
bearing Sn 79; f. °I Th 1,519.
Adhivimuttatta (nt.) = adhivimokkhatta & adhimutti, i. e.
propensity, the fact of being inclined or given to J v.254 (T.
kamadhivimuttita, v. 1. °muttata).
Adhivimokkhatta (nt.) = adhimokkha; being inclined to DhsA
261.
Adhivutti (f.) [adhi + vutti, fr. adhi + vac, cp. Sk. abhivadati]
expression, saying, opinion; only in tt. adhivuttipada (v. 1.
adhimutti-p. at all passages) D i. 1 3 (expl d by adhivacana —
pada DA i.103); M ii.228; A v.36.
Adhivuttha see adhivattha.
Adhisayana (nt. — adj.) [fr. adhiseti] lying on or in, inhabiting
PvA 80 (mancarh).
Adhisayita [pp. of adhiseti] sat on, addled (of eggs) Vin iii. 3; S
iii. 153.
Adhislla (nt.) [adhi + slla] higher morality, usually in threefold
set of adhicitta-sikkha, adhipanna 0 adhisila° Vin i.70; D
i. 1 74; iii. 219; A iii.133; iv.25; DhA i.334; PvA 207. See also
adhicitta, sikkha & slla.
Adhiseti [adhi + seti] to lie on, sit on, live in, to follow, pursue
Dh 41; Sn 671 (= gacchati C.) — pp. adhisayita.
Adhlna (adj.) ( — °) [cp. Sk. adhlna] subject, dependent D i.72
(atta° & para°); J iv. 112; DA i.2 17; also written adhlna J
v.350. See also under para.
Adhlyati & adhiyati [Med. of adhi + i, 1 st sg. adhlye taken
as base in Pali] to study, lit. to approach (cp. adhigac-
chati); to learn by heart (the Vedas & other Sacred Books) Vin
i.270; S i.202 (dhammapadani); J iv. 184 (adhlyitva), 496 (ad-
hlyamana); vi.458; DhA iii. 446 (adhlyassu). — ger. adhly-
itva J iv.75; adhiyanam J v.450 (= sajjhayitva C.) & adhicca:
see adhicca 2; pp. adhiyita D i.96.
Adhuna (adv.) [Vedic adhuna] just now, quite recently D ii.208;
Vin ii. 185 (kalakata); Miln 155; Davs ii.94.
-agata a new comer M i.457; J ii. 105. -abhisitta newly
or just anointed D ii.227. -uppanna just arisen D ii.208, 221.
Adhura (nt.) [a + dhura, see dhura 2] irresponsibility, indiffer-
ence to oblihations J iv.241.
Adho (adv.) [Vedic adhah; compar. adharah = Lat. inferus, Goth,
undar, E. under, Ind. *ndher — ; superl. adhamah = Lat.
infimus] below, usually comb d or contrasted with uddham
"above" and tiriyam "across", describing the 3 dimensions.
— uddham and adho above and below, marking zenith &
nadir. Thus with uddham and the 4 bearings (disa) and inter-
mediate points (anudisa) at S i. 122; iii. 124; A iv.167; with
uddham & tiriyam at Sn 150, 537, 1055, 1068. Expl d at KhA
248 by hettha and in detail (dogmatically & speculatively) at
Nd 2 155. For further ref. see uddham. The comp n - form of
adho before vowels is adh°.
-akkhaka beneath the collar — bone Vin iv.213. -agga
with the points downward (of the upper row of teeth) J v.156
(+ uddh° expl d by uparima — danta C.). -kata turned down,
or upside down J i.20; vi.298. -gata gone by, past. Adv. °m
since (cp. uddham adv. later or after) J vi.187 (ito masarii ad-
hogatam since one month ago), -gala (so read for T. udho°)
37
Ad ho
Anassana
down the throat PvA 1 04. -mukha head forward, face down-
ward, bent over, upturned Vin ii.78; M i. 132, 234: Vv 16 1
(= hettha mukha VvA 78). -bhaga the lower part (of the
body) M i.473; DhA i. 148. -virecana action of a purgative
(opp. uddha° of an emetic) D i. 12; DA i.98 (= adho dosanam
nlharanam); DhsA 404. -sakham (+ uddhamulam) branches
down (& roots up, i. e. uprooted) DhA i.75. -sira (adj.)
head downward J iv.194. -siram (adv.) with bowed head
(cp. avamsiram) J vi.298 (= siram adhokatva hetthamukho C.).
-sisa (adj.) head first, headlong J i.233; v.472 (°ka).
An- form of the neg. prefix a — before vowels. For negatives
beginning with an° see the positive.
Ana- negative prefix, contained in anappameyya, (Th 1, 1089),
anamatagga & anabhava. See Vinaya Texts ii. 1 1 3 .
Anajjhittha (adj.) [an + ajjhittha] uncalled, unbidden, unasked
Vin i. 1 13 ; Pv i.12 3 (T. anabbhita, v. 1. anijjhittha; J iii.165 has
anavhata; Th 2, 129 ayacita; PvA 64 expl s by anavhata).
Anati [An, Vedic aniti & anati] to breathe KhA i. 124 (in def. of
bala); DA i.244 (read ananti for ananti). Cp. pana.
Anabhava [ana + bhava] the utter cessation of becoming. In the
oldest Pali only in adj. form anabhavarh kata or gata. This
again found only in a string of four adjectives together express-
ing the most utter destruction. They are used at Vin iii.3 of bad
qualities, at S ii.63 of certain wrong opinions, at M i.487; S
iv.62 = v.527 of the khandas, at M i.331 of the Mental Intoxi-
cations (Asavas), at A iv.73 of certain tastes, of a bad kamma
A i. 135, of evil passions A i. 137, 184, 218; ii.214 of pride A
ii. 41, of craving A ii.249, of the bonds A iv.8. In the sup-
plement to the Dlgha (D iii.326) and in the Iti — vuttaka (p.
115) a later idiom, anabhavarh gameti, cause to perish, is used
of evil thoughts. Bdhgh (quoted Vin iii.267) reports as v. 1.
anubhava. Cp. Nd i.90; and Nd 2 under pahlna.
Anabbhita (adj.) [an + abbhita] not restored, not to be restored
Vin iv.242; Pv i.12 3 (where reading prob. faulty & due to
a gloss; the id. p. at Th 2, 129 has ayacita & at J iii.165
anavhata; PvA 64 expl s by anavhata, v. 1. anabbhita).
Anabhunnatata (f.) [an + abbhunnata + ta] the state of not being
erect, i. e. hanging down J v.156.
Anabhijjha (f.) [an + abhijjha] absence of covetousness or desire
D iii.229, 269; Dhs 32, 35, 277.
Anabhijjhalu (adj.) [an + abhijjhalu] not greedy or covetous D
iii. 82; Pug 40.
Anabhijjhita (adj.) [an + abhijjhita] not desired Sn 40 (cp. Nd 2
38); Vv 47 4 (= na abhikankhita VvA 201).
Anabhinandati etc. see abhi° etc.
Anabhirata (adj.) [an + abhirata] not taking delight in J i.61 (nac-
cadisu).
Anabhirati (f.) [an + abhirati] not delighting in, dissatisfaction,
discontent D i. 17 (+ paritassana); iii.289; J iii. 395; DA i.lll.
Anabhiraddha (adj.) [an + abhiraddha] in anger Vin iv.236.
Anabhiraddhi (f.) [an + abhiraddhi] anger, wrath D i.3 (=
kopass°etam adhivacanam DA i.52).
Anabhisambhunamana (adj.) [ppr. med. of an + abhisamb-
hunati] not obtaining, unable to get or keep up D i. 1 0 1 (= asam-
papunanto avisahamano va DA i.268).
Anamatagga (adj.) [ana (= a neg.) + mata (fr. man) + agga
(pi.). So Dhammapala (avidit — agga ThA 289); Nanakitti
in TTka on DhsA 11; Trenckner, Notes 64; Oldenberg, Vin.
Texts ii. 114. Childers takes it as an + amata + agga, and Jacobi
(Erzdhl. 33 and 89) and Pischel (Gram. § 251) as a + namat
(fr. nam) + agga. It is Sanskritized at Divy 197 by anavaragra,
doubtless by some mistake. Weber, lnd. Str. iii. 150 suggests
an + amrta, which does not suit the context at all]. Ep. of
Samsara "whose beginning and end are alike unthinkable", i.
e., without beginning or end. Found in two passages of the
Canon: S ii. 1 78, 187 sq. = iii. 149, 151 = v.226, 441 (quoted
Kvu 29, called Anamatagga — pariyaya at DhA ii.268) and
Th 2, 495, 6. Later references are Nd 2 664; PvA 166; DhA
i. 1 1 ; ii. 13, 32; Sdhp 505. [Cp. anamata and amatagga, and cp.
the English idiom "world without end". The meaning can best
be seen, not from the derivation (which is uncertain), but from
the examples quoted above from the Samyutta. According to
the Yoga, on the contrary (see e. g., Woods, Yoga — system of
Patanjali, 119), it is a possible, and indeed a necessary quality
of the Yogi, to understand the beginning and end of Samsara].
Anamha (adj.) [according to Morris yP.T.S. 1884, 70 = ana —
mha "unlaughing" with ana = an (cp. anabhava & anamatagga)
and mha from smi, cp. vimhayati = Sk. vismayati] being in
consternation or distress, crying J iii. 223 (°kale = arodana —
kale C.).
Anaya [a + naya] misfortune, distress Miln 277, usually comb d
with vyasana (as also in BSk, e. g. Jtm 215) Vin ii. 1 99; S
iv. 159; A v.156; Miln 292; VvA 327; Sdhp 362.
Anariya (adj.) [an + ariya, see also anariya] not Aiyan, ignoble,
low Vin i.10; D iii. 232 (“vohara, 3 sets of 4; the same at Vin
v. 125); Sn 664, 782 (°dhamma); Pug 13. — See ariya.
Anala (adj.) [an + ala] 1. not sufficient, not enough; unable, im-
possible, unmanageable M i.455; J ii.326 = iv. 471. — 2.
dissatisfied, insatiate J v.63 (= atitta C.). — 3. °m kata dis-
satisfied, satiated, S i. 1 5 (kamesu).
Anavaya (adj.) [derivation doubtful. See Trenckner Pali Misc.
65] not lacking, complete in (loc.), fulfilling D i.88 (= anuna
paripura — karin DA i.248); A iii. 152 (= samatta paripunna
AA quoted by Tr. on Miln 10).
Anavosita (adj.) [an + avosita; or ana + avosita = avusita?] un-
fulfilled, undone Th 1, 101.
Anasana (nt.) [an + asana, cp. Sk. an — asana] not eating, fast-
ing, hunger D iii. 75 & in same context at Sn 3 1 1 (= khuda SnA
324).
Anasitvana [ger. of an + asati] without eating, fasting J iv. 371.
Anasuyyam [Sk. anasuyan, ppr. of an + astiyati] not grumbling J
iii. 27 (v. 1. for anusuyyam T.).
Anasuropa [an + asuropa] absence of abruptness Dhs 1341.
Anasuyaka (adj.) [Sk. anasuyaka, cp. usuya] not grumbling, not
envious J ii. 192.
Anassaka (adj.) either an — assaka or a — nassaka (q. v.).
Anassana (nt.) [a + nassana, nas; cp. Sk. nasana] im-
38
Anassana
Anayasa
perishableness, freedom from waste J iv. 168.
Anassavin (adj.) [an + assavin; cp. assava + asava] not intoxi-
cated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Sn 853 (satiyesu a.
= satavatthusa kamagunesu tanhasanthavavirahita SnA 549).
Anassasika (adj.) [an + assasa + ika; cp. Sk. asvasana & BSk.
anasvasika Divy 207] not consoling, discouraging, not com-
forting M i.5 14; S ii. 191.
An ass urn 1 st sq, pret. of anusuyati (= Sk. anvasruvam) 1 have
heard M i.393.
Anagata (adj.) [an + agata] not come yet, i. e. future. On usual
comb 11 - with atlta: see this. D iii.100 sq., 134 sq., 220, 275; M
iii.188 sq.; S i.5; ii.283; A iii.100 sq., 400; Sn 318, 373, 851;
It 53; J iv.159; vi.364; Dhs 1039, 1416.
Anagamana (nt.) [an + agamana] not coming, not returning J i
203, 264.
Anagamita (f.) [anagamin + ta] the state or condition of an
Anagamin S v.129, 181, 285; A iii.82; v.108, 300 sq.; Sn p.
140 = A iii.143; It 1 sq., 39,40.
Anagamin (adj. — n.) [an + agamin] one who does not return,
a Never — Returner, as tt. designating one who has attained
the 3 rd stage out of four in the breaking of the bonds (Sariiy-
ojanas) which keep a man back from Arahantship. So near is
the Anagamin to the goal, that after death he will be reborn
in one of the highest heaven and there obtain Arahantship,
never returning to rebirth as a man. But in the oldest passages
referring to these 4 stages, the description of the third does
not use the word anagamin (D i. 1 56; ii.92; iii.107; M ii. 1 46)
and anagamin does not mean the breaking of bonds, but the
cultivation of certain specified good mental habits (S iii. 168,
the anatta doctrine; S v.200 — 2, the five Indriyas; A i.64,
120, cultivation of good qualities, ii 160; v.86, 171 = S 149).
We have only two cases in the canon of any living persons
being called anagamin. Those are at S v. 177 and 178. The
word there means one who has broken the lower five of the
ten bonds, & the individuals named are laymen. At D ii.92
nine others, of whom eight are laymen, are declared after their
death to have reached the third stage (as above) during life, but
they are not called anagamins. At It 96 there are only 3 stages,
the worldling, the Anagamin, and the Arahant; and the Samy-
ojanas are not referred to. It is probable that already in the
Nikaya period the older, wider meaning was falling into dis-
use. The Abhidhamma books seem to refer only to the Samy-
ojana explanation; the commentaries, so far as we know them,
ignore any other. See Ps ii. 1 94; Kv. Tr. 74; Dhs. Tr. 302 n;
Cp. 69.
-phala fruition of the state of an Anagamin; always in
comb 11 - sotapatti 0 sakadagami 0 anagami 0 arahatta 0 Vin i.293;
ii. 240; iv.29; D i.229; ii.227, 255; S iii. 168; v.411; A i.23, 44;
iii. 272 sq.; iv.204, 276, 372 sq. -magga the path of one who
does not return (in rebirths) Nd 2 569 b
Anagara & Anagariya see agara & agariya.
Anaghata [an + aghata] freedom from anger or ill — will Vin
ii.249.
Anacara [an + acara] misconduct, immorality J ii. 1 33 ; iii. 276;
adj. anacarin Pug 57.
Anajaniya (adj.) [an + ajaniya] of inferior race, not of good blood
Mi.367.
Anadara [an + adara] (a) (m) disrespect PvA 257. — (b.) (adj.)
disrespectful Sn 247 (= adaravirahita SnA 290).
Anadarata (f.) [abstr. fr. anadara] want of consideration, in
expl 11 of dovacassata at Dhs 1325 = Vbh 359 = Pug 30 (where
reading is anadariyata).
Anadariya (nt.) [fr. anadara] disregard, disrespect Vin i. 176;
iv. 113 (where expl d in extenso); Dhs 1325 = d llg 20 = Vbh
359.
Anada [ger. of an + adiyati] without taking up or on to oneself
Vin iv.120 (= anadiyitva C.).
Anadana (adj.) [an + adana] free from attachment (opp. sadana)
A ii.10 = It 9 = 109 = Nd 2 172 a ; Sn 620, 741, 1094; Nd 2 41
(where as nt. = tanha); Dh 352 (= khandhadisu niggahana DhA
iv.70), 396,406,421.
Anaditva [ger. of an + adiyati] not taking up, not heeding J iv.352
(v. 1. for T. anadiyitva).
Anadiyitva [ger. of an + adiyati, Sk. anadaya] without assuming
or taking up, not heeding Vin iv.120; J iv.352; DhA i.41. See
also adiyati.
Ananu- represents the metrically lengthened from of ananu- (an
+ anu), as found e. g. in the foil, cpds.: “tappaih (ppr.) not
regretting J v.492; °puttha questioned Sn 782 (= apucchita
SnA 521); °yayin not following or not defiled by evil Sn 1071
(expl d - at Nd 2 42 by both avedhamana (?) avigacchamana &
by arajjamana adussamana); °loma not fit or suitable D ii.273
(v. 1. anu°).
Anapathagata (adj.) [an + apatha + gata] not fallen into the way
of (the hunter), escaped him M i. 174.
Anapada (adj.) [an + apada] unmarried (of a woman) J iv. 178
(apada = apadana C.; annehi akata — pariggaha).
Anapuccha see apucchati.
Anabadha (adj.) [an + abadha] safe and sound VvA 351.
Anamata (adj.) [an + amata the a being due to metrical length-
ening] not affected by death, immortal J ii.56 (= asusana —
tthana C.); DhA ii.99.
Anamanta (° — ) [an + amanta] without asking or being asked; in
°kata unasked, unpermitted, uninvited J vi.226; °cara living
uninvited Vin v.132; A iii. 259.
Anamaya (adj.) [an + amaya] free from illness, not decaying,
healthy Vv 15 10 (= aroga VvA 74), 17 7 .
Anamasita (adj.) [an + amasita, pp. of amassati] not touched,
virgin — VvA 113 (°khetta).
Anamassa (adj.) [grd. of an + amassati, Sk. amasya] not to be
touched J ii 360 (C. anamasitabba).
Anayatana (nt.) [an + ayatana] nonexertion, not exerting oneself,
sluggishness, indolence J v.121 (°slla = dusslla C.).
Anayasa (adj.) [an + aya + sa, or should we read anayasa?] void of
means, unlucky, unfortunate Vv 84 5 (= natthi ettha ayo sukhan
ti anayasam VvA 335).
Anayasa (adj.) [an + ayasa] free from trouble or sorrow, peaceful
39
Anayasa
Anitika
Th 1, 1008.
Anarambha [an + arambha] that which is without moil and toil
Sn 745 (= nibbana SnA 507).
Anaradhaka (adj.) [an + aradhaka] one who fails, unsuccessful
Vin i.70.
Anariya (adj.) [doublet of anariya] not Aryan, ignoble, Sn 815
(v. 1. SS. anariya).
Anaiamba (adj.) [an + alamba] without support (from above),
unsuspended, not held Sn 173 (+ appatittha; expl d at SnA 214
by hettha patitthabhavena upari alambhavena ca gambhlra).
Analaya [an + alaya] aversion, doing away with Vin i. 10
(tanhaya).
Anajhiya & Anajhika (adj.) [an + alhiya, Sk. adhya, see also
addha 2 ] not rich, poor, miserable, destitute, usually comb d
with dalidda M i.450; ii. 178 (v. 1. BB. analiya); A iii.352
sq. (vv. 11. BB. analhika), 384; J v.96.
Anavata (° — ) [an + avata] not shut; in °dvarata (f.) not clos-
ing the door against another, accessibility, openhand edness D
iii.191.
Anavattin (adj. — n.) [an + avattin] one who does not return,
almost syn. with anagamin in phrase anavatti-dhamma, one
who is not destined to shift or return from one birth to another,
D i. 156 (cp. DA i.3 1 3); iii.132; Pug 16 sq., 62.
Anavasuram (adv.) [an + ava + sura = suriya, with ava length-
ened to ava in verse] as long as the sun does not set, before sun
— down J v.56 (= anatthangata — suriyam C.) cp. Sk. utsiira.
Anavasa (adj. — n.) [an + avasa] uninhabited, an uninhabited
place Vin ii.22, 33; J ii.77.
Anavikata etc. see avikata.
Anavila (adj.) [an + avila] undisturbed, unstained, clean, pure
D i.84 (= nikkaddama DA i.226); iii.269, 270; Sn 637 (=
nikkilesa SnA 469 = DhA iv.192); Th 2, 369 (avilacitta +);
Dh 82, 413; ThA 251; Sdhp 479.
Anavuttha (adj.) [an + avuttha, pp. of avasati] not dwelt in D
.ii50.
Anasaka (adj.) [an + asaka] fasting, not taking food S i v. 118. f.
°a [cp. Sk. anasaka nt.] fasting, abstaining from food Dh 141
(= bhatta — patikkhepa DhA iii.77).
Anasakatta (nt.) [abstr. of anasaka] fasting Sn 249 (= abhojana
SnA 292).
Anasava (adj.) [an + asava] free from the 4 intoxications (see
asava) Vin ii. 148 = 164; D iii.112; Sn 1105, 1133; Dh 94, 126,
386; Nd 2 44; It 75; Pug 27, Dhs 1101, 1451; Vbh 426; Th 1,
100; Pv ii.6 15 ; VvA 9. See asava and cp. nirasava.
Anasasana (adj.) [an + asasana] not longing after anything Sn
369 (SnA 365 however reads anasayana & has anasasana as
v. 1. Cp. also vv. 11. to asasana. Expl d by kanci rupadi —
dhammam nasimsati SnA 365.
Anahara (adj.) [an + ahara] being without food M i.487; Sn 985.
Anikkaddhana (f.) [a + nikkaddhana] not throwing out or ex-
pelling J iii.22.
Anikkasava (adj.) [a + nikkasava, cp. nikasava] not free from
impurity, impure, stained Dh 9 = Th 1, 969 = J ii. 1 98 = v.50;
DhA i.82 (= ragadlhi kasavehi sakasava).
Anikhata (adj.) [a + nikhata, pp. of nikhanati] not dug into, not
dug down, not deep J vi.109 (°kiila; C. agambhlra).
Anigha see nigha 1 and Igha.
Aniccha (f.) [an + iccha] dispassion S v.6; adj. °a without desires,
not desiring Sn 707.
Aninjana (nt.) [an + injana] immobility, steadfastness Ps i. 15.
Aninjita (adj.) [an + injita] immoveable, undisturbed, unshaken
Th 1,386.
Anitthangata see nittha 2 .
Anitthita see nitthita.
Anitthi (f.) [an + itthi] a woman lacking the characteristics of
womanhood, a woman ceasing to be a woman, "nonwoman" J
ii. 126 (comp d with anadi a river without water; interpreted by
ucchitth — itthi).
Anindi- [the comp n form of ninda] in °jocana (with) faultless
eyes J vi.265.
Anindita (adj.) [a + nindita] blameless, faultless J iv.106 (°angin
of blameless body or limbs).
Anibbisam [ppr. of nibbisati, q. v.] not finding Th 1, 78 = Dh
153 (= tam nanam avindanto DhA iii.128).
Animisa (adj.) [Ved. animesa, cp. nimisati] not winking, waking,
watchful Davs v.26 (nayana).
Aniyata (adj.) [a + niyata] not settled, uncertain, doubtful Vin
i. 1 12; ii.287; D iii.217.
Aniyamita (adj.) [pp. of a + niyameti] indefinite (as tt. g.) VvA
231.
Anila [from an, cp. Sk. aniti to breathe, cp. Gr. avepog wind;
Lat. animus breath, soul, mind] wind J iv. 119 (°patha air, sky);
Miln 181; VvA 237; Sdhp 594.
Anirakata (adj.) [a + nirakata] see nirankaroti.
Anissara (adj.) [an + issara] without a personal ereator Th 1, 713.
Anissukin (adj.) [an + issukin, see also an — ussukin] not hard,
not greedy, generous D iii.47 (+ amaccharin; v. 1. anussukin);
SnA 569 (see under nitthurin).
Anlka(nt.) [Ved. anlka face, front, army to Idg. *og&uarc; (see),
cp. Gr. o'u.iia eye, Lat. oculus, see also Sk. pratlka and P.
akkhi] army, array, troops (orig. "front", i. e. of the battle —
array) Vin iv. 107 (where expl d - in detail); Sn 623 (bala° strong
in arms, with strong array i. e. of khanti, which precedes; cp.
SnA 467).
-agga a splendid army Sn 421 (= balakaya senamukha
SnA 384). -ttha a sentinel, royal guard D iii.64, 148; J
v.100; vi.15 ("men on horseback", horseguard); Miln 234,
264. -dassana troop — inspection D i.6 (anlka° at DA i. 85,
q. v. interpretation); Vin iv.107 (senabyuha +).
Anigha see nigha 1 and cp. Igha.
Aniti (f.) [an + Iti] safety, soundness, sound condition, health A
iv.238; Miln 323 (abl. °ito).
Anitika (adj.) [fr. aniti] free from injury or harm, healthy, secure
40
Anitika
Anukaroti
Vin ii.79 = 124 (+ anupaddava); iii.162; S iv.371; Sn 1137 (lti
vuccanti kilesa etc. Nd 2 48); Miln 304.
Anltiha (adj.) [an + itlha, the latter a cpd. der. fr. iti + ha = say-
ing so and so, cp. itihasa & itihltiham] not such and such, not
based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk A ii.26;
Th 1, 331 (cp. M i.520); Sn 1053 (= Nd 2 49, 151); J i.456;
Nett 166 (cp. It 28).
Anu 1 (indecl.) [Vedic anil, Av. anu; Gr. a'vco to a'va along, up;
Av. ana, Goth, ana, Ohg. ana, Ags. on, Ger. an, Lat. an (in
anhelare etc.)] prep. & pref. — A. As prep, anu is only found
occasionally, and here its old (vedic) function with acc. is su-
perseded by the loc. — Traces of use w. acc. may be seen in
expressions of time like anu pancaham by 5 days, i. e. after
(every) 5 days (cp. ved. anu dyun day by day); a. vassam for
one year or yearly; a. saiiivaccharaih id. — (b) More freq.
w. loc. (= alongside, with, by) a. tire by the bank S iv.177;
pathe by the way J v.302; pariveniyam in every cell Vin i.80;
magge along the road J v.201; vate with the wind J ii.382.
B. As pref.: (a) General character, anu is freq. as mod-
ifying (directional) element with well — defined meaning
("along"), as such also as 1 st component of pref. — cpds.,
e. g. anu + a (anva°), anu + pra (anuppa 0 ), + pari, + vi, +
sam. — As base, i. e. 2 nd part of a pref. — cpd. it is rare
and only found in comb 11 sam — anu°. The prefix sam is its
nearest relation as modifying pref. The opp. of anu is pati
and both are often found in one cpd. (cp. °loma, “vata). (b)
Meanings. 1. With verbs of motion: "along towards". — (a)
the motion viewed from the front backward = after, behind;
esp. with verbs denoting to go, follow etc. E. g. °aya go-
ing after, connexion; °agacch° follow, “kkamati follow, “dha-
vati run after, °patta received, “parivattati move about after,
°bandhati run after, °bala rear — guard, “bhasati speak af-
ter, repeat, “vada speaking after, blame, “vicarati roam about
“viloketi look round after (survey), “samcarati proceed around
etc. — (b) the motion viewed from the back forward = for, to-
wards an aim, on to, over to, forward. Esp. in double pref.
— cpds. (esp. with °ppa°), e. g. anu — adisati design for,
dedicate “kankhin longing for, “cintana care for, “titthati look
after, “padinna given over to, “pavecchati hand over, “pavittha
entered into, “pasamkamati go up to, “rodati cry for, °socati
mourn for. — II. Witb verbs denoting a state or condition:
(a) literal: along, at, to, combined with. Often resembling E.
be — or Ger. be — , also Lat. ad — and con — . Thus often
transitiving or simply emphatic. E. g. “kampa com — passion,
“kinna be — set, “ganhati take pity on, “gayati be — singen,
“jagghati laugh at, belaugh, °ddaya pity with, “masati touch
at, “yunjati order along, °yoga devotion to, Takkhati be —
guard, °litta be — smeared or an — ointed, “vitakheti reflect
over, °sara con — sequential; etc. — (b) applied: according
to, in conformity with. E. g. “kiila being to will, °chavika
befitting, “nata permitted, al — lowed, °mati con- sent, a —
greement, °madati ap — preciate, °rupa = con — form, “vat-
tin acting according to, “ssavana by hearsay, “sasati ad — vise,
com — mand etc. — 111. (a) (fig.) following after = second to,
secondary, supplementary, inferior, minor, after, smaller; e.
g. “dhamma lesser morality, “pabbaja discipleship, “pavattaka
ruling after, “bhaga after — share, “majjha mediocre, “yagin
assisting in sacrifice, “vyanjana smaller marks, etc.; cp. pati
in same sense. — (b) distributive (cp. A. a.) each, every, one
by one, (one after one): “disa in each direction, “pancaham
every 5 days, “pubba one after the other. — IV. As one of
the contrasting ( — comparative) prefixes (see remarks on ati
& cp. a 3 ) anu often occurs in reduplicative cpds. after the
style of khuddanukhuddaka "small and still smaller", i. e. all
sorts of small items or whatever is small or insignificant. More
freq. comb ns ' are the foil.: (q. v. under each heading) padanu-
padam, pubbanupubbaka, ponkhanuponkharh, buddhanubud-
dha, vadanuvada, setthanusetthi. — V. As regards dialectical
differences in meanings of prefixes, anu is freq. found in Pali
where the Sk. variant presents apa (for ava), abhi or ava. For
P. anu = Sk. (Ved.) apa see anuddhasta; = Sk. abhi see anu
— gijjhati, “bruheti, “sandahati; = Sk. ava see anu — kantati,
“kassati 2 , “kinna, “gahati, “bujjhati “bodha, “lokin, “vajja.
Note (a) anu in comp" is always contracted to °anu°, never
elided like adhi = “dhi or abhi = “bhi. The rigid charac-
ter of this rule accounts for forms isolated out of this sort
of epds. (like mahanubhava), like anupubbikatha (fr. *pub-
banupubba“), anubhava etc. We find anu also in comb" with
an — under the influence of metre. — (b) the assimilation
(contracted) form of anu before vowels is anv°.
Anu 2 (adj.) subtile; freq. spelling for anu, e. g. D i.223 Sdhp
271, 346 (anum thulam). See anu.
Anukankhin (adj.) [fr. anu + kanks] striving after, longing for J
v.499 (piya°).
Anukantati [anu + kantati 2 ] to cut Dh 311 (hattharh = phaleti DhA
iii.484).
Anukampaka & “ika (adj.) [fr. anukampati] kind of heart, mer-
ciful, compassionate, full of pity ( — “or c. loc.) D iii.187; S
i. 105 (loka°), 197; v.157; A iv.265 sq.; It 66 (sabba — bhCita“);
Pv i.3 3 (= karunika PvA 16), 5 3 (= atthakama, hitesin PvA 25),
8 s ; ii.l 4 (= anugganhataka PvA 69), 2 7 ; ThA 174; PvA 196
(sattha sattesu a.).
Anukampati [anu + kampati] to have pity on, to commiserate, to
pity, to sympathise with (c. acc.) S i.82, 206; v.189. Im-
per. anukampa Pv ii.l 6 (= anuddayam karohi PvA 70) &
anukampassu Pv iii.2 8 (= anugganha PvA 181). Med. ppr.
anukampamana Sn 37 (= anupekkhamana anugayhamana
Nd 2 50); PvA 35 (tam), 62 (pitaram), 104. — pp. anukampita
(q. v.).
Anukampana (nt.) [fr. last] compassion, pity PvA 16, 88.
Anukampa (f.) [abstr. fr. anukampati] compassion, pity, mercy
D i.204; M i. 161; ii.113; S i.206; ii.274 (loka“); iv.323; v.259
sq.; A i.64, 92; ii. 1 59; iii.49; iv.139; Pug 35. — Often in abl.
anukampaya out of pity, for the sake ofD iii.2 11 (loka° out of
compassion for all mankind, + atthaya hitaya); J iii.280; PvA
47, 147.
Anukampita (adj.) [pp. of anukampati] compassioned, gratified,
remembered, having done a good deed (of mercy) Pv iii.2 30 .
Anukampin (adj.) [cp. anukampaka] compassionate, anxious
for, commiserating. Only in foil, phrases: hita° full of solici-
tude for the welfare of S v.86; Sn 693; Pv iii.7 6 . sabbapana-
bhuta-hita° id. S iv.314; A ii.210; iii.92; iv.249; Pug 57, 68.
sabba-bhuta° S i.25, 110; A ii.9; It 102.
41
Anukaroti
Anugghateti
Anukaroti [anu + kr] to imitate, "to do after" A i.2 12; J i.491;
ii. 1 62; DhA iv. 197. — ppr. anukabbam Vin ii.201 (mama°).
— Med. anukubbati S i. 19 = J iv.65. — See also anukubba.
On anvakasi see anukassati 2.
Anukassati [anu + kassati, krs] 1. [Sk. anukarsati] to draw after,
to repeat, recite, quote D ii.255 (silokam). — 2. [Sk. ava-
karsati] to draw or take of, to remove, throw down, Th 1, 869
(aor. anvakasi = khipi, chaddesi C.).
Anukama (adj.) [anu + kama] responding to love, loving in return
J ii. 157.
Anukara [cp. anukaroti] imitation Dpvs v.39.
Anukarin (adj.) imitating Davs v.32.
Anukinna [pp. of anu + kirati] strewn with, beset with, dotted all
over Pv iv.12 1 (bhamara — gana°).
Anukubba (adj.) ( — °) [=Sk. anukurvat, ppr. of anu- karoti] "do-
ing correspondingly" giving back, retaliating J ii.205 (kicca°).
Anukubbati see anukaroti.
Anukuia freq. spelling for anukuia.
Anukulaka (adj.) = anukuia Sdhp 242 (iccha° according to wish).
Anukuia (adj.) [anu + kiila, opp. patikida] favourable, agreeable,
suitable, pleasant VvA 280; spelt anukuia at Sdhp 297, 312.
-bhava complaisance, willingness Vva 71. -yanna a
propitiative sacrifice D i. 1 44 (expl d at DA i.302 as anukuia 0
= sacrifice for the propagation of the clan).
Anukkanthati [an + ukkanthati] not to be sorry or not to lack any-
thing, in ppr. °anto J v.10; and pp. °ita without regret or in
plenty PvA 13.
Anukkanthana (nt.) [an + ukkanthana] having no lack anything,
being contented or happy J vi.4.
Anukkama [to anukkamati] 1. order, turn, succession, going
along; only in instr. anukkamena gradually, in due course
or succession J i. 157, 262, 290; VvA 157; PvA 5, 14, 35 etc.
— 2. that which keeps an animal in (regular) step, i. e. a bridle
M i.446; Sn 622 (sandanam saha°).
Anukkamati [anu + kram] 1. to follow, go along (a path = acc.)
A v.195; It 80 (maggarh). — 2. to advance (not with Morris J
PTS. 1886, 111 as "abandon") S i.24, Th 1, 194.
Anukkhipati [anu + khipati] to throw out Cp. xi.6 (vattam).
Anukkhepa [anu + khepa, see anukkhipati] compensation Vin
i.285.
Anukhanati [anu + khanati] to dig after or further J v.233.
Anukhuddaka (adj.) [anu + khuddaka] in cpd. khudda 0 what-
ever there is of minor things, all less important items Vin ii.287
= D ii. 1 54 = Miln 142; Miln 144.
Anuga ( — °) (adj. — suff.) [fr. anu + gam] following or followed
by, going after, undergoing, being in or under, standing under
the influence of Sn 332 (vasa° in the power of), 791 (eja° =
abhibhuta Sn 527), 1095 (Mara — vasa° = abhibhuyya viha-
ranti Nd 2 507); It 91 (eja°); J iii.224 (vasa° = vasavattin C.);
Mhvs 7, 3.
Anugacchati [anu + gacchati] to go after, to follow, to go or fall
into (w. acc.) KhA 223; PvA 141 (°gacchanto); aor. °gamasi
Vin i. 16, & anvaga Mhvs 7, 10; 3 rd pi. anvagu Sn 586 (vasam
= vasam gata SnA 461). Pass, anugammati, ppr. anugam-
mamana accompanied or followed by, surrounded, adorned
with J i.53; v.370. — pp. anugata (q. v.).
Anugata (adj.) [pp. of anugacchati] gone after, accompanied
by, come to; following; fig. fallen or gone into, affected
with ( — °), being a victim of, suffering M i. 16; D iii.85, 173
(parisa); A ii. 1 85 (sota°, v. 1. anudhata); J ii.292 (samudda 0 );
v.369; Nd 2 32 (tanha°); PvA 102 (namam mayham a. has been
given to me), 133 (kammaphala 0 ).
Anugati (f.) ( — °) [fr. anu + gam] following, being in the train
of, falling under, adherence to, dependence on S i. 1 04 (vas°
being in the power). Usually in cpd. ditthanugati a sign (lit.
belonging to) of speculation Vin ii. 108; S ii.203; Pug 33; DhA
iv. 39.
Anugama [fr. anu + gam] following after, only as adj. in dur°
difficult to be followed J iv.65.
Anugamika (adj.) going along with, following, accompanying;
resulting from, consequential on Kh viii.8 (nidhi, a treasure
acc. a man to the next world); J iv.280 (°nidhi); Miln 159
(parisa); PvA 132, 253 (danam nama °am nidanan ti).
Anti gamin (adj.) [fr. anugacchati] following, attending on; an
attendant, follower SnA 453 (= anuyutta).
Anugayati [anu + gayati] to sing after or to, recite (a magic
formula or hymn) praise, celebrate D i. 1 04, 238; Sn 1131
(anugayissam); Miln 120.
Anugahati [anu + gahati] to plunge into, to enter (acc.) Sdhp 611.
Anugijjhati [anu + gijjhati] to be greedy after, to covet Sn 769
(cp. Nd 1 12); J iii.207; iv.4 (= giddha gathita hutva alllyanti
C.). pp. °giddha (q. v.). Cp. abhigijjhati.
Anugiddha [pp. of anugijjhati] greedy after, hankering after, de-
siring, coveting Sn 86 (ananu°), 144, 952; Th 1, 580.
Anugganha (adj.) [cp. anuggaha] compassionate, ready to help
PvA 42 °sila.
Anugganhataka (adj.) [= anugganha] compassionate, commiser-
ating, helping PvA 69 (= anukampaka).
Anugganhana (nt.) anuggaha 1 DhsA403.
Anu(g)ganhati [anu + ganhati] to have pity on, to feel sorry
for, to help, give protection D i.53 (vacam; cp. DA i. 160:
sarato aganhanto); J ii.74; Nd 2 50 (ppr. med. °gayhamana
= anukampamana); Pug 36; PvA 181 (imper. anugganha =
anukampassu). pp. anuggahlta (q. v.).
Anuggaha 1 [anu + grah] "taking up", compassion, love for, kind-
ness, assistance, help, favour, benefit S ii.ll; iii. 109; iv.104;
v. 162; A i.92, 114; ii.145; iv.167; v.70; It 12, 98; J i. 151;
v.150; Pug 25; PvA 145; ThA 104.
Anuggaha 2 (adj.) [an + uggaha] not taking up Sn 912 (= na
ganhati Nd 1 330).
Anuggahlta (& °ita) [pp. of anugganhati] commiserated, made
happy, satisfied M i.457; S ii.274; iii. 91; iv.263; A iii. 172; J
iii. 428.
Anuggahaka (adj.) [fr. anuggaha] helping, assisting S iii. 5;
v. 162; Miln 354 (nt. = help).
42
Anugghateti
Anutappati
Anugghateti [an + ugghateti] not to unfasten or open (a door)
Miln 371 (kavatam).
Anugghata [an + ugghata] not shaking, a steady walk J vi.253.
Anugghatin (adj.) [fr. last] not shaking, not jerking, J vi.252; Vv
5 3 (read °T for i); VvA 36.
Anughayati [anu + ghayati 1 ] to smell, snuff, sniff up Miln 343
(gandham).
Anucankamati [anu + cankamati] to follow (along) after, to go
after D i.235; M i.227; Th 1,481, 1044; Caus. °apeti M i.253,
cp. Lai. Vist. 147, 3; M Vastu i.350.
Anucankamana (nt.) [fr. anucankamati] sidewalk J i.7.
Anucarati [anu + cariti] to move along, to follow; to practice; pp.
anucinna & anucarita (q. v.)
Anucarita ( — °) [pp. of anucarati] connected with, accompanied
by, pervaded with D i. 16, 21 (vlmamsa 0 = anuvicarita DA
i. 106); M i.68 (id.); Miln 226.
Anucinna (pp.) [pp. of anucarati] 1. pursuing, following out,
practising, doing; having attained or practised Vin ii.203 = It
86 (pamadam); J i 20 (v.126); Th 1, 236; 2, 206; Dpvs iv.9.
— 2. adorned with, accompanied by, connected with J iv.286.
Anucintana (nt.) [fr. anucinteti] thinking, upon, intention, care
for PvA 164.
Anucinteti [anu + cinteti] to think upon, to meditate, consider S
i. 203 (v. 1. for anuvicinteti).
Anuccangin see anujjangin.
Anucchavika (& °ya) (adj.) [anu + chavi + ka] "according to
one's skin", befitting, suitable, proper, pleasing, fit for, J i.58,
62, 126, 218; ii.5; iv.137, 138; Miln 358; DhA i.203, 390;
ii. 55, 56; VvA 68, 78; PvA 13, 26 (= kappiya), 66, 81, 286.
anucchaviya at Vin ii.7 (an°); iii.120 (id. + ananulomika);
Miln 13.
Anucchittha (adj.) [see ucchittha] (food) that is not thrown away
or left over; untouched, clean (food) J iii.257; DhA ii.3 (vv. 11.
anuccittha).
Anujagghati [anu + jagghati] to laugh at, deride, mock D i.91;
DA i.258 (cp. sanjagghati ibid 256).
Anujavati [anu + javati] to run after, to hasten after, to follow J
vi.452 (= anubandhati).
Anujata (adj.) [anu + jata] "born after" i. e. after the image of,
resembling, taking after; esp. said of a son (putta), resembling
his father, a worthy son It 64 (atijata +, opp. avajata); Th 1, 827
(fig. following the example of), 1279; J vi.380; DhA i. 129;
Davs ii.66.
Anujanati [anu + janati] 1. to give permission, grant, allow Vin
iv.225; A ii.197; Pv iv.l 67 ; PvA 55, 79, 142. — 2. to ad-
vise, prescribe Vin i.83; ii.301: Sn 982. — grd. anunneyya
that which is allowed A ii.197; pp. anunnata (q. v.) Caus.
anujanapeti J i. 156.
Anujlvati [anu + jlvati] to live after, i. e. like (ace.), to live for
or on, subsist by J iv.271 (=upajtvati, tassanubhavena jivitam
laddham (C.). — pp. anujlvata (q. v.).
Anujlvita (nt.) [pp. of anujlvati] living (after), living, livelihood,
subsistence, life Sn 836 (= jivitam SnA 545).
Anujlvin (adj. — n.) [fr. anujlvati] living upon, another, depen-
dent; a follower, a dependant A i. 1 52; iii.44; J iii.485; Davs
v.43.
Anujju (adj.) [an + ujju] not straight, crooked, bent, in cpds.
°angin (anujjangin) with (evenly) bent limbs, i. e. with per-
fect limbs, graceful f. °I Ep. of a beautiful woman J v.40 (=
kancana — sannibha — sarlra C.); vi.500 (T. anuccangt, C.
anindita agarahitangl); “gamin going crooked i. e. snake J
iv. 330; “bhuta not upright (fig. of citta) J v.293.
Anujjuka = anujju J iii.318.
Anujjhana (nt.) [anu + jhana] meditation, reflection, introspec-
tion Miln 352 (°bahula).
Anunnata (adj.) [pp. of anujanati] permitted, allowed; sanc-
tioned, given leave, ordained D i.88; J i.92; ii.353, 416; Pv
i. 12 3 (na a. = ananunnata at id. p. Th 2, 129; expl d at PvA 64
by ananumata); Pug 28; DA i.247, 248, 267; PvA 12, 81.
Anunnatatta (nt.) [abstr. to anunnata] being permitted, permis-
sion J ii.353.
Anutthaka (adj.) [fr. an + utthahati] not rising, not rousing one-
self, inactive, lazy Th 1, 1033.
Anutthahati [anu + thahati = “thati, see “titthati] to carry out, look
after, practise do J v.121. — pp. anutthita (q. v.).
Anutthahana (adj.) [ppr. of an + utthahati] one who does not
rouse himself, not getting up, inactive Dh 280 (= anutthahanto
avayamanto DhA iii.409).
Anutthatar [n. ag. to an + utthahati] one without energy or zeal
Sn 96 (niddasflin sabhasllin +) SnA 169 (= viriya — tejavi-
rahita).
Anutthana (nt.) [an + utthana] "the not getting up", inactivity,
want of energy Dh 241 (sarlra — patijagganam akaronto DhA
iii.347).
Anutthita [pp. of anutthati = anutitthati] practising, effecting or
effected, come to, experienced, done D ii. 103; S iv. 200; A
iii.290 sq.; iv.300; J ii.61; Miln 198; PvA 132 (cp. anugata).
Anutthubhati [formally Sk. anustobhati, but in meaning =
*anustfvati; anu + tthubhati, the etym. of which see under
nitthubhati] to lick up with one's saliva DA i. 1 3 8.
Anutthurin v. 1. at SnA 569, see nitthurin.
Anudasati [anu + dasati] to bite J vi.192.
Anudahati [anu + dahati] to burn over again, burn thoroughly,
fig. to destroy, consume J ii.330; vi.423. Pass. “dayhati J
v. 426. — Also spelt “dahati, e. g. at S iv. 190 = v.53; Th 2,
488.
Anudahana (nt.) [fr. anudahati] conflagration, burning up, con-
sumption J v.271; ThA 287 (d).
Anunnata (adj.) [unnata] not raised, not elated, not haughty,
humble Sn 702 (care = uddhaccam napajjeyya SnA 492).
Anutappati [anu + tappati 1 ; Sk. anutapyate, Pass, of anutapati]
to be sorry for, to regret, repent, feel remorse J i. 1 13; iv.358;
v.492 (ppr. an — anutappam); Dh 67, 314; Pv ii.9 42 ; DhA
ii. 40. grd. anutappa to be regretted A i.22, 77; iii.294, and
43
Anutappati
Anudhavin
anutapiya A iii.46 (an°).
Anutapa [fr. anu + tapa] anguish, remorse, conscience Vv 40 5
(= vippatisara VvA 180); DhsA 384.
Anutapin (adj.) [fr. anutapa] repenting, regretting Th 2, 57, 190;
Vv21; VvA 115.
Anutapiya grd. of anutappati, q. v.
Anutajeti [anu + tajeti] to beat J ii.280.
Anutitthati [anu + titthati see also anutthahati] to look after, to
manage, carry on J v.113 (= anugacchati); PvA 78.
Anutlre (adv.) [anu + tire, loc. of tlra] along side or near the bank
(of a river) Sn 18 (= tlra — samipe SnA 28). Cp. anu A b.
Anuttara (adj.) [an + uttara] "nothing higher", without a supe-
rior, incomparable, second to none, unsurpassed, excellent,
preeminent Sn 234 (= adhikassa kassaci abhavato KhA 193),
1003; Dh 23, 55 (= asadisa appatibhaga DhA i.423); Pv iv.3 52
(dhamma); Dhs 1294; DA i. 129; PvA 1, 5, 6, 18, etc.
Anuttariya (nt.) [abstr. fr. anuttara] preeminence, superior-
ity, excellency; highest ideal, greatest good. They are men-
tioned as sets of 3 (viz. dassana 0 , patipada 0 , vimutti 0 ) at
D iii.219, or of 6 (viz. dassana 0 , savana 0 , labha°, sikkha 0 ,
paricariya 0 , anussata 0 ) at D iii.250, 281; A i.22; iii.284, 325
sq., 452; Ps i.5. Cp. M i.235; A v.37. See also anuttariya.
Anuttana (adj.) [an + uttana] not (lying) open, not exposed; fig.
unexplained, unclear J vi.247.
Anutthuna (f.) [fr. anutthunati] wailing, crying, lamenting Nd 1
167 (= vacapalapa vippalapa etc.).
Anutthunati [anu + thunati (thunati); anu + stan] to wail, moan,
deplore, lament, bewail D iii.86; Sn 827 (cp. Nd 1 167); Dh
156; J iii.115; v.346, 479; DhA iii.133; PvA 60 (wrongly ap-
plied for ghayati, of the fire of conscience).
Anutrasin (adj.) [an + utrasin] not terrified, at ease Th 1, 864.
Anuthera [anu + thera] an inferior Thera, one who comes next to
the elder Vin ii.2 12 (theranuthera Th. & next in age).
Anudadati [anu + dadati] to concede, grant, admit, fut. anudas-
sati Miln 276, 375.
Anudayati (to sympathise with) see under anudda.
Anudassita [pp. of anudasseti] manifested Miln 119.
Anudahati see anudahati.
Anudittha [pp. of anudisati] pointed out, appointed, dedicated,
nt. consecration, dedication J v.393 (anudittha = asukassa
nama dassatl ti C.); Pv i.10 7 (= uddittha PvA 50).
Anuditthi (f.) [anu + ditthi] an "after — view", sceptical view,
speculation, heresy D i. 12; M ii.228; S iii.45 sq.; Th 1, 754;
Miln 325; DA i. 103 . attanuditthi (q. v.) a soul — specula-
tion.
Anudisati [anu + disati] to point out, direct, bid, address PvA 99
(aor. anudesi + anvesi). — pp. anudittha (q. v.).
Anudisa (f.) [anu + disa] an intermediate point of ihe compass,
often collectively for the usual 4 intermediate points D i.222;
S i. 122; iii.124.
Anudlpeti [anu + dlpeti] to explain Miln 227 (dhamma-
dhammam).
Anuduta [anu + duta] a person sent with another, a travelling
companion Vin ii. 19, 295; DhA ii.76, 78.
Anudeva see anvadeva.
Anuddayata (f.) [abstr. to anuddaya] sympathy with ( — °) com-
passion, kindness, favour, usually as par° kindness to or sym-
pathy with other people S ii.2 18; v.169 (T. anudayata); A
iii.184; It 72; Vbh 356.
Anuddaya (& anudaya) (f.) [anu + daya] compassion, pity,
mercy, care Vin ii. 1 96; S i.204; ii. 1 99; iv.323; A ii. 176;
iii. 189; Pug 35 (anukampa); J i. 147, 186, 214; PvA 70, 88,
181 (= anukampa). In comp 11 anudaya 0 e. g. °sampanna full
of mercy J i. 151, 262; PvA 66.
Anudda (f.) [contracted form of anuddaya] = anuddaya Dhs
1056, where also the other abstr. formations anuddayana &
anuddayitattam "care, forbearance & consideration"; DhsA
362 (anudayati ti anudda).
Anuddharhseti [anu + dhamseti] to spoil, corrupt, degrade Vin
iv. 148 (expl n - here in slightly diff. meaning = codeti va
codapeti va to reprove, scold, bring down); It 42. Usually
in ster. phrase rago cittam a. lust degrades the heart Vin
iii.lll; M i.26; S i.186; A i.266; ii.126; iii. 393 sq. — pp.
anuddhasta (q. v.).
Anuddhata (adj.) [an + uddhata] not puffed up, not proud, un-
conceited calm, subdued Sn 850 (= uddhacca — virahita SnA
549, cp. anunnata); It 30; Dh 363 (= nibbutacitta DhA iv.93);
Vv 64 8 ; Pug 59.
Anuddharin (adj.) [an + uddharin] not proud Sn 952 (= anussukin
SnA 569) see nitthurin.
Anuddhasta (adj.) [anu + dhasta, pp. of anuddhamseti, cp. Sk.
apadhvasta] spoilt, corrupt, degraded M i.462 (citta); A ii.126
(id.).
Anudhamma [anu + dhamma] 1. in comp n - with dhamma as
dhammanudhamma to be judged as a redupl. cpd. after the
manner of cpds. mentioned under anu iv. & meaning "the Law
in all its parts, the dhamma and what belongs to it, the Law in
its fullness". For instances see dhamma C. iv. Freq. in phrase
dh° — anudh° -patipanna "one who masters the complete-
ness of the Dh.", e. g. S ii. 1 8; iii. 163; It 81; Ps ii. 189. — 2.
conformity or accordance with the Law, lawfulness, relation,
essence, consistency, truth; in phrase dhammassa (c°) anud-
hammarh vyakaroti to explain the truth of the Dh. Vin i.234;
D i. 16 1 ; M i.368, 482; S ii.33; iii.6; iv.51; v.7. See further M
iii. 30; Sn 963 (cp. Nd 1 481 for exegesis). Also in cpd. °carin
living according to the Dhamma, living in truth S ii.81, 108;
A ii.8; Dh 20 (cp. DhA i.158); Vv 31 7 ; Sn 69 (see Nd 2 51).
Anudhammata (f.) [abstr. to anudhamma) lawfulness, confor-
mity to the Dhamma A ii.46; Ps i.35, 36.
Anudhareti [anu + dhareti] to hold up DA i.61 (chattam), cp. J
1.53, dhariyamana.
Anudhavati [anu + dhavati] to run after, to chase, follow, per-
secute, pursue M i.474; S i.9; Dh 85; Th 1, 1174; Miln 253,
372.
Anudhavin (adj. — n.) [fr. anudhavati] one who runs after S i.9,
44
Anudhavin
Anupadhika
117.
Anunadl( — tire) along the bank of the river S iv.177 should be
read anu nadltrre (= anu prep. c. loc.; see under anu A).
Anunamati [anu + namati] to incline, bend (intrs.), give way Miln
372 (of a bow).
Anunaya [fr. anuneti] "leading along", friendliness, courtesy,
falling in with, fawning D iii.254 (“samyojana); A iv.7 sq. (id.)
Mi.191; Dhs 1059; Vbh 145; Nett 79; comb d w. opp. patigha
(repugnance) at Miln 44, 122, 322.
Anunayana (nt.) [fr. anuneti] fawning DhsA 362.
Anunasika (adj.) [anu + nasa + ika] nasal; as tt. g. the sound m;
in °lopa apocope of the nasal m VvA 114, 253, 275, 333.
Anunlta (adj.) [pp. of anuneti] led, induced S iv.71; Sn 781.
Anunetar [n. ag. fr. anuneti] one who reconciles or conciliates
Ps ii. 194 (neta vineta anuneta).
Anuneti [anu + neti] to conciliate, appease, win over, flatter S
i.232 (ppr. anunayamana); pp. anunlta (q. v.).
Anupa see anupa.
Anupakampati [anu + pakampati] to shake, move, to be unsteady
Th 1, 191 =Ud41.
Anupakkama [an + upakkama] not attacking, instr. °ena not by
attack (from external enemies) Vin ii. 1 95.
Anupakkuttha (adj.) [an + upak°] blameless, irreproachahle D
i. 113; Vin iv. 160; Snp. 115; DA i.281.
Anupakkhandati [anu + pa + khandati] to push oneself for-
ward, to encroach on D i. 122 (= anupavisati DA i.290); ger.
anupakhajja pushing oneself in, intruding Vin ii. 88 (= an-
topavisati), 213; iv.43 (= anupavisati); M i. 151, 469; S iii. 113;
Vism 18.
Anupakhajjati [den. fr. anupakhajja, ger. of anupakkhandati] to
encroach, intrude Vin v.163.
Anupagacchati [anu + pa + gacchati] to go or return into (c. acc.)
D i.55 (anupeti +).
Anupaghata [an + upaghata] not hurting Dh 185 (anupa 0 metri
causa; expl c1 by anupahananan c°eva anupaghatanan ca DhA
iii. 238).
Anupacita (adj.) [anu + pa + cita, pp. of anupacinati] heaped up,
accumulated ThA 56.
Anupacinati [an + upacinati] not to observe or notice J v.339 (=
anoloketi C.; v. 1. anapavinati).
Anupajagghati [anu + pa + jagghati] to laugh at, to deride, mock
over A i. 198 (v. 1. anusam 0 ).
Anupajjati [anu + pad] to follow, accompany J iv.304. - pp.
anupanna (q. v.).
Anupancaharii (adv.) [anu + panca + aham] every five days PvA
139 (+ anudasaham).
Anupannatti (f.) [anu + pannatti] a supplementary regulation or
order Vin ii.286; v.2 sq.
Anupatipati (f.) [anu + patipati] succession; as adv. in order,
successively DA i.277 (katha = anupubbikatha); DhA iii. 340
(anupatipatiya = anupubbena); Vism 244.
Anupatthita (adj.) [anu + pa + thita] setting out after, following,
attacking J v.452.
Anupatati [anu + patati] 1. to follow, go after, J vi.555 anu-
patiyasi Subj.). — 2. to fall upon, to befall, attack Vin iii. 106
= M i.364; S i.23 (read “patanti for °patatanti) = Dh 221
(dukkha); Th 1, 41 = 1167 (of lightning). — pp. anupatita
(q. v.). Cp. also anupata & anupatin.
Anupatita [pp. of anupatati] "befallen", affected with, oppressed
by ( — °) S ii. 173 (dukkha 0 ); iii. 69 (id.); Sn 334 (pamada 0 ).
Anupatitatta (nt.) [abstr. of anupatita] the fact of being attacked
by, being a victim of ( — °) SnA 339.
Anupatta (anuppatta) [pp. of anupapunati; cp. Sk. anu-prapta]
(having) attained, received, got to (c. acc), reached D i.87 —
111; ii 2; It 38; Sn 027, 635; Dh 386, 403; Pv iv.l 66 ; PvA 59
(dukkham), 242. In phrase addhagata vayo-anuppatta hav-
ing reached old age, e. g. Vin ii. 188; D i.48; Sn pp. 50, 92;
PvA 149.
Anupatti (anuppatti) (f.) [anu + patti] attainment, accomplish-
ment, wish, desire (fulfilled), ideal S i.46, 52.
Anupathe at J v.302 should be read as anu pathe by the way at
the wayside; anu to be taken as prep. c. loc. (see anu A). C.
expl ns - as janghamagga — mahamagganam antare.
Anupada [cp. Sk. anupadam adv., anu + pada] 1. the "after-foot",
i. e. second foot a verse, also a mode of reciting, where the
second foot is recited without the first one Vin iv.15 (cp. 355);
Miln 340 (anupadena anupadam katheti). — 2. (adj.) (follow-
ing) on foot, at every, step, continuous, repeated, in °dhamma
— vipassana uninterrupted contemplation M iii. 25; “vannana
word — by — word explanation DhsA 168. As nt. adv. °m
close behind, immediately after (c. gen.) J ii.230 (tassanu-
padam agamasi); vi.422. Esp. freq. in comb" padanupadam
(adv.) foot after foot, i. e. in the footsteps, immediately be-
hind J iii. 504; vi.555; DhA i.69; ii.38.
Anupadatar (anuppadatar) [n. ag. of anupadeti] one who gives,
or one who sets forth, effects, designs D i.4 (cp. DA i.74); A
ii. 209.
Anupadana (anuppadana) (nt.) [anu + pa + dana, cp. anupadeti]
giving, administering, furnishing, the giving of ( — °) D i. 12
(cp. DA i.98; both read anuppadana); J iii. 205; Miln 315.
Anupadinna (anuppadinna) [pp. of anupadeti] given, handed
over, furnished, dedicated Pv i.5 12 .
Anupadeti (anuppadeti) [anu + pa + dadati] to give out, give as
a present, hand over; to design, set forth, undertake S iii. 131
(Pot. anuppadajjum); M i.416 (Pot. anupadajjeyya. see dadati
i.3); Miln 210 (°deti). fut. °dassati (see dadati i.l); D iii.92;
S iv.303 (v. 1. SS for T. anusarissati); A iii. 43; Sn 983. ger.
°datva SnA 35. inf. “datum A i.117. pp. °dinna (q. v.).
Anupaddava (adj.) [an + upaddava] free from danger, uninjured,
safe Vin ii.79 = 124 (+ anltika); iii. 162; Dh 338; DhA iv.48;
PvA 250 (expl n for siva).
Anupadhareti [an + upadhar 0 ] to disregard, to heed not, to ne-
glect DhA iv.l 97; VvA 260.
Anupadhika (adj.) [an + upadhi + ka] free from attachment (see
upadhi) Vin i 36 (anupadhika); D. iii 112 (anupadhika opp. to
45
Anupadhika
Anupata
sa — upadhika); Sn 1057 (anupadhika T., butNd 2 anupadhika.
with u for u metri causa).
Anupanna, [pp. of anupajjati] gone into, reached, attained Sn 764
(maradheyya 0 ).
Anupabandhati (anuppa 0 ) [anu + pa + bandhati] to follow im-
mediately, to be incessant, to keep on (without stopping), to
continue Miln 132. — Caus. “apeti ibid.
Anupabandhanata (anuppa 0 ) (f.) [abstr. to prec.] non-stopping,
not ceasing Miln 132.
Anupabandhana (anuppa 0 ) (f.) [abstr. fr. anupabandhati] con-
tinuance, incessance, Pug 18 = Vbh 357 (in exegesis of up-
anaha).
Anupabbajja (f.) [anu + pabbajja, cp. BSk. anupravrajati Divy
61] giving up worldly life in imitation of another S v.67 = It
107.
Anupaya (adj.) [an + upaya] unattached, "aloof 1 S i. 1 8 1 (akankha
apiha +).
Anuparigacchati [anu + pari + gacchati] to walk round and round,
to go round about (c. acc.) Vin iii.119; S i.75 (ger. °gamma);
Sn 447 (aor. “pariyaga = parito parito agamasi Sn A 393); J
iv.267.
Anuparidhavati [anu + pari + dhavati] to run up & down or to
move round & round (cp. anuparivattati) S. iii.150 (khilan).
Anupariyati [auu + pari + yati] to go round about, to go about,
to wander or travel all over (c. acc.) Vin ii.lll; S i. 102, 124;
Th 1, 1235 (“pariyeti), 1250 (id. to search); Pv iii.3 4 (= anu-
vicarati); Miln 38; PvA 92 (“yayitva, ger.) 217.
Anupariyaya (adj) [adj ecti vised ger. of anupariyati] going round,
encircling, in °patha the path leading or going round the city
D ii.83 = S iv 194 = A v. 195; A iv. 107.
Anuparivattati [anu + pari + vrt] to go or move round, viz. 1. to
deal with, be engaged in, perform, worship Vin iii.307 (adic-
carii); D i.240; PvA 97. — 2. to meet Miln 204 (Devadatto
ca Bodhisatto ca ekato anuparivattanti). — 3. to move round
& round, move on and on, keep on rolling (c. acc.), evolve S.
iii. 150 (anuparidhavati +) Miln 253 (anudhavati + kayan).
Anuparivatti (f.) ( — °) [anu + parivatti] dealing with, occupation,
connection with S iii. 16.
Anuparivareti [anu + pari + vareti] to surround, stand by, attend
on (c. acc.) Vin i.338; M i.153; DhA 1.55.
Anupariveniyam [anu + pariveniyam = loc. of pariveni] should
be written anu pariveniyam ("in every cell, cell by cell"), anu
here functioning as prep. c. loc. (see anu A) Vin i. 80, 106.
Anuparisakkati [anu + pari + sakkati] to move round, to be occu-
pied with, take an interest in (c. acc.) S iv.312 (v.l. °vattati).
Anuparisakkana (nt.) [fr. anuparisakkati] dealing with, interest
in S iv.312 (v.l. °vattana).
Anupariharati [anu + pari + harati] to surround, enfold, embrace
M i.306.
Anupalitta (adj.) [an + upalitta] unsmeared, unstained, free from
taint M i. 3 19, 386 (in verse); as “upalitta in verse of Sn & Dh:
Sn 211 (= lepanatii abhava SnA 261), 392, 468, 790, 845; Dh
353.
Anupavajja (adj.) [grd. of an + upavadati] blameless, without
fault, Miln 391.
Anupavattaka (anuppa 0 ) (adj.) to anupavatteti] one who suc-
ceeds (another) King or Rider in the ruling of an empire
(cakkam) Miln 342, 362; SnA 454. See also anuvattaka.
Anupavatteti (anuppa 0 ) [anu + pa + vatteti, fr. vrt] to keep
moving on after, to continue rolling, with cakkam to wield
supreme power after, i.e. in succession or imitation of a pre-
decessor S i. 191; Miln 362. See also anuvatteti.
Anupavada [an + upavada] not blaming or finding fault, abstain-
ing from grumbling or abuse Dh 185 (anupa° in metre; expl d
at DhA iii. 23 8 as anupavadanan c'eva anupavadapanan ca "not
scolding as well as not inciting others to grumbling"); adj.
“vadaka Pug 60, & °vadin M i.360.
Anupavittha (anuppa 0 ) [pp. of anupavisati] entered, gone or got
into, fallen into (c. acc.) Miln 270, 318 sq., 409 (coming for
shelter); PvA 97, 152 (Ganganadim a. nadi: flowing into the
G.).
Anupavitthata (f.) [abstr. to anupavittha] the fact of having en-
tered Miln 257.
Anupavisati [anu + pa + visati] to go into, to enter Dh i.290; VvA
42 (= ogahati). — pp. “pavittha (q.v.) — Caus. “paveseti
(q.v.).
Anupavecchati (anuppa 0 ) [see under pavecchati] to give, give
over to, offer up, present, supply Vin i.221 (°pavacchati); D
i. 74 (= pavesati DA i.2 1 8); ii.78; M i.446; iii. 133; A ii.64;
iii. 26 (v.l. °vacch°); J v.394; Sn 208 (v.l. °vacch°); SnA 256
(= anupavesati); PvA 28.
Anupaveseti [anu + pa + vis, cp. BSk. anupravesayati Divy 238]
to make enter, to give over, to supply SnA 256 (= “pavecchati).
Anupasankamati 1 [anu + pa + samkamati] to go along up to (c.
acc.) PvA 179.
Anupasankamati 2 [an + upasank 0 ] not to go to. not to approach
DhA ii.30 (+ apayirupasati).
Anupasanthapana (f.) [an + upasanthapana] not stopping, inces-
sance, continuance Pug 18 (but id. p. at Vbh 357 has anu-
sansandana instead); cp. anupabandhana.
Anupassaka (adj.) [fr. anupassati] observing, viewing, contem-
plating Th 1, 420.
Anupassati [anu + passati] to look at, contemplate, observe Sn
477; Ps i.57, 187; SnA 505.
Anupassana (f.) [abstr. of anupassati, cf. Sk. anudarsana] look-
ing at, viewing, contemplating, consideration, realisation S
v.178 sq., Sn p. 140; Ps i.10, 20, 96; ii.37, 41 sq., 67 sq.;
Vbh 194. See anicca 0 , anatta 0 , dukkha 0 .
Anupassin ( — °) (adj.) [fr. anupassati] viewing, observing, real-
ising S ii.84 sq., v.294 sq., 311 sq., 345, Dh 7, 253; Sn 255,
728; Ps i. 191 sq.; Vbh 193 sq., 236; Sdhp 411.
Anupahata 1 [anu + pa + hata, pp. of anu + pa + han] thrown up,
blown up Miln 274.
Anupahata 2 (adj.) [an + upahata] not destroyed, not spoilt DhA
ii. 33 (°jivhapasada).
Anupata [of anupatati] attack in speech, contest, reproach A i. 161
46
Anupata
Anubandhana
(vada°).
Anupatin (adj.) [fr. anupata] 1. following, indulging in J iii.523
(khana°). — 2. attacking, hurting J v.399.
Anupadam (adv.) [anu + pada] at the foot Vism 182 (opp.
anusisam at the head).
Anupada [ger. of an + upadiyati = anupadaya] anupada- niya,
anupadaya, anupadiyana, anupadiyitva see upadiyati.
Anupadana & Anupadi see upadana & upadi.
Anupapita [pp. of anupapeti] having been lead to or made to
reach, attained, found Miln 252.
Anupapunati (anuppa 0 ) [anu + papunati] to reach, attain, get to,
find S i. 105; ger. anuppatvana Pv ii.9 24 (= “papunitva PvA
123). — pp. anupatta (q. v.). — Caus. anupapeti (q. v.).
Anupapeti [Caus. of anupapunati] to make reach or attain, to lead
to, to give or make find J vi.88; Cp. xi. 4 (aor. anupapayi);
Miln 276. — pp. anupapita (q. v.).
Anupaya [an + upaya] wrong means J i.256; Sdhp 405.
Anupayasa see upayasa.
Anupaiaka (adj.) [anu + palaka] guarding, preserving Sdhp 474.
Anupaiana (nt.) [fr. anupaleti] maintenance, guarding, keeping
Dpvs iii.2.
Anupaleti [anu + paleti] to safeguard, warrant, maintain Miln 160
(santa tim).
Anupahana (adj.) [an + upahana] without shoes J vi.552.
Anupiya (anuppiya) (adj) [anu + piya] flattering, plessant, nt.
pleasantness, flattery, in °bhanin one who flatters I) iii.185;
J ii.390; v.360; and °bhanitar id. Vbh 352.
Anupliam at PvA 161 is to be read anuppllan (q. v.).
Anupucchati [anu + pucchati] to ask or inquire after (c. acc.) Sn
432, 1113. — pp. anuputtha (q. v.).
Anuputtha [pp. of anupucchati] asked Sn 782 (= pucchita SnA
521)!
Anupubba (adj.) [anu + pubba] following in one's turn, succes-
sive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin ii.237 (mahasamuddo a°
— ninno etc.); D i. 184; Sn 511; J v.155 (regularly formed,
of uru). Cases adverbially: anupubbena (instr.) by and by,
in course of time, later, gradually Vin i.83; Dh 239 (= anu-
patipatiya DhA iii.340); Pug 41, 64; J ii.2, 105; iii.127; Miln
22; PvA 19. anupubbaso (abl. cp. Sk. anupurvasah) in regu-
lar order Sn 1000. — In comp n both anupubba 0 & anupubbi 0
(q. v.).
-karana gradual performance, graded practice M i.446.
-nirodha successive passing away, fading away in regular suc-
cession, i. e. in due course. The nine stages of this process are
the same as those mentioned under °vihara, & are enum 4 as
such at D iii.266, 290; A iv.409, 456; Ps i.35. -vihara a state
of gradually ascending stages, by means of which the highest
aim of meditation & trance is attained, viz. complete cessa-
tion of all consciousness. These are 9 stages, consisting of the
4 jhanas, the 4 ayatanani & as the crowning phrase "sanna —
vedayitanirodha" (see jhana 1 ). Enum 4 as such in var. places,
esp. at the folk: D ii. 1 56; iii.265, 290; A iv.410; Nd 2 under
jhana; Ps i.5; Miln 176. -sikkha regular instruction or study
(dhammavinaye) M i.479; iii.l (+ °kiriya “patipada).
Anupubbaka (adj.) = anupubba, in cpd. pubbanupubbaka all
in succession or in turn, one by one (on nature of this kind of
cpd. see anu B iv.) Vin i.20 (°anam kulanam putta the sons of
each clan, one by one).
Anupubbata (nt.) [fr. anupubba] acting in turn, gradation, suc-
cession Vv 64 14 (= anukula kiriya i. e. as it pleases VvA 280)
cp. anupubbata.
Anupubbi-katha (f.) [anupubba + katha, formation like dhammi
— katha] a gradual instruction, graduated sermon, regulated
exposition of the ever higher values of four subjects (dana —
katha, slla°, sagga°, magga°) i. e. charity, righteousness, the
heavens, and the Path. Bdhgh. explains the term as anupub-
bikatha nama dananantaram silam sllanantaro saggo sagga-
nantaro maggo ti etesam dipana — katha" (DA i.277). Vin
i. 15, 18; ii. 1 56, 192; D i.110; ii.41; M i.379; J i.8; VvA 66,
197, 208; DA i.308; DhA i.6; Miln 228. — The spelling is
frequently anupubbikatha (as to lengthening of anu see anu
Note (a)), e. g. at D i.110; ii.41; M i.379; J i.8; Miln 228.
Anupekkhati [anu + pekkhati] 1. to concentrate oneself on, to
look carefully A iii.23. — 2. to consider, to show consid-
eration for, Nd 2 50 (ppr. °amana = anukampamana). —
Caus. anupekkheti to cause some one to consider carefully
Vin ii.73.
Anupekkhanata (f.) [abstr. fr. anupekkhana, see anupek-khati]
concentration (of thought) Dhs 8, 85, 284, 372.
Anupeti [anu + pa + i] to go into D i.55 (+ anupagacchati) S
iii.207; DA i. 165.
Anupeseti [anu + pa + is] to send forth after Miln 36.
Anuposathikam see anvaddhamasam.
Anuposiya (adj.) [grd. of anu + pus] to be nourished or fostered
Sdhp 318.
Anuppa 0 in all comb ns of anu + ppa see under headings anupa°.
Anuppadajjum (S iii. 131) see anupadeti.
Anuppanna (°uppada, °uppadeti) see uppanna etc.
Anupplla (adj.) [an + upplla] not molested, not oppressed (by
robbers etc.) not ruined, free from harm J iii. 443; v.378; VvA
351; PvA 161.
Anupharana (nt.) [anu + pharana] flashing through, pervading
Miln 148.
Anuphuslyati [anu +phuslyati, cp. Sk. prusayati, Caus. of prus]
to sprinkle, moisten, make wet J v.242 (himam; C. pateyya).
Anubajjhati at PvA 56 is faulty reading for anubandh- ati (q.
v.).
Anubaddha [pp. of anubandhati] following, standing behind
(pitthito) D i.l, 226.
Anubandha [anu + bandh] bondage M iii. 170; It 91.
Anubandhati [anu + bandhati] to follow, run after, pursue J i. 195;
ii. 230; vi.452 (= anujavati); PvA 56 (substitute for anuba-
jjhanti! ), 103, 155. aor. °bandhi J ii. 154, 353; iii. 504; PvA
260 (= anvagacchi). ger. “bandhitva J i.254. grd. °band-
hitabba M i.l 06. — pp. anubaddha (q. v.).
47
Anubandhana
Anumajjati
Anubandhana (nt.) [fr. anubandhati] that which connects or fol-
lows, connection, consequence J vi.526 (°dukkha).
Anubala (nt.) [anu + bala] rear — guard, retinue, suite, in °m
bhavati to accompany or follow somebody Miln 125.
Anubujjhati [anu + bujjhati, Med. of budh, cp. Sk. ava-
budhyate] to remember, recollect J iii.387 (with avabujjhati
inprec. verse).
Anubujjhana (nt.) [fr. anubujjhati] awakening, recognition Ps
i. 18 (bujjhana +).
Anubuddha [pp. of anu + bodhati] 1. awakened (act. &
pass.), recognised, conceived, seen, known D ii. 123 (°a ime
dhamma); S i. 137 (dhammo vimalen 0 anubuddho) ii.203;
iv.188; A ii.l; iii. 14; iv.105; SnA 431. In phrase bud-
dhanubuddha (as to nature of cpd. see anu B iv.) either "fully
awakened (enlightened)" or "wakened by the wake" (Mrs. Rh.
D.) Th 1, 679 = 1246. — 2. a lesser Buddha, inferior than the
Buddha DA i.40. Cp. buddhanubuddha.
Anubodha [anu + budh] awakening; perception, recognition, un-
derstanding S i. 126 (?) = A v.46 (anubodhim as aor. of
anubodhati?); Pug 21; Miln 233. Freq. in comp” ananu-
bodha (adj.) not understanding, not knowing the truth S ii.92;
iii. 261; v.431; A ii.l; iv.105; Dhs 390, 1061; VvA 321 (=
anavabodha) and duranubodha (adj.) hard to understand, dif-
ficult to know D i. 12, 22; S i.136.
Anubodhati [anu + budh] to wake up, to realise, perceive, un-
derstand; aor. anubodhim A v.46 (?) = S i. 126 (anubodham).
— Caus. °bodheti to awaken, fig. to make see to instruct J
vi. 139 (°ayamana) — pp. anubuddha (q. v.).
Anubodhana (nt.) [fr. anubodhati] awakening, understanding,
recognition Ps i. 18 (bodhana +).
Anubbajati [anu + vraj] to go along, wander, follow, tread (a
path) J iv.399 (maggam = pabbajati C.).
Anubbata (adj.) [Vedic anuvrata, anu + vata] subject to the will
of another, obedient, faithful, devoted J iii.521; vi.557.
Anubbillavitatta see ubbill 0 .
Anubyanjana see anuvyanjana.
Anubruhita [pp. of anubruheti] strengthened with ( — °), full of
Ps i. 1 67.
Anubruheti [bruheti] to do very much or often, to practice, fre-
quent, to be fond of (c. acc.), foster S i. 178 (anubruhaye);
M iii. 187 (id., so read for manu°), Th 2, 163 (°ehi); Cp.
iii. I 2 (samvegarh anubruhayim aor.); J iii. 191 (sunnagaram).
Often in phrase vivekam anubruheti to devote oneself to
detachment or solitude, e.g. J i.9 (inf. °bruhetum); iii. 31
(“bmhessami), Dh 75 (“bruhaye = “bruheyya vaddheyya DhA
ii. 1 03). — pp. anubruhita (q.v.) Cp. also bruhana.
Anubhanana (f.) [anu + bhanana] talking to, admonition, scold-
ing Vin ii.88 (anuvadana +).
Anubhavati & Anubhoti [anu + bhavati] to come to or by, to un-
dergo, suffer (feel), get, undertake, partake in, experience D
i. 129; ii. 12 (°bhonti); M ii.204; A i.61 (attham °bhoti to have
a good result); J vi.97 (°bhoma); Pv i. 10 11 (°bhomi vipakam);
PvA 52 (°issati = vedissati); Sdhf 290. Esp. freq. with
dukkhaih to suffer pain, e.g. PvA i. 11 10 (°bhonti); PvA 43,
68, 79 etc. (cp. anubhavana). — ppr. med. °bhavamana
J i.50; aor. °bhavi PvA 75 (sampattim); ger. “bhavitva J
iv.l; PvA 4 (sampattirii), 67 (dukkham), 73 (sampattim); grd.
“bhaviyana (in order to receive) Pv ii.8 5 (= anubhavitva PvA
109). — Pass, anubhuyati & “bhavlyati to be undergone or
being experienced; ppr. °bhuyamana PvA 8, 159 (maya a.
= anubhuta), 214 (attana by him) & °bhavlyamana PvA 33
(dukkham). — pp. anubhuta (q.v.).
Anubhavana (nt.) [fr. anubhavati] experiencing, suffering; sen-
sation or physical sensibility (cf. Cpd. 229, 232 1 ) Nett 28
(itthanitth — anubhavana — lakkhana vedana "feeling is char-
acterised by the experiencing of what is pleasant and unpleas-
ant"); Miln 60 (vedayita — lakkhana vedana anubhavana —
lakkhana ca); PvA 152 (kamma — vipaka°). Esp. in comb"'
with dukkha 0 suffering painful sensations, e.g. at J iv.3; Miln
181; DhA iv.75; PvA 52.
Anubhaga [anu + bhaga] a secondary or inferior part, (after —
)share, what is left over Vin ii.l 67.
Anubhayati [anu + bhayati] to be afraid of J vi.302 (kissa nv°
anubhayissam, so read for kissanu 0 ).
Anubhava [fr. anubhavati] orig. meaning "experience, con-
comitance" and found only in cpds. as — °, in meaning "ex-
periencing the sensation of or belonging to, experience of, ac-
cordance with", e.g. maha° sensation of greatness, raja° s. be-
longing to a king, what is in accordance with kingship, i. e.
majesty. Through preponderance of expressions of distinc-
tion there arises the meaning of anubhava as "power, majesty,
greatness, splendour etc." & as such it was separated from
the 1 st component and taken as anubhava with a instead of
a, since the compositional character had obliterated the char-
acter of the a. As such (anubhava abs.) found only in later
language. — (1) anubhava ( — °): mahanubhava (of) great
majesty, eminence, power S i. 146 sq.; ii.274; iv.323; Sn p. 93;
Pv ii.l 12 ; PvA 76. deva° of divine power or majesty D ii. 12;
devata 0 id. J i. 168; dibba° id. PvA 71, 110. raja° kingly
splendour, pomp D i.49; J iv 247; PvA 279 etc. -anubhavena
(instr. — °) in accordance with, by means of J ii.200 (angav-
ijja°); PvA 53 (iddh°), 77 (kamma°), 148 (id.), 162 (raja°),
184 (dana°), 186 (punna°). yathanubhavam (adv.) in accor-
dance with (me), as much as (1 can); after ability, according
to power S i.31; Vv l 5 (= yathabalam VvA 25). — (2) anub-
hava majesty power, magnificence, glory, splendour J v.10,
456; Pv ii.8 11 ; VvA 14; PvA 43, 122, 272. See also anu°.
Anubhavata (f.) [= anubhava + ta] majesty, power S i. 1 56
(maha°).
Anubhasati [anu + bhasati] to speak after, to repeat D i. 104; Miln
345; DA i.273.
Anubhuta [pp. of anubhavati] (having or being) experienced, suf-
fered, enjoyed PvA ii. 12 18 . nt. suffering, experience J i.254;
Miln 78, 80.
Anubhuyamanatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. ppr. Pass, of anubhavati] the
fact of having to undergo, experiencing PvA 103.
Anuma ( — dassika) see anoma°.
Anumagge at J v.201 should be read anu magge along the road,
by the way; anu here used as prep. c. loc. (see anu A b).
48
Anumajjati
Anuyogavant
Anumajjati [anu + majjati] 1. to strike along, to stroke, to touch
DA i.276 (= anumasati). — 2. to beat, thresh, fig. to thresh
ont J vi.548; Miln 90. — Pass, anumajjlyati Miln 275 (cp.
p. 428).
Anumajjana (nt.) [abstr. fr. anumajjati] threshing out, pounding
up (Dhs. trsl. 11), always used with ref. to the term vicara
(q.v.) Miln 62; DhsA 114; DA i.63, 122.
Anumajjha (adj.) [anu + majjha] mediocre, without going to ex-
tremes J iv.192; v.387.
Anumannati [anu + mannati] to assent, approve, give leave Th 1,
72. — pp. anumata (q.v.).
Anumata [pp. of anumannati] approved of, given consent to,
finding approval, given leave D i.99 (= anunnata DA i.267);
J v.399 (= muta); Miln 185, 212, 231, 275; PvA 64 (= an-
nunnata).
Anumati (f.) [from anumannati] consent, permission, agreement,
assent, approval Vin ii.294, 301, 306; D. i. 137, 143; Dpvs
iv.47, Cf. v.18; DA i.297; VvA 17, PvA 114.
Anumatta see anu°.
Anumasati [anu + masati] to touch D i. 106 (= anumajjati DA
i.276).
Anumana [fr. anu + man] inference Miln 330 (naya+), 372, 413;
Sdhp 74.
Anumitta [anu + mitta] a secondary friend, a follower, acquain-
tance J v.77.
Anuminati [cf. Sk. anumati, anu + minati from mi, Sk. minoti,
with confusion of roots ma & mi] to observe, draw an in-
ference M i.97; PvA 227 (°anto + nayam nento). See also
anumlyati.
Anumlyati [Sk. anumlyate, Pass, of anu + ma, measure, in sense
of Med.] to observe, conclude or infer from S iii.36. Cp. an-
uminati.
Anumodaka (adj.) [fr. anumodati] one who enjoys, one who is
glad of or thankful for (c. acc.) Vin v.172; PvA 122; Sdhf 512.
Anumodati [anu + modati] to find satisfaction in (acc.), to rejoice
in, be thankful for (c. acc.), appreciate, benefit from, to be
pleased, to enjoy Vin ii.212 (bhattagge a. to say grace after
a meal); S ii.54; A iii.50 ( O modanlya); iv.411; Dh 177 (ppr.
“modamana); It 78; Pv ii.9 19 (danam “modamana = enjoy-
ing, gladly receiving); 1,5 4 (anumodare = are pleased; piti-
somanassajata honti PvA 27); J ii.112; PvA 19, 46, 81, 201)
imper. modahi); Sdhp. 501 sq. — pp. anumodita (q.v.).
Anumodana (nt.) [fr. anumodati] "according to taste", i.e. sat-
isfaction, thanks, esp. after a meal or after receiving gifts =
to say grace or benediction, blessing, thanksgiving. In lat-
ter sense with dadati (give thanks for = loc.), karoti (= Lat.
gratias agere) or vacati (say or tell thanks): °m datva PvA
89; °m katva J i.91; DhA iii.170, 172; VvA 118; PvA 17,
47; °m vatva VvA 40 (pamyadane for the gift of water), 295,
306 etc. °m karoti also "to do a favour" PvA 275. Cp.
further DhA i. 198 (°gatha verses expressing thanks, benedic-
tion); ii.97 (Sattharam °m yacimsu asked his blessing); PvA
23 (“attharn in orderto thank), 26 (id.), 121, 141 (katabhatta 0 ),
142; Sdhp 213, 218, 516.
Anumodita [pp. of anumodati] enjoyed, rejoiced in PvA 77.
Anummatta (adj.) [an + ummatta] notout of mind, sane, of sound
mind Miln 122; Sdhp 205.
Anuyanta at A v.22 is doubtful reading (v.l. anuyutta). The
meaning is either "inferior to, dependent on, a subject of, a
vassal" or "attending on". The explanation may compare Sk.
anuyatam attendance [anu + ya, cp. anuyayin] or Sk. yantr
ruler [yam], in which latter case anu — yantr would be "an
inferior ruler" and P. yanta would represent the n. a.g. yanta
as a — stem. The v. 1. is perhaps preferable as long as other
passages with anuyanta are not found (see anuyutta 2).
Anuyagin (adj) [fr. anu + yaj] offering after the example of an-
other D i. 142.
Anuyata [pp. of anuyati] gone through or after, followed, pursued
S ii. 1 05 (magga); A v.236; It 29; Miln 217.
Anuyati (& anuyayati) [anu + ya] 1 . to go after, to follow J vi.49
(fut. °yissati), 499 (yayantam anuyayati = anugacchati C). —
2. to go along by, to go over, to visit Miln 391 (°yayati). —
pp. anuyata (q. v.). See also anusamyayati.
Anuyayin (adj.) [cp. Sk. anuyayin, anu + ya] going after, follow-
ing, subject to (gen.) Sn 1017 (ananuyayin); J vi.309; Miln
284.
Anuyunjana (f.) (& “yunjana nt.) [abstr. fr. anuyunjati] appli-
cation or devotion to ( — °) Miln 178; VvA 346 (anuyujjanam
wrong spelling?)
Anuyunjati [anu + yunjati] 1. to practice, give oneself up to
(acc.), attend, pursue S i.25, 122 (“yunjan "in loving self —
devotion" Mrs. Rh. D.);iii,154; iv. 104, 175; Dh 26 (pamadam
= pavatteti DhA i.257), 247 (surameraya — panam = sevati
bahullkaroti DhA iii.356); PvA 61 (kammatthanam). — 2. to
ask a question, to call to account, take to task Vin ii.79; Vv
33 5 ; ppr. Pass, “yunjiyamana PvA 192. — pp. anuyutta
(q. v.). — Caus. anuyojeti "to put to", to address, admonish,
exhort DhA iv.20.
Anuyutta [pp. of anuyunjati] 1. applying oneself to, dealing
with, practising, given to, intent upon D i. 166, 167; iii. 232
= A ii.205 (attaparitapan 3 anuyogam a.); S iii. 153; iv. 104; Sn
663 (lobhagune), 814 (methunam = samayutta SnA 536), 972
(jhan°); Pug 55; PvA 163 (jagariya 0 ), 206. — 2. follow-
ing, attending on; an attendant, inferior, vassal, in expression
khattiya or raj a anuyutta a prince royal or a smaller king (see
khattiya 3 b) A v.22 (v 1. for T. anuyanta, q. v.); Sn 553 (=
anugamin, sevaka SnA 453).
Anuyoga [Sk. anuyoga, fr. anu + yuj] 1. application, devotion to
( — °), execution, practice of( — °); often comb d ' with anuyutta
in phrase “anuyogam anuyutta = practising, e. g. Vin
i. 1 90 (mandan 3 anuyogam anuyutta); D iii. 113 (attakilamath 3
anuyogam a.); A ii.205 (attaparitapan 3 anuyogam a.). — As
adj. ( — °) doing, given to, practising (cp. anuyutta). D i.5;
iii. 107; M i.385; S i.182; iii.239; iv.330; v.320; A i.14; iii.249;
iv. 460 sq.; V. 17 sq., 205; J i.90 (padhan 3 anuyogakiccam); Vv
84 38 (dhamma°); Miln 348; DA i. 78, 104. — 2. invitation,
appeal, question (cp. anuyunjati 2) Miln 10 (acariyassa °m
datva).
Anuyogavant (adj.) [anuyoga + vant] applying oneself to, full of
49
Anuyogavant
Anuvaceti
application or zeal, devoted PvA 207.
Anuyogin (adj.) [fr. anuyoga] applying oneself to, devoted to
( — °) Dh 209 (atta° given to oneself, self — concentrated).
Anurakkhaka (adj.) [fr. anurakkhati, cp. °rakkhin] preserving,
keeping up J iv.192 (vamsa°); vi.l (id.).
Anurakkhana (nt.) & °a (f.) [abstr. fr. anurakkhati] guarding,
protection, preservation D iii.225 sq.; A ii. 16 sq.; J i. 133; Pug
12; Dpvs iv.24 (adj.); VvA 32 (citta°); Sdhp 449.
Anurakkhati [anu + rakkhati] to guard, watch over (acc.), pre-
serve, protect, shield Sn 149; Dh 327; J i.46; Pug 12. — ppr.
med.° rakkhamana(ka) as adj. Sdhp 621.
Anurakkha (f.) [= anurakkhana] guarding, protection, preserva-
tion S iv.323 (anuddaya a. anukampa).
Anurakkhin (adj.) [fr. anurakkhati] guarding, preserving, keep-
ing J v.24.
Anurakkhiya (adj.) [f. anurakkhati] in dur° difficult to guard
Vin iii.149.
Anurafijita [pp. of anu + ranjeti, Caus. of rafij] illumined,
brighterted, beautified Bu i.45 (byamapabha 0 by the shine of
the halo); VvA 4 (sanjhatapa 0 for sanjhapabha 0 ).
Anuratta (adj.) pp. of anu + rafij] attached or devoted to, fond
of, faithful Th 2, 446 (bhattaram); J i.297; Miln 146.
Anuravati [anu + ravati] to resound, to sound after, linger (of
sound) Miln 63.
Anuravana (f.) [abstr. fr. anuravati] lingering of the sound, re-
sounding Miln 63.
Anuraho (adv.) [anu + raho] in secret, face to face, private M
i.27.
Anurujjhati [Sk. anurudhyate, Pass, of anu + rudh] to conform
oneself to, have a regard for, approve, to be pleased A iv.158;
Dhs A 362. — pp. anuruddha (q. v.).
Anuruddha [pp. of anurujjhati] enggaged in, devoted to; compli-
ant or complied with, pleased S iv.71, (ananuruddha).
Anurupa (adj.) [anu + rupa] suitable, adequate, seeming, fit,
worthy; adapted to, corresponding, conform with ( — °) J i.91;
vi.366 (tad°); PvA 61 (ajjhasaya 0 according to his wish), 128
(id.) 78, 122, 130, 155; etc. Cp. also patirupa in same mean-
ing.
Anurodati [anu + rodati] to cry after, cry for J iii.166 = Pv i.12 7
(darako candam a.).
Anurodha [fr. anu + rudh] compliance, consideration satisfac-
tion (opp. virodha) S i. Ill; iv.210; Sn 362; Dhs 1059; Vbh
145; DhsA 362.
Anulapana (f.) [anu + lapana, lap] scolding, blame, accusation
Vin ii.88 (spelt anullapana; comb d with anuvadana & anub-
hanana).
Anulitta (adj.) [cp. Sk. anulipta, pp. of anulimpati] anointed,
besmeared J i.266; PvA 211.
Anulimpati [anu + limpati] to anoint, besmear, Miln 394
(“limpitabba). Caus. “limpeti in same meaning Miln 169, and
°lepeti Milm 169 (grd. “lepanlva to be treated with ointment).
— pp. anulitta (q. v.).
Anulimpana (nt.) [fr. anulimpati] anointing Miln 353, 394.
Anulepa [fr. anu + lip] anointing Miln 152.
Anulokin (adj.) [fr. anu + loketi, cp. Sk. & P. avalokin &
anuviloketi] looking (up) at, seeing ( — °) M i. 147 (stsa°).
Anuloma (adj.) [Sk. anu + loma] "with the hair or grain", i. e. in
natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable, straight for-
ward D ii.273 (ananuloma, q. v.) S iv.401; Ps ii.67, 70; DhA
ii.208. — nt. direct order, state of fitting in, adaptation Miln
148.
-fiana insight of adaptation (cp. Cpd. 66, 68) DhA ii.208.
-patiloma in regular order & reversed, forward & backward
(Ep. of paticcasamuppada, also in BSk.) Vin i.l; A iv.448.
Anulomika (& °ya) (adj.) [fr. anuloma] suitable, fit, agreeable;
in proper order, adapted to ( — °) Vin ii.7 (an°); iii.120 (an°
= ananucchaviya); iv.239; A i. 106; iii.116 sq.; It 103 (sa-
mannassa 0 ); Sn 385 (pabbajita 0 ); KhA 243 (ananulomiya);
DhsA 25; Sdhp 65.
Anulometi [v. denom. fr. anuloma] to conform to, to be in ac-
cordance with Miln 372.
Anularatta (nt.) [abstr. fr. an + ujara] smallness, littleness, in-
significance VvA 24.
Anuvajja (adj.) [grd. of anu + vadati, cp. anuvada & Sk.
avavadya] to be blamed, censurable, worthy of reproach Sn
p. 78 (an° = anuvadavimutta SnA 396).
Anuvattaka (adj.) [fr. anuvatteti] 1. = anupavattaka (q. v.)
Th 1, 1014 (cakka°). — 2. following, siding with ( — °) Vin
iv.2 1 8 (ukkhittanuvattika f.).
Anuvattati [Sk. anuvartati, anu + vattati] 1. to follow, imitate,
follow one's example (c. acc.), to be obedient D ii.244; Vin
ii.309 (Bdhgh.); iv.218; J i.125, 300; DA i.288; PvA 19. —2.
to practice, execute Pv iv. 7 12 . — Caus. °vatteti (q. v.).
Anuvattana (nt.) [abstr. fr. anuvattati] complying with, confor-
mity with ( — °), compliance, observance, obedience J i.367
(dhamma 0 ); v.78.
Anuvattin (adj.) [fr. anuvattati] following, acting according to
or in conformity with ( — °), obedient J ii.348 (f. °im); iii.319
(id.); Dh 86 (dhamma 0 ); Vv 15 s (vasa° = anukulabhavena vat-
tana slla VvA 71); DhA ii. 16 1 .
Anuvatteti [anu + vatteti] = anupavatteti (q. v.) Th 1, 826
(dhammacakkam: "after his example turn the wheel" Mrs. Rli.
D.).
Anuvadati [Sk. ava°; anu + vadati] to blame, censure, reproach
Vin ii.80, 88. — grd. anuvajja (q. v.).
Anuvadana (f.) [fr. anuvadati] blaming, blame, censure Vin ii.88
(anuvada +).
Anuvasati [anu + vasati] to live with somebody, to dwell, inhabit
J ii.421. Caus. °vaseti to pass, spend (time) J vi.296. — pp.
°vuttha (q. v.).
Anuvassam (adv.) [anu + vassa] for one rainy season; every rainy
season or year, i. e. annually C. on Th 1, 24.
Anuvassika (adj.) [fr. anuvassam] one who has (just) passed one
rainy season Th 1, 24 ("scarce have the rains gone by" Mrs.
Rh. D.; see trsl. p. 29 n. 2).
50
Anuvaceti
Anusa yayati
Anuvaceti [anu + Caus. of vac] to say after, to repeat (words),
to recite or make recite after or again D i. 1 04 (= tehi annesam
vacitam anuvacenti DA i.273); Miln 345. Cp. anubhaseti.
Anuvata 1 [anu + va to blow] a forward wind, the wind that blows
from behind, a favourable wind; °m adv. with the wind, in the
direction of the wind (opp. pativatam). A i.226 (“pativatam);
Sdhp 425 (pativata 0 ). In anuvate (anu + vate) at J ii.382 "with
the wind, facing the w., in front of the wind" anu is to be taken
as prep. c. loc. & to be separated from vate (see anu A b.).
Anuvata 2 [anu + va to weave (?) in analogy to vata from va to
blow] only in connection with the making of the bhikkhus'
garments (clvara) "weaving on, supplementary weaving, or
along the seam", i. e. hem, seam, binding Vin i.254, 297;
ii. 1 77; iv.121 (aggala +); PvA 73 (anuvate appabhonte since
the binding was insufficient).
Anuvada [fr. anuvadatl, cp. Sk. anuvada in meaning of "repeti-
tion"] 1. blaming, censure, admonition Vin ii.5, 32; A ii. 121
(atta°, para°); Vbh 376. — 2. in comb 11 vadanuvada: talk
and lesser or additional talk, i. e. "small talk" (see anu B iv.)
D i.161; M i.368.
-adhikarana a question or case of censure Vin ii. 88 sq.;
iii. 164 (one of the 4 adhikaranani, q. v.).
Anuvasana (nt.) [fr. anuvaseti] an oily enema, an injection Miln
353.
Anuvaseti [anu + vaseti, Caus. of vasa 3 odour, perfume] to treat
with fragrant oil, i. e. to make an injection or give an enema
of salubrious oil Miln 169; grd. “vasanlya ibid.; pp. °vasita
Miln 214.
Anuvikkhitta (adj.) [anu + vi + khitta, pp. of anu + vikkhipati]
dispersed over S v.277 sq. (+ anuvisata).
Anuviganeti [anu + vi + ganeti] to take care of, regard, heed, con-
sider Th 1, 109.
Anuvicarati [anu + vi + carati] to wander about, stroll roam
through, explore D i.235; J ii. 128; iii. 188; PvA 189 (= anu-
pariyati). — Caus. “vicareti to think over (lit. to make one's
mind wander over), to meditate, ponder (cp. anuvicinteti);
always comb d with anuvitakketi (q. v.) A i.264 (cetasa),
iii. 178 (dhammam cetasa a.). — pp. anuvicarita (q. v.).
Anuvicarita [pp. of anuvicareti] reflected, pondered over,
thought out S iii. 203 (manasa); DA i. 106 (= anucarita).
Anuvicara [anu + vicara, cf. anuvicareti] meditation, reflexion,
thought Dhs 85 (= vicara).
Anuvicinaka [fr. anu + vicinati] one who examines, an examiner
Miln 365.
Anuvicinteti [anu + vi + cinteti] to think or ponder over, to med-
itate D ii.203; S i 203 (yoniso °cintaya, imper. "marshall thy
thoughts in ordered governance" Mrs. Rh. D.; v. 1. anucin-
taya); Th 1, 747; Dh 364; It 82 (dhammam °ayam); J iii. 396;
iv. 227; v.223 (dhammam °cintayanto).
Anuvicca [ger. of anuvijjati, for the regular from anuvijja prob.
through influence of anu + i (anu — v — icca for anvicca), cf.
anveti & adhicca; & see anuvijjati] having known or found out,
knowing well or thoroughly, testing, finding out M i.301, 361
(v. 1. °vijja); A ii.3, 84; v.88; Dh 229 (= janitva DliA iii. 329);
Sn 530 (= anuviditva SnA 431); J i.459 (= janitva C.); iii. 426;
Pug. 49.
-kara a thorough investigation, examination, test Vin
i.236 (here spelt anuvijja) = M i.379 (= “viditva C.) = A
iv. 1 85.
Anuvijjaka [fr. anuvijja, ger. of anuvijjati] one who finds out, an
examiner Vin v. 16 1 .
Anuvijjati [anu + vid, with fusion of Vedic vetti to know, and
Pass, of vindati to find (= vidyate)] to know thoroughly, to
find out, to trace, to come to know; inf. “vijjitim J iii. 506;
ger. “viditva Sn A 431, also °vijja & vicca (see both under
anuvicca); grd. ananuvejja not to be known, unfathomable,
unknowable M i. 140 (Tathagato ananuvejjo). — Caus. anu-
vijjapeti to make some one find out J v.162. — pp. anuvidita
(q. V.).
Anuvijjhati [anu + vyadh] 1 . to pierce or be pierced, to be struck
or hurt with (instr.) J vi.439 — 2. to be affected with, to fall
into, to incur DhA iii. 380 (aparadham). — pp. anuviddha (q.
v. ).
Anuvitakketi [anu + vi + takketi] to reflect, think, ponder over,
usually comb d with anuvicareti D i. 1 1 9; iii. 242; S v.67 = It
107 (anussarati +); A iii. 383.
Anuvidita [pp. of anuvijjati] found out, recognised; one who has
found out or knows well Sn 528, 530 (= anubuddha Sn A 43 1).
Same in B.Sk., e.g. M Vastu iii. 398.
Anuviddha (adj.) [pp. of anuvijjhati] pierced, intertwined or set
with (— °) VvA 278.
Anuvidhlyati [cf. Sk. anuvidhiyate & adj. anuvidhayin; Pass,
of anu + vi + dha, cf. vidahati] to act in conformity with, to
follow (instruction) M ii. 105 = Th 1, 875; S iv.199; J ii.98;
iii. 357.
Anuvidhlyana (f.) [abstr. fr. anuvidhlyati] acting according to,
conformity with M i.43.
Anuviloketi [anu + vi + loketi; B.Sk. anuvilokayati] to look round
at, look over, survey, muster M i.339; Sn p. 140; J i.53; Miln
7 (lakam), 21 (parisam), 230.
Anuvivatta [anu + vivatta] an "after — evolution", devolution; as
part of a bhikkhu°s dress: a sub — vivatta (q. v.) Vin i.287
(vivatta +).
Anuvisata (anu + visata, pp. of anu + vi + sr] spread over S v.277
sq.; J iv.102.
Anuvuttha [pp. of anuvasati, cf. Sk. anusita] living with, staying,
dwelling J ii.42 (cira°); v.445 (id.).
Anuvejja (adj.) in an° see anuvijjati.
Anuvyanjana & anubyanjana (e. g. Vin iv. 15; J i. 12) (nt.) [anu
+ vyanjana] accompanying (i. e. secondary) attribute, minor
or inferior characteristic, supplementary or additional sign or
mark (cf. mahapurisa — lakkhana) Vin i.65 (abl. anuvyan-
janaso "in detail"); M iii. 126; S iv.168; A iv.279 (abl.); v.73
sq.; Pug 24, 58; Miln 339; VvA 315; DhsA 400.
-gahin taking up or occupying oneself with details, taken
up with lesser or inferior marks D i.70 (cf. MVastu iii. 52);
iii. 225; S iv.104; A i. 113; ii.16, 152 sq.; Dhs 1345 (cf. Dhs
trsl. 351).
51
Anusa yayati
Anusasana
Anusamyayati [anu + sam + yayati] to traverse; to go up to, sur-
round, visit (ace.) M i.209 (Bhagavantam °itva), J iv.214 (v.l.
anuyayitva). See also anuyati and anusannati.
Anusamvacchara (adj.) [anu + samv°] yearly DhA i.388
(nakkhattam). Usually nt. °m as adv. yearly, every year J
i.68; v.99. On use of anu in this comb" see anu A a.
Anusancarati [anu + sam + carati] to walk along, to go round
about, to visit M i.279; S v.53, 301; J i.202; iii.502; PvA 279
(nagaram). — pp. anusancarita (q. v.).
Anusancarita [pp. of anusancarati] frequented, visited, resorted
to Miln 387.
Anusanceteti [anu + sam + ceteti] to set ones mind on, concen-
trate, think over, meditate Pug 12.
Anusannati [either anu + sam + jna (janati) or (preferably) =
anusamyati as short form of anusamyayati, like anuyati >
anuyayati of anu + sam + ya, cf. Sk. anusamyati in same
meaning] to go to, to visit, inspect, control; ppr. med.
°sannayamana Vin iii.43 (kammante); inf. °sannatum A
i.68. (janapade).
Anusata [Sk. anusrta, pp. of anu + sr] sprinkled with ( — °), be-
strewn, scattered Vv 5 3 (paduma 0 magga = vippakinna VvA
36).
Anusatthar [n. ag. to anu + sas, cf. Sk. anusasitr & P. satthar]
instructor, adviser J iv. 178 (acariya+). Cp. anusasaka.
Anusatthi (f.) [Sk. anusasti, anu + sas, cp. anusasana] admoni-
tion, rule, instruction J i.241; Miln 98, 172, 186 (dhamma°),
225, 227, 347.
Anusandati [Vedic anusyandati, anu + syad] to stream along af-
ter, to follow, to be connected with. Thus to be read at Miln
63 for anusandahati (anuravati +; of sound), while at A iv.47
the reading is to be corrected to anusandahati.
Anusandahati [anu + sam + dha, cf. Vedic abhi + sam + dha] to
direct upon, to apply to A iv.47 sq. (cittam samapattiya; so to
be read with v. 1. for anusandati); Miln 63 (but here prob. to
be read as anusandati, q.v.).
Anusandhanata (f.) [= anusandhi] application, adjusting Dhs 8
(cittassa).
Anusandhi (f.) [fr. anu + sarh + dha] connection, (logical) con-
clusion, application DA i. 122 (where 3 kinds are enum d , viz.
puccha 0 , ajjhasaya°, yatha°); Nett 14 (pucchato; Hard., in
Index "complete cessation"?!). Esp. freq. in (Jataka) phrase
anusandhim ghateti "to form the connection", to draw the
conclusion, to show the application of the story or point out its
maxim J i. 1 06; 308; DhA ii.40, 47; etc.
Anusampavankata (f.) [anu + sam + pavankata; is reading cor-
rect?] disputing, quarrelling)?) Vin ii.88 (under anuvadad-
hikarana).
Anusaya [anu + si, seti Sk. anusaya has a diff. meaning] (see
Kvu trsl. 234 n. 2 and Cpd. 172 n. 2). Bent, bias, pro-
clivity, the persistance of a dormant or latent disposition, pre-
disposition, tendency. Always in bad sense. In the oldest
texts the word usually occurs absolutely, without mention of
the cause or direction of the bias. So Sn. 14 = 369, 545;
M. iii.3 1 ; S. iii.130, iv.33, v.28 236; A. i.44; ii.157; iii.74,
246, 443. Or in the triplet obstinacy, prejudice and bias
(adhitthanabhinivesanusaya) S. ii.17; iii.10, 135, 161; A.
v.iii. Occasionally a source of the bias is mentioned. Thus
pride at S. i.188; ii.252 ff, 275; iii.80, 103, 169, 253; iv.41,
197; A i. 132, iv.70 doubt at M. i.486 — ignorance lust and
hatred at S iv.205, M iii.285. At D iii.254, 282; S v.60; and
A iv.9. we have a list of seven anusaya's, the above five and
delusion and craving for rebirth. Hence — forward these lists
govern the connotation of the word; but it would be wrong to
put that connotation back into the earlier passages. Later ref-
erences are Ps i.26, 70 ff, 123, 130, 195; ii.36, 84, 94, 158;
Pug 21; Vbh 340, 383, 356; Kvu 405 ff. Dpvs i.42.
Anusayita [pp. of anuseti, anu + si] dormant, only in comb"
dlgharatta 0 latent so long Th 1, 768; Sn 355, 649. Cp.
anusaya & anusayin.
Anusayin (adj.) [fr. anusaya] D ii.283 (me dlgharatta 0 ), "forme,
so long obsessed (with doubts)". The reading is uncertain.
Anusarati [anu + sr] to follow, conform oneself to S iv. 303 (pha-
lam anusarissati BB, but balam anupadassati SS perhaps to be
preferred). — Caus. anusareti to bring together with, to send
up to or against Miln 36 (annamannam a. anupeseti).
Anusavati at S ii.54 (asava na a.; v. 1. anusayanti) & iv. 188
(akusala dhamma na a.; v. 1. anusenti) should preferably be
read anusayati: see anuseti 2.
Anusahagata (adj.) having a residuum, accompanied by a mini-
mum of.. S iii.130; Kvu 81, see anu°.
Anusayika (adj.) [fr. anusaya] attached to one, i. e. inherent,
chronic (of disease) M ii.70 (abadha, v. 1. BB anussayika);
DhA i.43 1 (roga).
Anusara [fr. anu + sr] "going along with", following, conformity.
Only in obi. eases ( — °) anusarena (instr.) in consequence of,
in accordance with, according to J i.8; PvA 187 (tad), 227; and
anusarato (abl.) id. Sdhp 91.
Anusarin ( — °) (adj.) [fr. anu + sarati] following, striving after,
acting in accordance with, living up to or after. Freq. in for-
mula dhammanusarin saddhanusarin living in conformity
with the Norm & the Faith D iii.254; M i. 142, 479; S iii.225;
v. 200 sq.; A i.74; iv.10; Pug 15. — Cp. also S i. 1 5 (bhava-
sota°); iv.128 (id.); J vi.444 (panditassa 0 = veyyavaccakara
C.); Sdhp 528 (attha°).
Anusareti see anusarati.
Anusasaka [fr. anusasati] adviser, instructor, counsellor J ii. 105;
Miln 186,217,264. Cp. anusatthar.
Anusasati [Vedic anusasati, anu + sas] 1. to advise, admonish,
instruct in or give advice upon (c. ace.) to exhort to Vin i.83;
D i. 135; ii. 1 54; Dh 77, 159 (annatii); J vi.368; cp. i.10 3 ; Pv
ii.6 8 ; PvA 148. — grd. anusasiya Vin i.59; and °sasitabba
DhA iii.99. — Pass °sasiyati Vin ii.200; Miln 186. — 2. to
rule, govern (ace.) administer to (dat.) S i.236 = Sn 1002
(pathavim dhammenam — anusasati, of a Cakkavattin); J ii.2;
vi. 5 17 (rajjassa = rajjarh C., i. e. take care of) DA i.246 (read
°sasantena); PvA 161 (rajjam). — pp. anusittha (q. v.); cp.
anusatthar, anusatthi & ovadati.
Anusasana (nt.) [Vedic anusasana, fr. anu + sas] advice, in-
struction, admonition D iii.107; A i.292 (“patihariya, cp.
52
Anusasana
Anussukita
anusasam); Miln 359.
AnusasanT (f.) [fr. anusasati, cp. anusasana] instruction, teach-
ing, commandment, order S v.108; A ii. 147; iii.87; v.24 sq.,
49, 338; J v.113; Th 2, 172, 180; Pv iii.7 6 ; ThA 162; VvA 19,
80, 81.
-patihariya (anusasani 0 ) the miracle of teaching, the won-
der worked by the commandments (of the Buddha) Vin ii.200;
D i.2 12, 214; iii.220; A i. 170; v.327; J iii.323; Ps ii.227 sq.
Anusikkhati [Vedic anusiksati; anu + Desid. of sak] to learn
of somebody (gen.); to follow one's example, to imitate Vin
ii. 201 (ppr. med. °amana); S i.235; A iv. 282, 286, 323;
Sn 294 (vattam, cp. RV iii.59, 2: vratena siksati), 934; J
i.89; ii.98; iii.315; v.334; vi.62; Th 1, 963; Miln 61. — Caus
anusikkhapeti to teach [= Sk. anusiksayati] Miln 352.
Anusikkhin (adj.) [fr. anusikhati] studying, learning M i. 100;
Dh 226 (ahoratta 0 = diva ca rattin ca tisso sikkha sikkhamana
DliA iii.324).
Anusittha (Vedic anusista, pp. of anusasati] instructed, admon-
ished, advised; ordered, commanded Mii. 96; Ji. 226; Pv ii.8 11 ;
Miln 284, 349.
Anusibbati [anu + sibbati, siv to sew] to interweave Vin iii.336
(introd. to Sam. Pas.).
Anusunati [anu + sru] to hear; pret. anassum [Sk. an-vasruvam]
1 heard Mi.333.
Anusumbhati [anu + sumbhati (sobhati); subh or (Vedic) sumbh]
to adorn, embellish, prepare J vi.76.
Anusuyyam [cp. Sk. anasuyam] reading at J iii.27, see
anasuyyam.
Anusuyyaka (adj.) [an + usuyyaka] not envious, not jealous Sn
325 (= usuyyavigamena a. SnA 332); J ii. 192 (v. 1. anus-
suyyaka); v.112.
Anusetthi [anu + setthi] 1 . an under — setthi (banker, merchant) J
v.384 (see anu B iii. a.). — 2. in redupl. cpd. setthanusetthi
(see anu B iv) "bankers & lesser bankers", i. e. all kinds of
well — to — do families J vi.33 1 .
Anuseti [anu + seti. cp. Sk. anusayate or° sete, from si] to "lie
down with", i. e. (1) trs. to dwell on, harp on (an idea) S ii.65;
iii. 36; iv.208. — 2. (of the idea) to obsess, to fill the mind
persistently, to lie dormant & be continually cropping up. M
i.40, 108, 433; S ii.54 (so read with SS for anusavanti) iv.188;
A i.283; iii.246; Pug 32, 48. — pp. anusayita (q. v.).
Anusocati [anu + socati] to mourn for, to bewail Sn 851 (atitam
na a.; cp. Nd 1 222); Pv i.12 7 ; ii.6 8 ; PvA 95.
Anusocana (nt.) [abstr. fr. anusocati] bewailing, mourning PvA
65.
Anusota 0 [anu + sota, in °rh as adv. or acc. to expl n under anu
A a.] in anusotam (adv.) along the stream or current, down
— stream A ii. 12; J i.70 (opp. patisotam against the stream);
PvA 169 (Gangayaa. agacchanto).
-gamin "one who follows the stream", i. e. giving way
to ones inclinations, following ones will A ii.5, 6 (opp. pati°);
Sn. 3 19 (= sotam anugacchanto Sn A 330); Pug 62.
Anussati (f.) [Sk. anusmrti, fr. anu + smr, cp. sati] remem-
brance, recollection, thinking of, mindfulness. A late list of
subjects to be kept in mind comprises six anussati-tthanani,
viz. Buddha 0 , Dhamma 0 , Sangha 0 , slla°, caga°, devata 0 , i.
e. proper attention to the Buddha, the Doctrines, the Church,
to morality, charity, the gods. Thus at D iii. 250, 280 (cp. A
i. 2 11); A iii. 284, 312 sq., 452; v.329 sq.; Ps i.28. Expanded
to 10 subjects (the above plus anapana-sati, marana-sati,
kayagata-sati, upasamanussati) at A i.30, 42 (cp. Lai. Vist
34). For other references see D i. 8 1; S v.67 = It 107 (anus-
sarana at latter pass.); A iii. 284, 325, 452. Ps i.48, 95, 186;
Pug 25, 60; Dhs 14, 23, 1350 (anussati here to be corr. to asati,
see Dhs. trsl. 351); Sdhp. 225, 231, 482. See also anuttariya
(anussat — anuttariya).
Anussada (adj.) [an + ussada without haughtiness Sn 624 (vv. 11.
anusaddha & anussuda; Sn A 467 expl 11 by tanha ussadabhava)
= Dh 400 (which pass, has anussuta; v.l. K.B. anussada; DhA
iv.165 exp I s ' with tanha — ussavabhava, vv. 11. °ussada°); It
97 (vv. 11. anussata & anussara).
Anussarana (nt.) [abstr. to anussarati] remembrance, memory,
recollection It 107 (= anussati at id. p. S v.67); PvA 25, 29.
Anussarati [Vedic anusmarati, anu + smr] to remember, recol-
lect, have memory of (acc.), bear in mind; be aware of D ii.8,
53, 54 (jatito etc.); S iii. 86 sq. (pubbenivasam); v.67 (dham-
mam a. anuvitakketi), 303 (kappasahassam); A i.25, 164(pub-
benivasam), 207 (Tathagatam, Dhammam etc.); iii. 285 (id.),
323 (nivasam), 418; v.34, 38, 132, 199, 336 (kalyanamitte); It
82 (dhammam), 98 (pubbenivasam); J i. 167; ii. Ill; Dh 364;
Pv i.5 9 ; Pug 60; Sdhp 580, 587; DA i.257; KhA 213; DhA
ii. 84; iv.95; PvA 29, 53, 69, 79, 107. — pp. anussarita (see
anussaritar). — Caus anussarapeti to remind someone, to call
to mind J ii. 147.
Anussaritar [n. ag. to anussarita, pp. of anussarati] one who
recollects or remembers S v.l 97, 225 (saritar +); A v.25, 28.
Anussava [anu + sava fr. sru, cp. Vedic sravas nt.] hearsay, re-
port, tradition M i.520; ii.2 11; S ii. 1 1 5 ; iv.138; A i.26; J i. 1 58
(with ref. to part, kira = annussav'atthe nipato; so also at VvA
322, cf. anussavana); ii.396, 430 (id.); iv.441; instr. °ena from
hearsay, by report A ii. 1 9 1 (cf. itihltiham).
Anussavana (nt.) [anu + savana fr. sru] = anussava PvA 103
(kira — saddo anussavane, from hearsay).
Anussavika (adj.) [fr. anussava] "belonging to hearsay", tradi-
tional; one who is familiar with tradition or who learns from
hearsay M i.520; ii.211. Cp. anussutika.
Anussavaka [fr. anussaveti] one who proclaims or announces, a
speaker (of a kammavaca) Vin i. 74.
Anussavana (nt.) & °a (f.) [fr. anussaveti] a proclamation Vin
i.3 17, 340; v. 170, 186, 202 sq.
Anussavita [pp. of anussaveti] proclaimed, announced Vin i. 103.
Anussaveti [anu + saved, Caus. of sru, cp. B.Sk. anusra-vayati
"to proclaim aloud the guilt of a criminal" AvS. i . 1 02 ; ii. 182]
to cause to be heard or sound; to proclaim, utter, speak out
Vin i. 103 (“ssaviyamana ppr. Pass.); ii.48 (saddam a.). — pp.
anussavita.
Anussuka (adj.) [an + ussuka] free from greed Dh 199; cf. anus-
sukin v. 1. D iii. 47, also anissukin and apalasin.
53
Anussukita
Anopa
Anussukita [an + ussuk°] VvA 74 & anussukin Pug 23 =
anussuka.
Anussuta 1 (adj.) [an + ussuta, ud + sr] free from lust Dh 400 (=
ussavavena anussuta C.). See also anussada.
Anussuta 2 [anu + suta, pp. of sru] heard of; only in cpd. ananus-
suta unheard of S ii.9; Pug 14.
Anussutika (adj.) [fr. anu + sru, cp. anussavika] according to
tradition or report, one who goes by or learns from hearsay
DA i. 1 06, 107.
Anussuyyaka see anusuyyaka.
Anuhasati [anu + hasati] to laugh at, to ridicule DA i.256.
Anuhlrati [for “hariyati, anu + hr] to be held up over, ppr.
anuhlramana D ii. 15 (w. 11. v. 1. anubhiram 0 ; glosses B.
K. anudhariyam 0 , cp. Trenckner, Notes 79).
Anuna (adj.) [Vedic anuna, an + una] not lacking, entire, com-
plete, without deficiency J vi 273; Dpvs v.52; Miln 226; DA
i.248 (+ pariptira, expl d by anavaya).
Anunaka = anuna Dpvs iv.34.
Anunata (f.) [abstr. fr. anuna] completeness Cp. iii.6 11 .
Anupa (adj.) [Vedic anupa, anu + ap: see apa, orig. alongside of
water] watery, moist; watery land, lowland J. iv.358 (anopa T;
anupa C. p. 359), 381 (°khetta); Miln 129 (°khetta).
Anupaghata [metrically for anupa 0 ] not killing, not murder-
ing. Dh 185 (= anupahananan c°eva anupaghatanan ca DhA
iii.238).
Anupadhika for anu° in metre Sn 1057, see upadhi.
Anupanahin (adj.) [an + upanahin, with u metri causa] not bear-
ing ill — will, not angry with J iv.463.
Anupama at It 122 is metric reading for anupama (see upama).
Anupalitta (adj.) [an + upalitta, with ti in metre] free from taint,
unstained, unsmeared Sn 211, 392, 468, 790, 845; Dh 353; cf.
Nd 1 90 and DhA iv.72.
Anupavada [an + upavada, with metrically lengthened u] not
grumbling, not finding fault Dh 185 (= anupavadanan c° eva
anupavadapanan ca DhA iii.238).
Anuhata (adj.) [pp. of an + uhannati, ud + han] not rooted out,
not removed or destroyed Th 1, 223 = Nd 2 97 4 ; Dh 338 (=
asamucchinna DhA iv.48).
Aneka (adj.) (usually ° — ) [an + eka] not one, i. e. many,
various; countless, numberless It 99 (samvattakappa countless
aeons); Sn 688 (°sakha); Dh 153 (°jatisara); J iv.2; vi.366.
-pariyayena (instr.) in many ways Vin i. 16; Sn p. 15.
-rupa various, manifold Sn 1049, 1079, 1082; Nd 2 54 (=
anekavidha). -vidha manifold Nd 2 54; DA i. 103. -vihita
various, manifold D i. 12, 13, 178; It 98; Pug 55; DA i. 103 (=
anekavidha).
Anekamsa (f.) [an + ekamsa] doubt Nd 2 1.
Anekamsikata (f.) [abstr. fr. anekamsa + kata] uncertainty,
doubtfulness Miln 93.
Aneja (adj.) [an + eja] free from desires or lust D ii. 1 57; Sn 920,
1043, 1101, 1112; It 91 (opp. ejanuga Nd 1 353 = Nd 2 55; Dh
414 (= tanhaya abhavena DhA iv. 194), 422; Pv iv.l 35 (nit-
tanha PvA 230).
Anedha (adj.) [an + edha] without fuel J iv.26 (=anindhana).
Aneja (adj.) [an + e|a = ena, see nela & cp. BSk. eda (muka);
Vedic anena] faultless, pure; only in foil, cpds.: °gala free
from the dripping or oozing of impurity (thus expl d at DA
i.282, viz. elagalana — virahita), but more likely in lit. mean-
ing "having a pure or clear throat" or, of vaca speech: "clearly
enunciated" (thus Mrs. Rh. D. at Kindred Sayings i.24 1) Vin
i. 197 = D i. 1 14 = S i.189; A ii.51, 97; iii.114, 195. Cp. also
M Vastu iii. 322. — °muga same as prec. "having a clear
throat", i. e. not dumb, fig. clever, skilled D iii. 265; Sn 70 (=
alalamukha SnA 124), cp. Nd 2 259.
Anejaka (adj.) [cp. BSk. anedaka, e. g. Av. S. i. 187, 243; M
Vastu i.339; iii. 322] = aneja, pure, clear M ii.5; J vi.529.
Anesana (f.) [an + esana] impropriety S ii. 194; J ii.86; i v. 381;
Miln 343, 401; DA i. 169; DhA iv.34; Sdhp 392, 427.
Ano- is a frequent form of comp" an-ava, see ava.
Anoka (nt.) [an + oka] houselessness, a houseless state, fig free-
dom from worldliness or attachment to life, singleness S v.24
= A v.232 = Dh 87 (oka anokam agamma). — adj. homeless,
free from attachment S i. 176; Dh 87 (= analaya DhA ii. 1 62);
Sn 966 (adj.; expl d at Nd 1 487 by abhisankhara — sahagatassa
vinnanassa okasarh na karoti, & at SnA 573 by abhisankhara
— vinnan 3 adlnarh anokasabhuta).
sarin living in a houseless state, fig. being free from
worldly attachment S iii. 10 = Nd 1 197; Sn 628 (= analaya-
carin SnA 468); Ud 32; Dh 404 (v. 1. anokka 0 ); DhA iv.l 74
(= analaya — carin); Miln 386.
Anogha in anogha — tinna see ogha.
Anojaka = anoja Vv 35 4 (= VvA 161, where classed with yodhika
bandhujlvaka).
Anojagghati at D i.91 is v. 1. for anujagghati.
Anoja (f.) [*Sk. anuja] a kind of shrub or tree with red flow-
ers J vi.536 (korandaka +); usually in cpd. anojapuppha the
a. flower, used for wreaths etc. J i.9 (°dama, a garland of a
flowers); vi.227 (id.); DhA ii. 116 (°cangotaka).
Anottappa (nt.) [an + ottappa] recklessness, hardness D iii. 212;
It 34 (ahirika +); Pug 20; Dhs 365. Cp. anottapin.
Anottapin & Anottappin (adj.) [fr. anottappa] not afraid of sin,
bold, reckless, shameless D iii. 252, 282 (pp; ahirika); Sn 133
(p; ahirika +); It 27, 115 (anatapin anottappin, vv. 11. anot-
tapin); Pug 20, 24.
Anodaka (adj.) [an + udaka] without water, dry J i. 307; DhA i. 52;
Sdhp 443.
Anodissaka (adj.) [an + odissa + ka] unrestricted, without ex-
ception, general, universal; only in cpd. °vasena universally,
thoroughly (with ref. to metta) J i.81; ii 146; VvA 97 (in gen-
eral; opp. odissaka-vasena). See also Mrs. Rh. D. Psalms of
the Brethren p. 5 n. 1.
Anonamati [an + onamati] not to bend, to be inflexible, in foil, ex-
pressions: anonamaka (nt.) not stooping DhA ii. 136; auona-
manto (ppr.) not bending D ii. 1 7 = iii. 143; anonami-danda
(for anonamiya 0 ) an inflexible stick Miln 238 (anonami 0 T,
but anonami 0 w. 11., see Miln 427).
54
Anopa
Antara
Anopa see anupa.
Anoma (adj.) (only ° — ) [an + oma] not inferior, superior, per-
fect, supreme, in foil. cpds.
-guna supreme virtue DA i.288. -dassika of superior
beauty Vv 20 7 , VvA 103 (both as v. 1.; T. anuma°); Vv 43 7 .
-dassin one who has supreme knowledge; of unexcelled wis-
dom (Name of a Buddha) J i.228. -nama of perfect name
S i.33 ("by name the Peerless" Mrs. Rh. D.), 235; Sn 153,
177 (cp. SnA 200). -nikkama of perfect energy Vv 64 27
(= paripunna — viriyataya a. VvA 284). -pahha of lofty
or supreme wisdom (Ep. of the Buddha) Sn 343, 352 (=
mahapanna SnA 347); Th 2, 522 (= paripunna — panna ThA
296), DhA i.31. -vanna of excellent colour Sn 686 J vi.202.
-viriya of supreme exertion or energy Sn 353.
Anomajjati [anu + ava + majjati, mrj] to rub along over, to stroke,
only in phrase gattani panina a. to rub over one's limbs with
the hand M i.80, 509; Sv.216.
Anorapara (adj.) [an + ora + para] having (a shore) neither on
this side nor beyond Miln 319.
Anoramati [an + ava + ram] not to stop, to continue J iii.487;
DhA iii.9 (ger. °itva continually).
Anovassa (nt.) [an + ovassa; cp. Sk. anavavarsana] absence of
rain, drought J v.317 (v. 1. BB for anvavassa T.; q. v.).
Anovassaka (adj.) [an + ovassaka] sheltered from the rain, dry
Vin ii.2 1 1 ; iv.272; J i.172; ii.50; iii.73; DhA ii. 263; ThA 188.
Anosita (adj.) [an + ava + sita, pp. of sa] not inhabited (by),
not accessible (to) Sn 937 (= anajjhositam Nd 1 441; jaradthi
anajjhavuttham thanarh SnA 566).
Anta 1 [Vedic anta; Goth, andeis = Ohg. anti = E. end; cp. also
Lat. antiae forehead (: E. antler), and the prep, anti opposite,
antika near = Lat. ante; Gr. avxi & of'vca opposite; Goth.,
Ags. and; Ger. ant — ; orig. the opposite (i. e. what stands
against or faces the starting — point)]. 1. end, finish, goal S
iv.368 (of Nibbana); Sn 467; J ii. 159. antam karoti to make
an end (of) Sn 283, 512; Dh 275, cp. antakara, °kiriya. —
loc. ante at the end of, immediately after J i.203 (vijay°). —
2. limit, border, edge Vin i.47; Dh 305 (van°); J iii. 188. —
3. side: see ekamantam (on one side, aside). — 4. opposite
side, opposite, counterpart; pi. parts, contrasts, extremes; thus
also used as "constituent, principle" (in tayo & cattaro anta;
or does it belong to anta 2 2. in this meaning? Cp. ekantam
extremely, under anta 2 ): dve anta (two extremes) Vin i.10; S
ii.17; iii. 135. ubho anta (both sides) Vin i.10; S ii. 17; J i.8;
Nd 1 109. eko, dutiyo anto (contrasts) Nd 1 52. As tayo anta
or principles)?), viz. sakkaya, s. — samudaya, s. — nirodha
D iii.216, cp. A iii. 401; as cattaro, viz. the 3 mentioned plus
s. — nirodhagamini — patipada at S iii. 157. Interpreted by
Morris as "goal" (J P T S. 1894, 70). — Often pleonastically,
to be expl d as a "pars pro toto" figure, like kammanta (q. v.)
the end of the work, i. e. the whole work (cp. E. sea — side,
country — side)', vananta the border of the wood = the woods
Dh 305; Pv ii.3 10 (expl d by vana PvA 86; same use in BSk.,
vananta e. g. at Jtm vi.21; cp. also gramanta Av. S. i.2 10);
suttanta (q. v.), etc. Cp. akasanta J vi.89 & the pleonastic
use of patha. -ananta (n.) no end, infinitude; (adj.) endless,
corresponds either to Sk. anta or antya, see anta 2 .
-ananta end & no end, or finite and endless, D i.22; DA
i. 1 15. -anantika (holding views of, or talking about) finite-
ness and infinitude D i.22 (see expl" at DA i. 1 1 5); S iii. 2 14,
258 sq.; Ps i. 155. -kara putting an end to, (n.) a deliverer,
saviour; usually in phrase dukkhass°a. (of the Buddha) M i.48,
531; A ii.2; iii.400 sq.; Th 1, 195; It 18; Sn 32, 337, 539; Pug
71. In other comb 11 - A ii. 163 (vijjay 0 ); Sn 1148 (panhan 0 ). —
-kiriya putting an end to, ending, relief, extirpation; always
used with ref. to dukkha S iv.93; It 89; Sn 454, 725; DhA
iv.45. -gata = antagu Nd 2 436 (+ kotigata). -gahika (f.),
viz. ditthi, is an attribute of micchaditthi, i. e. heretical doc-
trine. The meaning of anta in this comb 11 is not quite clear:
either "holding (wrong) principles (goals, Morris)", viz. the 3
as specified above 4 under tayo anta (thus Morris JP T S. 1884,
70), or "taking extreme sides, i. e. extremist", or "wrong, op-
posite (= antya, see anta 2 )" (thus Kern, Toev. s. v.) Vin i. 172;
D iii. 45, 48 (an°); S i.154; A i. 154; ii.240; iii.130; Ps i.151
sq. -gu one who has gone to the end, one who has gone
through or overcome (dukkha) A iv.254, 258, 262; Sn 401 (=
vattadukkhassa antagata); 539. -ruddhi at J vi.8 is doubtful
reading (antaruci?). -vatti rimmed circumference J iii. 159.
-sannin being conscious of an end (of the world) D i.22, cp.
DA i 115.
Anta 2 (adj.) [Vedic antya] 1. having an end, belonging to the
end; only in neg. ananta endless, infinite, boundless (opp.
antavant); which may be taken as equal to anta 1 (corresp.
with Sk. anta (adj.) or antya; also in doublet ananca, see
akas°ananca and vinnan 3 ananca); D i.23, 34 = D iii. 224, 262
sq.; Sn 468 (°panna); Dh 179, 180 (“gocara having an unlim-
ited range of mental vision, cp. DhA iii. 197); J i. 1 78. — 2.
extreme, last, worst J ii.440 (C. Iilna. lamaka); see also anta 1
4. — acc. as adv. in ekantam extremely, very much, "utterly"
Dh 228 etc. See eka.
Anta 3 (nt.) [Vedic antra, contr. fr. antara inner = Lat. interns,
Gr. eViepot intestines] the lower intestine, bowels, mesentery
It 89; J i.66, 260 (°vaddhi — mariisa etc.); Vism 258; DhA
i.80.
-ganthi twisting of the bowels, lit. "a knot in the in-
testines" Vin i.275 (°abadha). -guna [see guna 2 = gula 1 ] the
intestinal tract, the bowels S ii.270; A iv.132; Kh iii. = Miln
26; Vism 42; KhA 57. -mukha the anus J iv.402. -vatti =
°guna Vism 258.
Antaka [Vedic antaka] being at the end, or making an end, Ep.
of Death or Mara Vin i.21; S i.72; Th 2, 59 (expl d by ThA 65
as lamaka va Mara, thus taken = anta 2 ); Dh 48 (= marana —
sankhato antako DhA ii.366), 288 (= marana DhA iii. 434).
Antamaso (adv.) [orig. abl. of antama, *Sk. antamasah; cp. BSk.
antasah as same formation fr. anta, in same meaning ("even")
Av. S. i.3 14; Divy 161] even Vin iii. 260; iv.123; D i.168; M
iii. 127; A v.195; J ii.129; DA i.170; SnA 35; VvA 155.
Antara (adj.) [Vedic antara, cp. Gr. sf'vxspa = Sk. antra (see
anta 3 ), Lat. interns fr. prep, inter. See also ante & anto]. Pri-
mary meanings are "inside" and "in between"; as adj. "inner";
in prep, use & in cpds. "inside, in between". Further develop-
ment of meaning is with a view of contrasting the (two) sides
of the inside relation, i. e. having a space between, different
from; thus nt. antaram difference.
55
Antara
Antara
I. {Adj. — n) 1. (a) inner, having or being inside It 83
(tayo antara mala three inward stains); esp. as — ° in cpds.
amis° with greed inside, greedy, selfish Vin i.303; dos° with
anger inside, i. e. angry Vin ii.249; D iii.237; M i. 123; PvA
78 (so read for des°). Abl. antarato from within It 83. (b)
in between, distant; dvadasa yojan° antaram thanam PvA 139
139. — 2. In noun — function (nt.): (a), spatial: the in-
side (of) Vv 36 1 (pltantara a yellow cloak or inside garment =
pltavanna uttariya VvA 116); Davs i. 10 (dip 0 antara — vasin
living on the island); DhA i.358 (kanna — chidd° the inside
of the ear; VvA 50 (kacch° inner room or apartment). There-
fore also "space in between", break J v.352 (= chidda C.), &
obstacle, hindrance, i. g. what stands in between: see cpds.
and antara — dhayati (for antaram dhayati). — (b). temporal:
an interval of time, hence time in general, & also a specified
time, i. e. occasion. As interval in Buddhantaram the time be-
tween the death of one Buddha and the appearance of another,
PvA 10, 14, 21, 47, 191 etc. As time: It 121 (etasmirn antare
in that time or at this occasion); Pv i.10 11 (dlgharh antaram =
dlgharh kalam PvA 52); PvA 5 (etasmim antare at this time,
just then). As occasion: J v.287; Pug 55 (e)aka — m — an-
taram occasion of getting rain). S i.20, quoted DA i.34, (man
ca tan ca kim antaram what is there between me and you?) C.
expl s kirn karana. M rs Rh. D. in trsl". p. 256 "of me it is
and thee (this talk) — now why is this"; J vi.8 (assa antaram
na passimsu they did not see a diff. in him). — 3. Phrases:
antaram karoti (a) to keep away from or at a distance (trs.
and intrs.), to hold aloof, lit. "to make a space in between" M
iii. 14; J. iv.2 (°katva leaving behind); Pug A 231 (ummaram a.
katva staying away from a threshold); also adverbially: dasa
yojanani a. katva at a distance of 10 y. PvA 139. — (b.) to
remove, destroy J vi.56 (v. 1. BB. antarayam karoti).
II. In prep, use (° — ) with acc. (direction) or loc. (rest):
inside (of), in the midst of, between, during (cp. III. use of
cases), (a.) w. acc.: antaragharam pavittha gone into the
house Miln 11. — (b.) w. loc.: antaraghare nisldanti (in-
side the house) Vin ii.213; °dlpake in the centre of the island J
i.240; °dvare in the door J v.231; °magge on the road (cp. an-
taramagge) PvA 109; °bhatte in phrase ekasmim yeva a. dur-
ing one meal J i 19 = DhA i.249; °bhattasmim id. DhA iv.12;
“vithiyan in the middle of the road PvA 96. “satthlsu between
the thighs Vin ii. 1 6 1 (has antara satthmarh) = J i.2 1 8.
III. Adverbial use of cases, instr. antarena in between D
i.56; S iv.59, 73; J i.393; PvA 13 (kal° in a little while, na
kalantarena ib. 19). Often in comb 11 antarantarena (c. gen.)
right in between (lit. in between the space of) DhA i.63, 358.
— loc. antare in, inside of in between ( — ° or c. gen. KhA
81 (sutt° in the Sutta); DhA iii. 416 (mama a.); PvA 56, 63
(rukkh°). Also as antarantare right inside, right in the mid-
dle of (c. gen.) KhA 57; DhA i.59 (vanasandassa a.). — abl.
antara (see also sep. article of antara) in comb" 1 antarantara
from time to time, occasionally; successively time after time
Sn p. 107; DhA ii.86; iv.191; PvA 272.
IV. anantara (adj.) having or leaving nothing in between i.
e. immediately following, incessant, next, adjoining J iv.139;
Miln 382 (solid; DhA i.397; PvA 63 (tadantaram immediately
hereafter), 92 (immed. preceding), 97 (next in caste). See also
abbhantara.
-atlta gone past in the meantime J ii.243. -kappa an in-
termediary kappa (q. v.) D i 54. -karana a cause of impedi-
ment, hindrance, obstacle Pug A 23 1 -cakka "the intermediate
round", i. e. in astrology all that belongs to the intermediate
points of the compass Miln 178. -cara one who goes in be-
tween or inside, i. e. a robber S iv. 173. -bahira (adj.) inside
& outside J i. 125. -bhogika one who has power (wealth, in-
fluence) inside the kings dominion or under the king, a subor-
dinate chieftain (cp. antara — rattha) Vin iii. 47 -rattha an in-
termediate kingdom, rulership of a subordinate prince J v.135.
-vasa an interregnum Dpvs v.80. -vasaka "inner or interme-
diate garment", one of the 3 robes of a Buddhist bhikkhu (viz.
the sanghatl, uttarasanga & a.) Vin i.94, 289; ii.272. Cf. next,
-sataka an inner or lower garment [cp. Sk. antarlya id.], under
garment, i. e. the one between the outer one & the body VvA
166 (q. v.).
Antaramsa [B.Sk. antaramsa; antara + amsa] "in between the
shoulders", i. e. thechest J v.173 = vi. 171 (phrase lohitakkho
vihat 3 antaramso).
Antaratthaka (adj.) [antara + atthaka] only in phrases rattisu an-
taratthakasu and antaratthake hima-patasamaye (in which
antara functions as prep. c. loc., according to antara II. b.) i.
e. in the nights (& in the time of the falling of snow) between
the eighths (i. e. the eighth day before & after the full moon:
see atthaka 2 ). First phrase at Vin i.31, 288; iii 3 1; second at M
i. 79 (cp. p. 536 where Trenckner divides anta — ratthaka);
A i. 136 (in nom.); J i.390; Miln 396.
Antaradhana (nt.) [fr. antaradhayati] disappearance A i.58 (sad-
dhammassa); ii. 147; iii. 176 sq.; Miln 133; Dhs 645, 738, 871.
Cp. “dhayana.
Antaradhayati [antara + dhayati] to disappear Sn 449 (“dhayatha
3 rd sg. med.); Vv 81 28 (id.); J i.l 19 = DhA i.248; DhA iv.191
(ppr. “dhayamana & aor. dhayi) PvA 152, 217, (°dhayi), 245;
VvA 48. — ppr. antarahita (q. v.). — Caus. antaradhapeti
to cause to disappear, to destroy J i. 147; ii.415; PvA 123.
Antaradhayana (nt.) [fr. antaradhayati] disappearance DhA
iv.191. (v. 1. °adhana).
Antarayati [cp. denom. fr. antara] to go or step in between, ger.
antaritva (= antarayitva) J i.2 18.
Antarahita (adj.) [pp. of antaradhayati] 1. disappeared, gone, left
D i.222. M i.487. Miln 18. PvA 245. — 2 in phrase anan-
tarahitaya bhumiya (loc) on the bare soil (lit. on the ground
with nothing put in between it & the person lying down, i. e.
on an uncovered or unobstructed ground) Vin i.47; ii.209; M
ii. 57.
Antara (adv.) [abl. or adv. formation fr. antara; Vedic antara.]
prep. (c. gen. acc. or loc.), pref. (° — ) and adv. "in be-
tween" (of space & time), midway, inside; during, meanwhile,
between. On interpretation of term see DA i.34 sq. — (1).
(prep.) c. acc. (of the two points compared as termini; cp.
B.Sk. antara ca Divy 94 etc.) D i.l (antara ca Rajagaham
antara ca Najandam between R. and N.). — c. gen. & loc.
Vin ii. 1 61 (satthlnam between the thighs, where id. p. at J
i.2 18 has antara — satthlsu); A ii.245 (satthlnam. but v. 1.
satthimhi). — (2) (adv.) meanwhile Sn 291, 694; It 85; Dh
237. — occasionally Miln 251. — (3). (pref.) see cpds.
-katha "in between talk, talk for pastime, chance conver-
56
Antara
Anto
sation, D ii.l, 8, 9; S i.79; iv.281; A iii.167; Sn p. 115; DA
i. 49 and freq. passim, -gacchati to come in between, to pre-
vent J vi.295. -parinibbayin an Anagamin who passes away
in the middle of his term of life in some particular heaven D
iii.237; A i.233; Pug 16. -magge (loc.) on the road, on the
way J i.253; Miln 16; DhA ii.21; iii.337; PvA 151, 258, 269,
273 (cp. antara 0 ). -marana premature death DhA i.409; PvA
136. -muttaka one who is released in the meantime Vin
ii. 167.
Antarapana (nt.) [antara + pana "in between the shopping or trad-
ing"] place where the trading goes on, bazaar J i.55; vi.52;
Miln 1,330; DhA i. 181.
Antaraya 1 [antara + aya from i, lit. "coming in between"] ob-
stacle, hindrance, impediment to ( — °); prevention, bar; dan-
ger, accident to ( — ). There are 10 dangers (to or from)
enum d at Vin i.l 12, 169 etc., viz. raja°, cora°, aggi°,
udaka°, manussa°, amanussa 0 , vaja°, sirimsapa 0 , jlvita 0 ,
brahmacariya 0 . In B.Sk. 7 at Divy 544, viz. raja — caura
— manusy — amanusya — vyad — agny — udakam. — D
i.3, 25, 26; A iii.243, 306; iv.320; Sn 691, 692; Dh 286 (=
jlvit° DhA iii.431); J i.62, 128; KhA 181; DhA ii 52; VvA 1
= PvA 1 (hat° removing the obstacles) -antarayam karoti to
keep away from, hinder, hold back, prevent, destroy Vin i.l 5;
Jvi.171; Vism 120; PvA 20.
-kara one who causes impediments or bars the way, an
obstructor D i.227; S i.34; A i. 161; Pv iv.3 22 .
Antaraya 2 (adv.) [dat. of antara or formation fr. antara + ger. of
i?) in the meantime Sn 1 120 (cp Nd 2 58) = antara Sn A 603.
Antarayika (adj.) [fr. antaraya] causing an obstacle, forming an
impediment Vin i.94 = ii.272; M i.130; S ii.226; ThA 288.
Antarayikin (adj. — n.) [cp. antarayika] one who meets with an
obstacle, finding difficulties Vin iv.280 (an° = asati antaraye).
Antaraja (nt.) [Sk antarala] interior, interval Davs i.52; iii.53
(nabh°).
Antarika (adj.) [fr. antara] "being in between", i. e. - 1. interme-
diate, next, following: see an°. — 2. distant, lying in between
PvA 173 (aneka — yojan° thana). See also f. antarika. — 3.
inside: see antarika. -anantarika with no interval, succeed-
ing, immediately following, next Vin ii. 165, 212 (an°); iv.234.
Antarika (f.) [abstr. fr. antarika] "what lies in between or near",
i. e. — 1. the inside of Vin iv.272 (bhajan 0 ). — 2. the neigh-
bourhood, region of ( — °), sphere, compass Vin iii.39 (ur°,
angul°); J i.265 (yakkhassa sim° inside the ys sphere of in-
fluence). — 3. interval, interstice Vin ii. 1 1 6 (sutt° in lace); A
i. 124 (vijj° the interval of lightning).
Antalikkha (nt.) [Vedic antariksa = antari — ksa (ksi), lit. situ-
ated in between sky and earth] the atmosphere or air D ii.l 5;
A iii.239; iv.199; Sn222, 688; Dh 127 = Miln 150 = PvA 104;
Pv i.3 1 (= vehayasa — sannita a. PvA 14); KhA 166.
-ga going through the air A i.2 1 5. -cara walking through
the air Vin i.21; D i. 17; S i.lll; J v.267; DA i.110.
Antavant (adj.) [anta 1 + °vant] having an end, finite D i.22, 31,
187; Ps i. 1 5 1 sq.; 157; Dhs 1099, 1117, 1175; Miln 145. -
anantavant endless, infinite A v.193 (loka). See also loka.
Anti (indecl.) [Vedic anti = Lat ante, Gr. &vt[, Goth, and; Ags.
and — , Ger. ant — , ent — ] adv. & prep. c. gen.: opposite,
near J v.399 (tav° antim agata, read as tav° anti — m — agata;
C. santikam), 400, 404; vi.565 (samikass 0 anti = antike C.). —
Cp. antika.
Antika (adj. — n.) — 1. [der fr. anti] near KhA 217; nt. neigh-
bourhood Kh viii.l. (odak°); J vi.565 (antike loc. = anti near).
— 2. [der fr. anta = Sk. antya] being at the end, final, finished,
over S i.l 30 (purisa etad — antika, v. 1. SS antiya: men are
(to me) at the end for that, i. e. men do not exist any more for
me, for the purpose of begetting sons.
Antima (adj.) [Cp. superl. of anta] last, final (used almost ex-
clusively with ref. to the last & final reincarnation; thus in
comb 11 with deha & sarlra, the last body) D ii. 15; Dh 351; It
50 (antimam deharii dhareti), 53 (id.); Vv 5 12 ; Sn 478 (sanram
antimarii dhareti) 502; Miln 122, 148; VvA 106 (sarir 0 antima
— dharin); Sdhp 278.
-dehadhara one who wears his last body It 101 (dhara
T, °dhara v. 1.); VvA 163. -dharin = prec. S i. 14, 53 (+
khlnasava); ii.278; It 32, 40; Sn 471. -vatthu "the last thing",
i. e. the extreme, final or worst (sin) Vin i. 121, 135, 167,
320. -sarlra the last body; (adj.) having ones last rebirth S
i.2 1 0 (Buddho a° — sarlro); A ii.37; Sn 624; Dh 352, 400;
DhA iv. 166 (= kotiyam thito attabhavo).
Ante 0 (pref.) [Sk. antah, with change of — ah to — e, instead of
the usual — o, prob. through interpreting it as loc. of anta]
near, inside, within; only in foil, cpds.: °pura (nt.) "inner
town", the king's palace, esp. its inner apartments, i. e. harem
[Sk. antahpura, cp. also P. antopura] Vin i.75, 269; A v.81;
J ii. 125; iv.472; Miln 1; PvA 23, 81, 280; °purika harem
woman DhsA 403; °vasika one who lives in, i. e. lodges
or lives with his master or teacher, a pupil Vin i.60; iii.25; S
i. 1 80; iv.136; J i. 166; ii.278; iii.83, 463; PvA 12; VvA 138;
°vasin = °vasika Vin iii.66; D i.l, 45, 74, 78, 88, 108, 157; M
iii.116; DA i.36.
Anto (indecl.) [Sk. antah; Av antarD Lat. inter, Oir. etar between,
Ohg. untar; Idg. *entar, compar. of *en (in) = inner, inside]
prep, inside, either c. acc. denoting direction = into, or c. loc.
denoting place where = in. As prefix (° — ) in, within, inside,
inner (see cpds.) (1.) prep. c. acc. anto nivesanam gata gone
into the house J i. 158; anto jalam pavisati go into the net DhA
iii. 175; anto gamam pavisati to go into the village DhA ii.273;
anto nagaram pavisati DhA ii. 89; PvA 47. — (2) c. loc. anto
gabbhe J ii. 182; game DhA ii.52; gehe DhA ii.84; nadiyam J
vi.278; nivesane J ii.323; vasse in the rainy season J iv.242;
vimanasmim Pv i.10 1 ; sattahe inside of a week PvA 55.
-kotisanthara "house of the Golden Pavement" J iv. 113.
-gadha (°gata? Kern Toev.) in phrase °hetu, by inner rea-
son or by reason of its intensity PvA 10; VvA 12. -jana
"the inside people", i. e. people belonging to the house, the
family (= Lat. familia) D iii.6 1 (opp. to servants); A i. 152;
J vi.301; DA i.300. -jala the inside of the net, the net DhA
iv. 4 1 . -jalikata "in — netted", gone into the net D i.45; DA
i. 127. -nijjhana inner conflagration PvA 18. -nimugga al-
together immersed D i.75; A iii.26. -parisoka inner grief Ps
i.38. -pura = antepura J i.262. -mano "turning ones mind
inside", thoughtful, melancholy Vin iii. 1 9. -bhavika being
inside Miln 95. -rukkhata being among trees J i.7. -vasati
57
Anto
Anvavassa
to inhabit, live within S iv. 136. -vajanjanaka (parijana) in-
doorpeople J v.118. -vassa the rainy season (lit. the interval
of the r. s.) VvA 66. -vihara the inside of the V. DhA i.50
(°abhimukhr turning towards etc.), -samorodha barricading
within Dhs 1157 (so read for anta°, cp. Dhs. trsl. 311). -soka
inner grief Ps i.38.
Andu [cp. Sk. andu, andu & anduka] a chain, fetter Vin i. 108 =
iii.249 (tin°); D i.245; J i.21 (°ghara prisonhouse); DhA iv.54
(“bandhana).
Andha (adj.) [Vedic andha, Lat. andabata (see Walde, Lat. Wtb.
s. v.), other etym. doubtful] 1. (lit.) blind, blinded, blind-
folded J i.216 (dhum°); Pv iv.l 48 ; PvA 3. — dark, dull, blind-
ing M iii.151 (“andharh adv. dulled); Sn 669 (Ep. of timisa,
like Vedic andharh tamah); DhA ii.49 (°vana dark forest). —
2. (fig.) mentally blinded, dull of mind, foolish, not seeing
D i. 1 9 1 (+ acakkhuka), 239 (°veni, reading & meaning uncer-
tain); A i. 128; Th 2, 394 (=bala ThA 258). Seecpds. “karana,
°kara, °bala, °bhuta.
-akula blinded, foolish Vv 84 9 (= pannacakkhuno ab-
havena VvA 337). -karana blinding, making blind, causing
bewilderment (fig.), confusing It 82 (+ acakkhukarana); Miln
113 (panha, + gambhlra). -kara blindness (lit. & fig), dark-
ness, dullness, bewilderment Vin i. 16; D ii. 12; A i.56; ii.54;
iii.233; J iii.188; Th 1, 1034; Dh 146; Sn 763; Vv 21 4 (= avijj°
VvA 106); Pug 30; Dhs 617; DA i.228; VvA 51, 53, 116, 161;
PvA 6; Sdhp 14, 280. -tamo deep darkness (lit. & fig.) S
v.443; It 84 (v. 1.; T. andharh tamam); J vi.247. -bala blinded
by folly, foolish, dull of mind, silly J i.246, 262; vi.337; DhA
ii.43, 89; iii.179; VvA 67; PvA 4, 264. -bhuta blinded (fig.),
mentally blind, not knowing, ignorant S iv.21; A ii.72; J vi. 139
(spelled °buta); Dh 59, 174 (= panna — cakkhuno abhavena
DhA iii. 175). -vesa "blind form", disguise J iii.418.
Andhaka [fr. andha] "blind fly", i. e. dark or yellow fly or gad
— fly Sn 20 (= kana — makkhikanam adhivacanam SnA 33).
Anna (nt.) [Vedic anna, orig. pp. of adati to eat] "eating", food,
esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz.
odana, kummasa, sattu, maccha, mamsa (rice, gruel, flour,
fish, meat) Nd 1 372 = 495. Anna is spelt anna in comb ns apar°
anna and pubb° anna. Under dhanna (Nd 2 314) are distin-
guished 2 kinds, viz. raw, natural cereals (pubb' 1 annam: sali,
vlhi, yava, godhuma, kangu, varaka, kudrusaka) and boiled,
prepared food (apar° annam: supeyya curry). SnA 378 (on
Sn 403) expl s ' anna by yagubhattadi. — D i.7; A i. 107, 132;
ii.70, 85, 203; Sn 82, 240, 403, 924; J iii.190; Pug 51; Sdhp
106,214.
-apa food & water Sdhp 100. -da giving food Sn 297.
-pana food & water, eating & drinking, to eat & to drink Sn
485, 487; Pv i.5 2 , 8 2 ; KhA 207, 209; PvA 7, 8, 30, 31, 43.
Annaya in dur° see anvaya.
Anvakasi 3 rd sg. aor. of anukassati 2: drew out, removed, threw
down Th 1, 869 (= kliipi, chaddesi C.).
Anvakkhara (adj.) [anu + akkhara] "according to the syllable",
syll. after syll., also a mode of reciting by syllables Vin iv.15,
cp. 355. Cp. anupadam.
Anvaga 3 rd sg. aor. of anugacchati Mhvs 7, 10. Also in assim.
form annaga J v.258.
Anvagu 3 rd pi. aor. of anugacchati S i.39; Sn 586.
Anvaddhamasam (adv.) [anu + addha + masa] every fortnight,
twice a month M ii.8; Vin iv. 3 15 (= anuposathikam); DhA
i. 1 62; ii.25.
Anvattha (adj.) [anu + attha] according to the sense, answering
to the matter, having sense ThA 6 (°sannabhava).
Anvadeva (adv.) [anva — d — eva with euphonic d.; like sam-
mad — eva corresponding to Sk. anvag — eva] behind, after,
later D i. 172; M iii. 172; S v.l (spelt anudeva); A i.ll; v. 214;
It 34.
Anvaya (n. — adj.) [Vedic anvaya in diff. meaning; fr. anu + i,
see anveti & anvaya] 1. (n.) conformity, accordance D ii. 83
= iii. 100; M i.69 (dhamm° logical conclusion of); S ii.58; D
iii. 226 (anvaye nanam); Pv ii. 1 1 3 (tassa kammassa anvaya, v.
1. BB anvaya & anvaya; accordingly, according to = paccaya
PvA 147); PvA 228 (anvayato, adv. in accordance). — 2.
(adj.) following, having the same course, behaving according
to, consequential, in conformity with ( — °) D i.46 (tad°); M
i.238 (kayo citt° acting in conformity to the mind, obeying the
mind); Sn 254 (an° inconsistent); It 79 (tass°). — dur° spelt
durannaya conforming with difficulty, hard to manage or to
find out Dh 92 (gati = na sakka pannapetum DhA ii. 173); Sn
243, 251 (= duvmnapaya SnA 287 dunneyya ibid. 293).
Anvayata (f.) [abstr. to anvaya] conformity, accordance M i.500
(kay° giving in to the body).
Anvaham (adv.) [anu + aha] every day, daily Davs iv.8.
Anvagacchati [anu + a + gacchati] 1 . to go along after, to follow,
run after, pursue; aor. anvagacchi Pv. iv.5 6 (= anubandhi
PvA 260). — 2. to come back again J i.454 (ger. “gantvana).
— pp. anvagata (q. v.).
Anvagata [pp. of anvagacchati] having pursued, attained; en-
dowed with Th 1, 63; J iv.385; v.4.
Anvadisati [anu + a + disati] to advise, dedicate, assign; imper.
“disahi Pv ii.2 6 (= uddissa dehi PvA 80); iii.2 8 (= adisa PvA
181).
Anvadhika (adj.) [derivation uncertain] a tailoring term. Only at
Vin i.297. Rendered ( Vinaya Texts ii.232) by □ half and half ’ ;
that is a patchwork, half of new material, half of old. Bdhgh's
note (see the text, p. 392) adds that the new material must be
cut up.
Anvamaddati [anu + a + maddati] to squeeze, wring J iii. 481
(galakam anvamaddi wrung his neck; w. 11. anvanumatti &
anvavamaddi; C. glvarii maddi).
Anvaya [ger. of anveti; cp. anvaya] undergoing, experiencing,
attaining; as prep. (c. acc.) in consequence of, through,
after D i. 1 3 (atappam by means of self — sacrifice), 97
(samvasam as a result of their cohabitation); J i.56 (bud-
dhim), 127 (piyasamvasam), 148 (gabbhaparipakam). Often
in phrase vuddhim anvaya growing up, e. g. J i.278; iii. 126;
DhA ii. 87.
Anvayika (adj. — n.) [fr. anvaya] following; one who follows, a
companion D iii. 169; Nd 2 59; J iii. 348.
Anvarohati [anu + a + rohati] to go up to, visit, ascend J iv.465
(aor. anvaruhi).
58
Anvavassa
Apanga
Anvavassa at J v.317 should be read with v. 1. BB as anovassa
absence of rain.
Anvavittha [pp. of anvavisati] possessed (by evil spirits) S i. 1 14.
Anvavisati [anu + a + visati] to go into, to take possession of, to
visit M i. 326; S i.67; Miln 156. — pp. anvavittha (q. v.). Cp.
adhimuccati.
Anvasatta [pp. of anu + a + safij, cp. anusatta = Sk. anusakta]
clung on to, befallen by (instr.), attached to A iv.356 (v. 1.
anvahata), cp. Ud 35 (anvasanna q. v.). See also foil.
Anvasattata (f.) [abstr. fr. anvasatta] being attacked by, falling
a prey to (instr.), attachment to DhA i.287 (in same context as
anvasatta A iv.356 & anvasanna Ud 35).
Anvasanna [pp. of anu + a + sad] endowed with, possessed of,
attacked by, Ud 35 (doubtfull; v. 1. ajjhapanna), = A iv.356
which has anvasatta.
Anvassavati [anu + a + savati, sru] to stream into, to attack, befall
D i.70; A iii.99; Pug 20,58.
Anvahata [pp. of anu + a + han] struck, beaten; perplexed Dh 39
(°cetasa).
Anvahindati [anu + a + hindati] to wander to (ace.) A iv.374, 376
[BSk. same, e. g. Divy 68 etc.].
Anveti [cp. anu + eti, from i] to follow, approach, go with Sn
1103 (= anugacchati anvayiko hotiNd 2 59); Dh 1 (=kayikam...
dukkham anugacchati DhA i.24), 2, 71, 124; perhaps at Pv
ii.6 20 (with v. 1. BB at PvA 99) for anvesi (see anvesati; expl d
by anudesi = was anxious for, helped, instructed).
Anvesa [from next] seeking, searching, investigation, Mi. 140 (°m
n° adhigacchanti do not find).
Anvesati [anu + esati] to look, for search, seek S i.l 12 (ppr. an-
vesam = pariyesamana C.); Cp iii. II 7 (ppr. anvesanto). —
aor. anvesi [Sk. anvesi fr. icchati] Pv ii.6 20 (? perhaps better
with v. 1. PvA 99 as anventi of anveti).
Anvesin [anu — esin] (adj.) striving after, seeking, wishing for
Sn 965 (kusala 0 ).
Anha [Vedic ahan] see pubbanha, majjhanha, sayanha. Cp. aha.
Apa° [Vedic apa; Idg. *apo = Gr. duo, Av. apa, Lat. ab from
*ap (cp. aperio); Goth, af, Ger. ab, Ags. E. of. — A compar.
form fr. apa is apara "further away"] Well-defined directional
prefix, meaning "away from, off'. Usually as base — prefix
(except with a), & very seldom in comp"' with other modify-
ing prefixes (like sam, abhi etc.). — 1. apa = Vedic apa (Idg.
*apo): apeti to go away = Gr. ofitsipi, Lat. abeo, Goth, afid-
dja; apeta gone away, rid; “kaddhati to draw away, remove;
°kamati walk away; “gacchati go away; “nidhati put away (=
dTCOTiyiqpi, abdo); “nudati push away; °neti lead away; “vattati
turn away (= averto); “sakkati step aside; “harati take away.
— 2. apa = Vedic ava (Idg. *aue; see ava for details). There
exists a widespread confusion between the two preps, apa &
ava, favoured both by semantic (apa = away, ava = down, cp.
E. off) & phonetic affinity (p softened to b, esp. in BB Mss.,
& then to v, as b > v is frequent, e. g. bya° > vya° etc.). Thus
we find in Pali apa where Vedic and later literary Sk. have
ava in the foil, instances: apakanti, °kassati, kirati. °gata,
°cara, “jhayati, °thata, °dana, dliareti. °nata, aiameti. °nlta,
°lekhana, °loketi, “vadati.
Apakaddhati [apa + kaddhati, cp. Sk. apa — karsati] to draw
away, take off, remove D i. 180; iii. 127; DhA ii.86. — Caus.
apakaddhapeti J i.342; iv.415; Miln 34. — Cp. apakassati;
& see pakattheti.
Apakata [pp. of apakaroti] put off, done away, in ajlvik apakata
being without a living M i.463 (the usual phrase being °apa-
gata); Miln 279 (id.). At It 89 the reading of same phrase is
ajlvika pakata (v. 1. a° vakata).
Apakatannu (adj.) [a + pa + katannu] ungrateful Vin ii. 1 99.
Apakantati [apa + kantati, Sk. ava + krntati] to cut off Th 2, 217
(gale = glvam chindati ThA 178; Kern, Toev. corrects to ka-
bale a.).
Apakaroti [apa + karoti, cp. Sk. apakaroti & apakrta in same
meaning] to throw away, put off; hurt, offend, slight; possibly
in reading T. apakirituna at Th 2, 447 (q. v.). — pp. apakata
(q. v.). Cp. apakara.
Apakassati [Sk. apa — & ava — karsati, cp. apakaddhati] to
throw away, remove Sn 281 (v.l. BB & SnA ava°; expl‘ L by
niddhamati & nikkaddhati SnA 311). — ger. apakassa Sn
ii. 198 = Miln 389. See also apakasati.
Apakara & °ka [cf. Sk. apakara & apakaroti] injury, mischief;
one who injures or offends DhA iii. 63; Sdhp 283.
Apakasati at Vin ii.204 is to be read as apakassati and interpreted
as "draw away, distract, bring about a split or dissension (of the
Sangha)". The v. 1. onp. 325 justifies the correction (apakas-
sati) as well as Bdhgh's expl 11 "parisamakaddhanti". — Cp. A
iii. 145 & see avapakasati. The reading at the id. p. at A v.74
is avakassati (comb d ' w. vavakassati, where Vin ii.204 has
avapakasati), which is much to be preferred (see vavakassati).
Apakirituna at Th 2, 447 T (reading of C. is abhi°) is explained
ThA 27 1 to mean apakiritva chaddetva throwing away, slight-
ing, offending. The correct etym = Sk. avakirati (ava + kr 2
to strew, cast out) in sense "to cast off, reject", to which also
belongs kirata in meaning "cast off' i. e. man of a so — called
low tribe. See also avakirati 2.
Apakkamati [cp. Sk. apakramati, apa + kram] to go away, de-
part, go to one side J iii. 27; Sdhp 294. — aor. apakkami
Pv iv.7 5 ; ger. apakkamitva PvA 43, 124, & apakkamma Pv
ii.9 28 .
Apagacchati [apa + gam] to go away, turn aside DhA i.401
(°gantva). — pp. apagata (q. v.).
Apagata [pp. of apagacchati] 1. gone, gone away from (c. abl.),
removed; deceased, departed It 112; PvA 39, 63 (= peta), 64
(=gata). — 2. (° — ) freq. as prefix, meaning without, lit. hav-
ing lost, removed from; free from Vin ii. 129 (°gabbha having
lost her foetus, having a miscarriage); J i.61 (“vattha without
clothes); PvA 38 (°soka free from grief), 47 (°lajja not shy),
219 (“vihnana without feeling). — Cp. apakata.
Apagabbha (adj.) [a + pa + gabbha] not entering another womb,
i. e. not destined to another rebirth Vin iii. 3.
Apagama [Sk. apagama] going away, disappearance Sdhp 508.
Apanga (apanga) [Sk. apanga] the outer corner of the eye J iii.419
(asitapangin black — eyed); iv.219 (bahi°). Spelt avanga at
59
Apanga
Apanameti
Vin ii.267, where the phrase avangam karoti, i. e. expl d by
Bdhgh. ibid p. 327 as "avangadese adhomukliam lekham
karonti". According to Kern, Toev. 20, Bdhgh's expl 11 is not
quite correct, since avanga stands here in the meaning of "a
coloured mark upon the body" (cp. PW. apanga).
Apacaya [fr. apa + ci] falling off, diminution (opp. acaya gath-
ering, heaping up), unmaking, esp. loss (of wordliness), de-
crease (of possibility of rebirth Vin ii.2 = iii.2 1 = iv.213; cp. J
iii.342; S ii.95 (kayassa acayo pi apacayo pi); A iv.280 = Vin
ii. 259 (opp. acaya); J iii.342 (sekho °ena natappati); Vbh 106,
319, 326, 330.
-gamin going towards decrease, "making for the undoing
of rebirth" (Dhs trsl. 82) A v.243, 277; Dhs 277, 339, 505,
1014; Vbh 12, 16 sq.; Nett 87 (cp. Kvu 156).
Apacayati [fr. apa — ci, cp. cinati & cayati, with diff. meaning in
Sk.; better expl d perhaps as denom. fr. *apacaya in meaning
of apacayana, cp. apacita] to honour, respect, pay reverence D
i.91 (pujeti +); J iii.82. — Pot. apace (for apaceyya, may be
taken to apacinati 2) A iv.245; ThA 72 (here to apacinati 1).
— pp. apacita (q. v.).
Apacayana (nt.) [abstr. fr. apa + cay, which is itself a der. fr. ci,
cinati] honouring, honour, worship, reverence J i.220; v.326;
DA i.256 (°kamma); VvA 24 (°m karoti = anjalikam karoti);
PvA 104 (°kara, adj.), 128 (+ paricariya).
Apacayika (adj.) [fr. *apacaya, cp. B.Sk. apacayaka MVastu
i. 198; Divy 293] honouring, respecting J iv.94 (vaddha 0 , cp.
vaddhapacayin); Pv ii.7 8 (jettha 0 ); iv.3 24 (id.). In B.Sk. the
corresp. phrase is jyesthapacayaka.
Apacayin (adj.) [fr. *apacaya; cp. apacayika] honouring, pay-
ing homage, revering Sn 325 (vaddha 0 = vaddhanam apaciti
karanena SnA 332) = Dh 109; J i.47, 132, 201; ii.299; v.325;
Miln 206; Sdhp 549.
Apacara [fr. apa + car, cp. Sk. apa & abhi — carati] falling off,
fault, wrong doing J vi.375.
Apacita [pp. of apacayati or apacinati] honoured, wors-hipped,
esteemed Th 1, 186; J ii. 169; iv.75; Vv 5 10 (=pujita VvA 39);
35 11 (cp. VvA 164); Miln 21.
Apaciti (f.) [Vedic apaciti in diff. meaning, viz. expiation] hon-
our, respect, esteem, reverence Th 1, 589; J i.220; ii.435;
iii. 82; iv.308; vi.88; Miln 180, 234 (°m karoti), 377 (ptijana
+); SnA 332 (°karana). Cp. apacayana.
Apacinati [apa + cinati] 1. [in meaning of Sk. apaclyate cp. P.
upaciyyati Pass, ofupacinati] to get rid of, do away with, (cp.
apacaya), diminish, make less S iii.89 (opp. acinati); Th 1,
807; J iv.172 (apacinetlr’ eva kamani = viddhamseyyatha C.).
Here belong prob. aor. 3 rd pi. apaciyimsu (to be read for up-
accimsu) at J vi. 187 (akkhmi a. "the eyes gave out") and Pot.
pres, apace ThA 72 (on v.40). — 2. [= apacayati] to honour,
esteem; observe, guard Vin i.264 (apacinayamana clvaram (?)
v. 1 apacitiyamana; trsl. guarding his claim is, Vin Texts); M
i.324 (see detail under apavinati) Th 1, 186 (grd. apacineyya
to be honoured); J v.339 (anapacinanto for T. anupacinanto, v.
1. anapavinati). — pp. apacita (q.v.).
Apacca [Vedic apatya nt.; der. fr. apa] offspring, child D i.90
(bandhupada 0 cp. mundaka), 103 (id.); S i.69 (an°) Sn 991;
DA i.254.
Apaccakkha (adj.) [a + pad + akkha] unseen; in instr. f. apac-
cakkhava as adv. without being seen, not by direct evidence
Miln 46 sq.
Apacchapurima (adj.) [a + paccha + purima] "neither after nor
before", i. e. at the same time, simultaneous J iii.295.
Apajaha (adj.) [a + pajaha] not giving up, greedy, miserly A iii. 76
(v. 1. apanuta; C. cxpf (a)vaddhinissita manatthaddha).
Apajita (nt.) [pp. of apa + ji] defeat Dh. 105.
Apajjhayati [apa + jhayati 1 ; cp. Sk. abhi — dhyayati] to muse,
meditate, ponder, consider M i.334 (nijjhayati +); iii. 14 (id.).
Apannaka (adj.) = apanna, ignorant Dpvs vi.29.
Apatthapeti [Caus. fr. apa — titthati, cp. Sk. apa + stha to stand
aloof] to put aside, leave out, neglect J iv.308; v.236.
Apannaka (adj.) [a + pannaka; see pannaka; Weber Ind. Str.
iii. 150 & Kuhn, Beitr. p. 53 take it as *a — prasna — ka]
certain, true, absolute M i.401, 411; A v. 85, 294, 296; J i. 1 04
(where expl d as ekamsika aviruddha niyyanika).
Apannnakata (f.) [abstr. of apannaka] certainty, absoluteness S
iv. 35 1 sq.
Apatacchika only in kharapatacch° (q. v.) a kind of torture.
Apattha 1 (adj.) [Sk. apasta, pp. of apa + as 2 ] thrown away Dh
149 (= chaddita DhA iii. 112).
Apattha 2 2 nd pi. pret. of papunati (q. v.).
Apatthata = avatthata covered Th 1, 759.
Apatthita & Apatthiya see pattheti.
Apadana (nt.) 1. [= Sk. apadana] removing, breaking off, D
iii. 88. — 2. [= Sk. avadana cp. ovada] advice, admonition,
instruction, morals Vin ii.4 (an° not taking advice), 7 (id.) M
i.96; A v.337 sq. (saddha 0 ) Th 1, 47. — 3. legend, life history.
In the title Mahapadana suttanta it refers to the 7 Buddhas. In
the title Apadanam, that is □ the stories ’, it refers almost ex-
clusively to Arahants. The other, (older), connotation seems
to have afterwards died out. See Dialogues ii.3. — Cp. also
pariyapadana.
Apadisa [fr apa + dis] reference, testimony, witness DhA ii.3 9.
Apadisati [apa + disati] to call to witness, to refer to, to quote Vin
iii. 159; J i.215; iii.234; iv.203; Miln 270; DhA ii.39; Nett 93.
Apadesa [cp. Sk. apadesa] 1. reason, cause, argument M i.287
(an°). — 2. statement, designation PvA 8. — 3. pretext J
iii. 60; iv.13; PvA 154. Thus also apadesaka J vi. 179.
Apadhareti [Caus. of apa + dhr, cp. Sk. ava — dharayati, but
also BSk. apadharayati Divy 231] to observe, request, ask
ThA 16.
Apanata [pp. of apanamati] "bent away", drawn aside, in ster.
comb" abhinata + apanata ("strained forth & strained aside"
Mrs Rh. D. Kindreds, p. 39) M i.386; S i.28.
Apanamati [semantically doubtful] to go away Sn 1102
(apanamissati, v. 1. apalam 0 & apagam 0 ; expl d at Nd 2 60 by
vajissati pakkhamissati etc. — pp. apanata (q. v.) — Caus.
apanameti.
60
Apanameti
Apalayin
Apanameti [Caus. fr. apanamati] 1. to take away, remove M
i.96 = A i. 1 98 (katham bahiddha a. carry outside); Kh viii.4
(= annarh thanam gameti KhA 220). — 2. [= Sk. ava — na-
mati] to bend down, lower, put down Vin ii.208 (chattam); S
i.226 (id.); J ii.287 (id., v. 1. apanetva); D i. 126 (hattham, for
salute).
Apanidahati (& apanidheti) [apa + ni + dha, cp. Vedic apadha
hiding — place; Sk. apadadhati = Gr. d7ioxixr)p.i = Lat.
abdo "do away"] to hide, conceal Vin iv.123 (°dheti, “dheyya,
“dhessati); PvA 215 (“dhaya ger.). — pp. apanihita. — Caus.
apanidhapeti to induce somebody to conceal Vin iv.123.
Apanihita [pp. of apanidahati] concealed, in abstr. °ttam (nt.)
hiding, concealing, theft PvA 216.
Apanlta [Sk. apanlta, pp. of apa + ni, see apaneti & cp. also onlta
= apanlta] taken away or off. removed, dispelled PvA 39.
Apanudati & Apanudeti [apa + nud, cp. Vedic apanudati &
Caus. Sk. apanodayati] to push or drive away, remove, dispel;
pres, apanudeti Miln 38. aor. apanudi Pv i.8 6 (= apanesi
PvA 41); ii.3 14 (= avahari aggahesi PvA 86); Davs i.8. ger.
apanujja D ii.223. See also der. apanudana.
Apanudana & Apanudana (nt.) [Sk. apanodana, fr. apa- nudati]
taking or driving away, removal Vin ii. 148 = J i.94 (dukkha 0 );
Sn 252 (id.); PvA 114 (id.).
Apanuditar [n. ag. fr. apanudati, Sk. apanoditr] remover, dis-
peller D iii.148.
Apaneti [apa + ni] to lead away, take or put away, remove J i.62,
138; ii.4, 155 (aor. apanayi) iii.26; Miln 188, 259, 413; PvA
41, 74, 198 (= harati) Sdhp 63. Pass, apanlyati S i. 1 76. —
pp. apanlta (q. v.).
Apapibati [apa + pibati] to drink from something J ii. 126 (aor.
apapasi).
Apabbuhati & Apabyuhati [apa + vi + uh] to push off, remove,
scrape away A iii.187 (apaviyuhitva, vv. 11. “bbiihitva); J i.265
(pamsum). — Caus. “byuhapeti to make remove or brush J
iv.349 (pamsum).
Apabyama see apavyama.
Apamara [Sk. apasmara] epilepsy Vin i.93. Cp. apasmara.
Apamarika (adj.) [cp. Sk. apasmarin] epileptic Vin iv.8, 10, 11.
Apayati [Sk. apayati, apa + ya] to go away J vi. 1 83 (apayati
metri causa; expl d by C. as apagacchati palayati). — Caus.
apayapeti [Sk. apayapayati] to make go, drive away, dismiss
Miii.176; S ii. 1 1 9.
Apayana (nt.) [Sk. apayana, fr. apayati] going away, retreat D
i.9 (opp. upa°); DA i.95.
Apara (adj.) [Vedic apara, der. fr. apa with compar. suffix — ra
= Idg. *aporos "further away, second"; cp. Gr. dmcuTepw far-
ther, Lat. aprilis the second month (after March, i. e. April).
Goth, afar = after] another, i. e. additional, following, next,
second (with pron. inflexion, i. e. nom. pi. apare) D iii.190
(“paja another, i. e. future generation); Sn 791, 1089 (n°); J
i.59 (aparam divasam on some day following); iii.5 1 (apare
tayo sahaya "other friends three", i. e. three friends, cp. sim-
ilarly Fr. nous autres Franc°ais); iv.3 (dlpa); PvA 81 (“divase
on another day), 226; with other part, like aparo pi D iii 128.
— nt. aparam what follows i. e. future state, consequence;
future Vin i.35 (naparam nothing more); Sn 1092 (much the
same as punabbhava, cp. Nd 2 61). Cases adverbially; aparam
(ace.) further, besides, also J i.256; iii. 278; often with other
part, like athaparam & further, moreover Sn 974; and puna
c° aparam It 100; Miln 418 (so read for puna ca param) and
passim; aparam pi Vism 9. — aparena in future D iii. 201.
— Repeated (reduplicative formation) aparaparam (local) to
& fro J i.265, 278; PvA 198; (temporal) again and again, off
& on J ii.377; Miln 132 VvA 271; PvA 176 (= punappunam).
-anta (aparanta) = aparam, with anta in same function as
in cpds. vananta (see anta 1 5): (a.) further away, westward J
v.471; Miln 292 (janapada). (b.) future D i.30 (“kappika, cp.
DA i.118); M ii.228 (“anuditthi — thought of the future); S
iii. 46 (id.), -apariya (fr. aparapara) ever — following, suc-
cessive, continuous, everlasting; used with ref. to kamma J
v. 106; Miln 108. -bhaga the future, lit. a later part of time,
only in loc. aparabhage at a future date, later on J i.34, 262;
iv. l; VvA 66.
Aparajju (adv.) [Sk. apare — dyus] on the foil, day Vin ii. 167;
S i. 186; Miln 48.
Aparajjhati [Sk. aparadhyate, apa + radh] to sin or offend
against (c. loc.) Vin ii.78 = iii. 161; J v.68; vi.367; Miln 189;
PvA 263. — pp. aparaddha & aparadhita (q. v.).
Aparanna (nt.) [apara + anna = anna] "the other kind of ce-
real", prepared or cooked cereals, pulse etc. Opp. topubbanna
the unprepared or raw corn (= amakadhanna Vin iv.265; Vin
iii. 151 (pubb°+); iv.265,267; Aiv. 108, 112 (tila — mugga —
masa°; opp. sali — yavaka etc.); Nd 2 314 (aparannam nama
supeyyaiii); J v.406 (“ja = harenuka, pea); Miln 106 (pub-
banna°). See also dhanna & harita.
Aparaddha [pp. of aparajjhati] missed (c. ace.), gone wrong,
failed, sinned (against = loc.) D i.91, 103, 180; S i. 103 (sud-
dhimaggam); Th 1, 78; Sn 891 (suddhirn = viraddha khalita
Nd 1 300); PvA 195.
Aparapaccaya (adj.) [a + para + paccaya] not dependent or rely-
ing on others Vin i. 12 (vesarajja — ppatta +); D i.110 (id.); M
ii 41; M i.49 1 ; S iii. 83; DA i.278 (= nassa paro paccayo).
Aparajita (adj.) [Vedic aparajita; a + parajita] unconquered Sn
269; Ji.71, 165.
Aparadha [fr. apa + radh] sin, fault, offence, guilt J i.264 (nir°);
iii. 394; iv.495; VvA 69; PvA 87, 116.
Aparadhika (adj.) [fr. aparadha, cp. Sk. aparadhin] guilty,
offending, criminal J ii. 117 (vaja°); Miln 149 (issara“), 189
(aparadhikata).
Aparadhita [pp. of aparadheti, Caus. of apa + radh; cp. aparad-
dha] transgressed, sinned, failing J v.26 (so read for aparadh ’
ito).
Aparayin (adj.) [a + parayin, cp. parayana] having no support J
iii. 3 86 (f. °I; C. appatittha appatisarana).
Apalapin see apalasin [Sk. apalapin "denying, concealing" dif-
ferent] .
Apalajeti [apa + lajeti] to draw over to Vin i.85.
Apalayin (adj.) [a + palayin] not running away, steadfast, brave,
61
Apalayin
Apassaya
fearless Nd 2 13 (abhlru anutrasin apalayin as expl 11 of ac-
chambhin and vlra); J iv.296; v.4 (where C. gives variant
"apalapinl ti pi patho", which latter has v. 1. apalasin! &
is expl d by C. as palapa — rahite anavajjasarlre p. 5). See
also apalasin.
Apalasin (adj.) [apajasin; but spelling altogether uncertain.
There seems to exist a confusion between the forms apalayin,
apalapin & apalasin, owing to freq. miswriting of s, y, p in
MSS. (cp. Nd 2 introd. p. xix.). We should be inclined to give
apalasin, as the lectio difficilior, the preference. The expl"
at Pug 22 as "yassa puggalassa ayam palaso pahlno ayam vuc-
cati puggalo apalasl" does not help us to clear up the etym. nor
the vv. 11.] either "not neglectful, pure, clean" (= apalapin fr.
palasa chaff, cp. apalayin at J v.4), or "not selfish, not hard,
generous" (as inferred from comb 11 with amakkhin & amac-
charin), or "brave, fearless, energetic" (= apalayin) D iii.47,
cp. Pug 22. See palasin.
Apalibuddha & Apalibodha [a + palibuddha, pp. of pari +
brh, see palibujjhati] unobstructed, unhindered, free J iii. 381
(°'bodha); Miln 388; DliA iii. 198.
Apalekhana (nt.) [apa + lekhana from likh in meaning of lih, cor-
responding to Sk. ava — lehana] licking off, in cpd. hattha-
palekhana "hand — licking" (i. e. licking one's hand after a
meal, the practice of certain ascetics) M 177 (with v. 1. hattha-
valekhana M i.535; Trenckner compares BSk. hastaprale-
haka Lai. Vist. 312 & hastavalehaka ibid. 323), 412; Pug
55 (expl d at Pug A 231 as hatthe pindamhe nitthite jivhaya
hattham apalekhati).
Apalekhati [apa + lekhati in meaning of Sk. avalihati] to lick off
Pug A 23 1 (hattham).
Apalepa in "so D palepa patito jaragharo" at Th 2, 270 is to be read
as "sopalepa 0 ". Morris's interpret. JJP.T.S. 1886, 126 therefore
superfluous.
Apalokana (nt.) [fr. apaloketi] permission, leave, in °kamma
proposal of a resolution, obtaining leave (see kamma i.3) Vin
ii.89; iv. 152.
Apalokita [pp. of apaloketi; Sk. avalokita] 1. asked permission,
consulted S iii. 5. — 2. (nt.) permission, consent, M i.337
(Nagapalokitam apalokesi). — 3. (nt.) an Ep. ofNibbana S
iv.370.
Apalokin (adj.) [Sk. avalokin] "looking before oneself', looking
at, cautious Miln 398.
Apaloketi [BSk. ava — lokayati] 1. to look ahead, to look be-
fore, to be cautious, to look after M i.557 (v. 1. for apacinati,
where J v.339 C. has avaloketi); Miln 398. — 2. to look up to,
to obtain permission from (ace.), to get leave, to give notice
of Vin iii. 10, 11; iv.226 (anapaloketva = anapuccha), 267 (+
apucchitva); M i.337; S iii. 95 (bhikkhusangham anapaloketva
without informing the Sangha); J vi.298 (vajanam); DhA i.67.
— pp. apalokita (q. v.). See also apalokana & °lokin.
Apavagga [Sk. apavarga] completion, end, final delivery, Nib-
bana; in phrase saggapavagga Davs ii.62; iii. 75.
Apavattati [apa + vrt, cp. Lat. averto] to turn away or aside, to
go away J iv.347 (v. 1. apasakkati).
Apavadati [apa + vadati] to reproach, reprove, reject, despise D
i. 122 (= patikkhipati DA i.290); S v.118 (+ patikkosati).
Apavahati [apa + vahati] to carry or drive away; Caus. apavaheti
to remove, give up Miln 324 (kaddamam).
Apavittha at Pv iii 8 2 is to be read apaviddha (q. v.).
Apavinati is probably misreading for apacinati (see apac° 2). As
v. 1. at J v.339 (anapavinanto) for T. anupacinanto (expl d
by avaloketi C.). Other vv. 11 . are anuvi° & apavT°; meaning
"not paying attention". The positive form we find as apavinati
"to take care of, to pay attention to" (c. ace.) at M i.324,
where Trenckner unwarrantedly assumes a special root ven
(see Notes p. 781), but the w. 11 . to this passage (see M. i.557)
with apavinati and apacinati confirm the reading apacinati, as
does the gloss apaloketi.
Apaviddha [pp. of apavijjhati, Vedic apa + vyadh] thrown away,
rejected, discarded, removed S i.202; iii. 143; Sn200 (susanas-
mim = chaddita SnA 250); Th 1, 635 = Dh 292 (= chaddita
DhA iii. 452); Pv iii.8 2 (susanasmim; so read for T. apavittha);
J i.255; iii. 426; yi.90 (= chaddita C.). Sdhp 366.
Apaviyuhati see appabbuhati.
Apavinati see apavinati (= apacinati).
Apavyama [apa + vyama] disrespect, neglect, in phrase apayva-
mato (apaby°) karoti to treat disrespectfully, to insult, defile S
i. 226 (v. 1. abyamato; C. expL apabyamato karitva abyamato
katva); Kvu 472 (vv. 11 . asabyakato, abyato, apabyato; Kvu
trsl. 270 n. 1 remarks: "B. trsl.: abyasakato. The Burmese
scholar U. Pandi, suggests we should read apabyakato, by
which he understands blasphemously"; it is here comb d with
nitthubhati, as at DhA ii.36); DhA ii.36 ("want of forbear-
ance" Ed.; doubtful reading; vv. 11 . appabyayakamma &
apasama). For further detail see apasavya.
Apasakkati [apa + sakkati] to go away, to go aside J iv.347 (v. 1.
for apavattati); VvA 101; PvA 265 (aor. °sakki = apakkami).
Apasavya (adj.) [apa + savya] right (i. e. not left), contrary Ud
50 (T. has nitthubhitva abyamato karitva; vv. 11. are apab-
hyamato, abhyamato & C. apasabyamato), where C. expl s
apasabyamato karitva by apasabyam katva, "which latter cor-
responds in form but not in meaning to Sk. apasavyam karoti
to go on the right side" (Morris j 1 P T S. 1886, 127). — See
apavyama.
Apasada [fr. apa + sad] putting down, blame, disparagement M
iii. 230.
Apasadita [pp. of apasadeti] blamed, reproached, disparaged S
ii. 2 19; SnA 541.
Apasadeti [Caus. of apa + sad] 1. to refuse, decline Vin iv.213,
263; J v.4 17 (= uyyojeti). — 2. to depreciate, blame, dispar-
age Vin iii. 101; M iii. 230 (opp. ussadeti); DA i. 160. — pp.
apasadita (q. v.).
Apasmara [Sk. apasmara, lit. want of memory, apa + smr]
epilepsy, convulsion, fit J iv.84. Cp. apamara.
Apassanto etc. see passati.
Apassaya [cp. Sk. apasraya, fr. apasseti] 1. support, rest ThA
258. — 2. bed, bolster, mattress, in kantak 0 a mattress of
thorns, a bolster filled with thorns (as cushion for asceties) M
i.78; J i 493; iii.235. -sappassaya with a head rest J iv.299.
62
Apassaya
Apara
-pithaka a chair with a head — rest J iii.235.
Apassayika (adj.) [fr. apassaya; cp. Sk. apasrayin — °] reclining
on, in kantaka 0 one who lies on a bed of thorns (see kantaka)
M i.78; J iv.299 (v. 1, kandikesayika); Pug 55.
Apassita [pp. of apasseti] 1. leaning against J ii.69 (tala-mulam
= nissaya thita C.). — 2. depending on, trusting in (c. acc. or
loc.) Vv 10 1 (paragaram = nissita VvA 101); J iv.25 (balamhi
= balanissita). See also avassita.
Apasseti [Sk. apasrayati, apa + a + sri] to lean against, have a sup-
port in (acc.), to depend on. — 1. (lit.) lean against Vin ii. 1 75
(bhitti apassetabbo the wall to be used as a head — rest). —
2. (fig.) mostly in ger. apassaya dependent upon, depending
on, trusting in (loc. or acc. or — °) Vin iii.38; J i.2 1 4; PvA
189. — pp. apassita (q. v.). — See also avasseti.
Apassena (nt.) [fr. apasseti] a rest, support, dependence M iii. 127
(°ka); D iii. 224 (cattari apassenani); as adj. caturapassena
one who has the fourfold support viz. sankhay 0 ekarh patise-
vati, adhivaseti, parivajjeti, vinodeti A v.30.
-phalaka (cp. Morris JjP.T.S. 1884, 71) abolsterslab, head
— rest Vin i.48; ii. 1 75, 209.
Apahattar [n. ag. to apaharati] one who takes away or removes,
destroyer M i 447 = Kvu 528.
Apahara [Sk. apahara, fr. apaharati] taking away, stealing, rob-
bing J ii.34.
Apaharana (nt.) = apahara Miln 195.
Apaharati [apa + hr] to take away, remove, captivate, rob J
iii. 315 (aor. apaharayim); Miln 413; DA i.38.
Apakatata (f.) [a + pakata + ta] unfitness Miln 232 (v. 1.
apakatatta perhaps better).
Apakatika (adj.) [a + pakata + ika] not in proper or natural shape,
out of order, disturbed DhA ii.7. Cp. appakara.
Apaclna (adj.) [Vedic apaclna; cp. apacah & apaka, western; to
Lat. opacus, orig. turned away (from the east or the sun) i.
e. opposite, dark] westerly, backward, below S iii. 84; It 120
(apaclnam used as adv. and taking here the place of adho in
comb"' with uddham tiriyam; the reading is a conjecture of
Windisch's, the vv. 11. are apacinam; apacini, apaci & apami-
nam, C. expl s by hettha).
Apatuka (adj.) [a + patu + ka (?), acc. to Morris JJP.T.S. 1893, 7
der. fr. apatu not sharp, blunt, uncouth. This is hardly correct.
See patur] not open, sly, insidious Th 1, 940 (as v. 1. for T.
avatuka, trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. as "unscrupulous", by Neumann
as "ohne Redlichkeit"). Context suggests a meaning similar to
the preceding nekatika, i. e. fraudulent. See also next.
Apatubha (adj.) [a + patu + bha (?), at the only passage changed
by Morris J.P. T. S. 1893, 7 to apatuka but without reason] =
apatuka, i. e. sly, fraudulent J iv. 1 84 (in context with nekatika;
C. expl s - apatubhava dhanuppada — virahita, in which latter
virahita does not fit in; the pass, seems corrupt).
Apada (?) [apa + a + da] giving away in marriage J iv. 179 (in
expl" of anapada unmarried; reading should prob. be apada =
pariggaha).
Apadaka (adj.) [a + pada + ka] not having feet, footless, creeping,
Ep. of snakes & fishes Vin ii. 1 1 0 = J ii. 146 (where see expl 11 ).
Spelt apada(ka) at It 87 (v. 1. apada).
Apana (nt.) breathing out, respiration (so Ch.; no ref. in R
Cauon?) On Prana & Apana see G. W. Brown in J. Am. Or.
Soc. 39, 1919 pp. 104 — 112. Seeanapana.
Apanakatta (nt.) [a + panaka + ttam] "waterless state", living
without drinking water J v.243.
Apapaka (adj.) [a + papaka] guiltless, innocent f. °ika Vv 31 4 ;
32 6 .
Apapata (adj.) [apa + a + pata] falling down into (c. acc.) J iv.234
(aggiiii).
Apapurana (nt.) [fr. apapurati] a key (to a door) Vin i. 80; iii. 119;
M iii. 127. See also avapurana.
Apapurati & Apapunati [Sk. apavrnoti, apa + a + vr, but Vedic
only apa — vrnoti corresponding to Lat. aperio = *apa —
uerio. On form see Trenckner, Notes 63] to open (a door) Vin
i.5 (apapur 0 etarh Amatassa dvaram: imper.; where id. p. S
i. 137 has avapur 0 , T., but v. 1. apapur 0 ); Vv 64 27 (apapu-
ranto Amatassa dvaram, expl d at VvA 284 by vivaranto); It
80 (apavunanti A. dv. as T. conj., with v. 1. apanumanti,
apapurenti & apapuranti). — pp. aparuta (q. v.). — Pass,
apapurlyati [cp. BSk. apavurlyati M Vastu ii. 158] to be
opened M iii. 184 (v. 1. ava°); J i.63 (ava°); Th 2, 494
(apapunitva). See also avapurati.
Apabhata [pp. of apa + a + bhr cp. Vedic apa — bharati, but Lat.
aufero to ava°] taken away, stolen J iii. 54.
Apaya [Sk. apaya, fr. apa + i, cp. apeti] "going away" viz. —
1. separation, loss Dh 211 (piya° = viyoga DhA iii. 276). —
2. loss (of property) D iii. 181, 182; A ii. 166; iv.283; J iii. 387
(atth°). — 3. leakage, out flow (of water) D i.74; A ii. 166;
iv.287. — 4. lapse, falling away (in conduct) D i.100. —
5. a transient state of loss and woe after death. Four such
states are specified purgatory (niraya), rebirth as an animal, or
as a ghost, or as a Titan (Asura). Analogous expressions are
vinipata & duggati. All combined at D i.82; iii. Ill; A i.55;
It 12, 73; Nd 2 under kaya; & freq. elsewhere. — apayadugga-
tivinipata as attr. of samsara S ii.92, 232; iv.158, 313; v.342;
opp. to khlnapaya — duggati — vinipata of an Arahant A
iv.405; v.182 sq. — See also foil, pass.: M iii. 25 (anapaya);
Sn 231; Th 2, 63; J iv.299; Pug 51; VvA 118 (opp. sugati);
PvA 103; Sdhp 43, 75 & cp. niraya, duggati, vinipata.
-gamin going to ruin or leading to a state of suffering
DhA iii. 175; cp. °gamanlya id. Ps. i.94, °gamanlyata J
iv.499. -mukha "facing ruin", leading to destruction (=
vinasa — mukha DA i.268), usually as nt. "cause of ruin"
D i.101 (cattari apaya mukhani); iii. 181, 182 (cha bhoganam
a° — mukhani, i. e. causes of the loss of one's possessions);
A ii. 166; iv.283, 287. -samudda the ocean of distress DhA
iii 432. -sahaya a spendthrift companion D iii. 185.
Apayika (adj.) [also as apayika (q. v.); fr. apaya] belonging to
the apayas or states of misery D i. 103; iii. 6, 9, 12; It 42; PvA
60 (dukkha).
Apayin (adj.) [fr. apaya] going away J i. 163 (addha-rattav°apayin
= addharatte apayin C.). -an° not going away, i. e. constantly
following (chaya anapayinl, the shadow) Dh 2; Th 1, 1041;
Miln 72.
63
Apara
Apuccha
Apara (nt.) [a + para] 1. the near bank of a river J iii.230 (+
atinnam, C. paratlram atinnam). — 2. (fig.) not the further
shore (of life), the world here, i.e. (opp. param = Nibbana) Sn
1129, 1130; Nd 2 62; Dh 385 (expl d as bahirani cha ayatanani
DhA iv. 141). See para & cp. avara.
Aparaneyya (adj.) [grd. of paraneti + a 0 ] that which cannot be
achieved, unattainable J vi.36 (= apapetabba).
Aparuta [Sk. apavrta, pp. of apapurati] open (of a door) Vin i.7
= M i. 1 69 (aparuta tesam Amatassa dvara); D i. 136 (= vivata
— dvara DA i.297); J i.264 (°dvara).
Apalamba ["a Vedic term for the hinder part of a carriage" Morris
J P T S. 1886, 128; the "Vedic" unidentified] a mechanism to
stop a chariot, a safe guard "to prevent warriors from falling
out" (C.) S i.33 (Mrs Rh. D. trsl. "leaning board"); J vi.252
(v. 1. upa°; Kern trsl. "remhout", i. e. brake).
Apahata [pp. of apa + hr] driven off or back, refuted, refused Sn
826 (°smim = apasadite vade SnA 541).
Api (indecl.) [Sk. api & pi; Idg. *epi *pi *opi; cp. Gr. s"tu on to,
o”ra (o’'tuxev behind, omaoa back = close at one's heels); Lat.
ob. in certain functions; Goth, iftuma. — The assimil. form
before vowels is app° (= Sk. apy°). See further details under
pi.] both prep. &conj.,orig. meaning "close by", then as prep,
"towards, to, on to, on" and as adv. "later, and, moreover". —
1 (prep. & pref.) (a) prep. c. loc.: api ratte later on in the
night (q. v.) — (b) pref.: apidhana putting on to; apijahati
bind on to, apihita (= Gr. £tu)(£to<;, epithet) put on to, (q. v.).
— 2. (conj. & part.), (a) in affirmative sentences meaning
primarily "moreover, further, and then, even": — (a) (single)
prothetic: api dibbesu kamesu even in heavenly joys Dh 187;
ko disva na pasldeyya api kanhabhijatiko even an unfortunate
— bom Sn 563 api yojanani gacchama, even for leagues we
go Pv iv.10 7 (= anekani yojanani pi g. PvA 270. Epithetic
(more freq. in the form pi): muhuttam api even a little while
Dh 106, 107; aham api datthukamo I also wish to see Sn 685.
Out of prothetic use (= even = even if) develops the condi-
tional meaning of "if 1 , as in api sakkunemu (and then we may
= if we may) J v.24 (c. = api nama sakkuneyyama; see further
under p app°eva nama). — api-api in correlation corresponds
to Lat. et — et Sk ca — ca, meaning both... and, and... as
well as, & is esp. freq. in comb" app' ekacce... app' ekacce
(and) some... and others, i. e. some... others [not with Kern
Toev. s. v. to appal], e. g. at D i.l 1 8; Th 2, 216; VvA 208,
etc. -app' ekada "morever once" = sometimes Vin iv. 178; S
i. 162; iv. Ill; J i.67; DhA iii.303, etc. — (P) (in comb" with
other emphatic or executive particles) api ca further, and also,
moreover D i.96; Miln 25, 47. -api ca kho moreover, and
yet, still, all the same It 89 (+ pana v. 1.); Miln 20, 239. -api
ca kho pana all the same, never mind, nevertheless J i.253.
-api ssu so much so Vin ii.76. -app' eva nama (with pot.)
(either) surely, indeed, yes, I reckon, (or) I presume, it is likely
that, perhaps Vin i.l 6 (surely); ii.85 (id.); cp. piD i.205 (svepi
upasamkameyyama tomorrow I shall surely come along), 226
(siya thus shall it be); M i.460 = It 89 (moreover, indeed); J
i. 168 (surely) Vin ii.262 (perhaps) J v.421 (id., piyavacam lab-
heyyama). — (b) in interrog. — dubit. sentences as part, of
interrog. (w. indie, or pot.) corresponding to Lat. nonne, i e.
awaiting an affirmative answer ("not, not then"): api Yasam
kulaputtam passeyya do you not see... Vin i. 16; api samana
balivadde addasa have you not then seen... S i. 1 1 5; api kind
labhamase shall we then not get anything? J iii.26; api me
pitaram passatha do you then not see my father? PvA 38. —
Also comb d with other interr. part. e. g. api nu J. ii.415.
Apitika (adj.) [a + pitika] fatherless J v.251.
Apithlyati [for apidhlyati; api + dha] Pass, of apidahati to be ob-
structed, covered, barred, obscured J ii. 158. See also pithly-
ati.
Apidahati [api + dha, cp. Gr. etutIxtipl] to put on (see api 1 b), to
cover up, obstruct, J v.60 (inf. apidhetum). pp. apihita, Pass,
apithlyati, Der. apidhana (q. v.).
Apidhana (nt.) [Vedic apidhana in same meaning] cover, lid Vin
i.203, 204; ii. 122. See apidahati.
Apiratte [read api ratte, see api 1 a] later in the night J vi.560.
Apiiapana (nt.) [fr. api + lap] counting up, repetition [Kern, Toev,
s.v. gives der. fr. a + plavana] Nett 15, 28, 54; Miln 37.
Apiiapanata (f.) in the pass, at Dhs 14 = Nd 2 628 is evidently
meant to be taken as a + pilapana + ta (fr. pilavati, plu), but
whether the der. & interpret, of Dhs A is correct, we are un-
able to say. On general principles it looks like popular etym.
Mrs. Rh. D. translates (p. 16) "opposite of superficiality" (lit
"not floating"); see her detailed note Dhs trsl 16.
Apilapeti [api + lap] "to talk close by", i. e. to count up, recite,
or: talk idly, boast of Miln 37 (sapatheyyam).
Apijandha (adj.) at Vv 36 1 should be read as apijaddha (= Sk.
apinaddha) pp. of apijandhati (apijandhati) "adorned with", or
(with v. 1. SS) as api{andhana; VvA 167 expl s by analankata,
mistaking the a of api for a negation.
Apijandhana (nt.) [fr. apijandhati, also in shorter (& more usual)
form pijandhana, q. v.] that which is tied on, i.e. band, orna-
ment, apparel, parure Vv 64 10 , 64 1S (expl d inacurately at VvA
279 by; a — karo nipatamattam, pilandhanarh = abharanam);
J vi.472 (c. pilandhitum pi ayuttam?).
Apijahati & Apijandhati [Sk. apinahyati, on n: J see note on
gala, & cp. guna: guja, venu: velu etc. On ndh for yh see
avanandhati] to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself
with (acc.) J v.400 (ger. apilayha = pijandhitva C.) — Cp.
apijandhana & pp apiladdha.
Apiha(adj.) [apihalu? a + piha, uncertain origin, see next. Morris
JP.I.S. 1886 takes it as a + sprha] "unhankering" (Mrs Rh. D.)
S i 181 (+ akankha; v. 1. BB asita).
Apihalu (adj.) [a + pihalu, analysed by Fausboll Sn. Gloss, p.
229 as a — sprhayalu, but Bdhgh evidently different (see be-
low)] not hankering, free from craving, not greedy S i.l 87 =
Th 1, 1218 (akuhako nipako apihalu); Sn 852 (+ amaccharin,
expl d at SnA 549 as apihana — silo, patthanatanhaya rahito ti
vuttam hoti, thus perhaps taking it as a + pi (= api) + hana (fr.
dha, cp. pidahati & pihita); cp. also Nd 2 227).
Apihita [pp. of apidahati] covered J iv.4.
Apuccandata (f.) [a + puti + anda + ta] "not being a rotten egg,"
i. e. normal state, healthy birth, soundness M i.357.
Apuccha (adj.) [a + puccha] "not a question", i. e. not to be asked
64
Apuccha
Appa
Miln 316.
Apekkha (adj.) [= apekkha] waiting for, looking for S i. 122
(otara°).
Apekkhati 1. [Sk. aplksate, apa + Iks] to desire, long for,
look for, expect Sn 435 (kame lfapekkhate cittarii), 773 (ppr.
apekkhamana); J iv.226 (id.); Dhs A 365. anapekkhamana
paying no attention to (ace.) Sn 59; J v.359. — 2. [Sk.
avlksate, ava + Iks; see avekkhati] to consider, refer to, look
at, ger. apekkhitva (cp. Sk. avlksya) with reference to VvA
13. — pp. apekkhita (q. v.).
Apekkhavant (adj.) [fr. apekkha] full of longing or desire, long-
ing, craving Vin iv.214; S iii. 16; Th 1, 558; J v.453 (=satanha);
Sn A 76.
Apekkha & Apekha (f.) [Sk. apeksa, fr. apa + Iks. The spelling
is either kkh or kh, they are both used promiscuously, a ten-
dency towards kh prevailing, as in upekha, sekha] attention,
regard, affection for (loc.); desire, longing for (c. loc.) S i.77;
iii. 1 32; v.409 (mata — pitusu); Vin iv.214; Sn 38 (= vuccati
tanha etc. Nd 2 65; = tanha sineha SnA 76); J i.9, 141; Th
1, 558; Dh 345 (puttesu daresu ca = tanha DhA iv.56); Dhs
1059, 1136 (= alayakarana — vasena apekkhati ti apekkha
Dhs A 365, cp. Dhs trsl. 279). Freq. as adj. ( — °or in
comb" with sa° and an°), viz. Vin iii. 90 (visuddha 0 ); S i. 122
(otara°); sa° A iii.258, 433; iv.60 sq.; an° without consid-
eration, regardless, indifferent S v.164; A iii.252, 347, 434;
Sn 200 (anapekkha honti natayo); J i.9. Cp. anapekkhin &
apekkhavant; also B.Sk. aveksata.
Apekkhita [pp. of apekkhati] taken care of, looked after, consid-
ered Jvi. 142, 149 (= olokita C.).
Apekkhin (adj.) [Sk. apeksin, but B.Sk. aveksin, e.g. Jtm215;fr.
apa + Iks] considering, regarding, expecting, looking for; usu-
ally neg. an° indifferent (against) = loc.) S i. 16, 77; ii.28 1 ;
iii. 19, 87; Sn 166 (kamesu), 823 (id.), 857; Dh 346. Cp.
apekkhavant.
Apeta (adj.) [pp. of apeti] gone away; (med.) freed of, rid of,
deprived of (instr., abl. or ° — ) Dh 9 (damasaccena); PvA
35 (dukkhato); usually ° — in sense of "without, — less", e.
g. apeta — kaddama free from mud, stainless Dh 95; “vattha
without dress J v.16; “vinnana without feeling, senseless Dh
41; Th2, 468; “vinnanattam senselessness, lack of feeling PvA
63.
Apetatta (nt.) [abstr. to apeta] absence (of) PvA 92.
Apeti [apa + i, cp. Gr. ofneipi, Lat. abeo, Goth, af — iddja] to go
away, to disappear D i. 180 (upeti pi apeti pi); J i.292; Sn 1 143
(= n° apagacchanti na vijahanti Nd 2 66). — pp. apeta (q. v.).
Apetteyyata (f.) [a + petteyyata, abstr. fr. *paitrya fatherly]
in comb 11 with amatteyyata irreverence against father and
mother D iii. 70 (cp. Dh 332 & DhA iv.34).
Apeyya (adj.) [a + peyya, grd. of pa] not to be drunk, not drink-
able J vi.205 (sagara).
Apesiya (nt.) [? of uncertain origin] a means of barring a door
Vin ii. 1 54 (Bdhgh. expl ns on p. 321: apes! ti dlghadarumhi
khanuke pavesetva kandaka — sakhahi vinandhitva katam
dvara — tthakanakam).
Apesiyamana (adj.) [ppr. fr. a + peseti (q. v.)] not being in
service Vin ii. 177.
App' in app° ekacce etc. see api.
Appa (adj.) [Vedic alpa, cp. Gr. dXcma^co (Xcma^to) to empty
(to make little), aXomaOvoc; weak; Lith. alpnas weak, alpstu to
faint] small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of "very lit-
tle = (next to) nothing" (so in most cpds.); thus expl d ' at VvA
334 as equivalent to a negative part, (see appodaka) D i.61
(opp. mahant, DA i. 170 = parittaka); Sn 713, 775, 805, 896
(= appaka, omaka, thoka, lamaka, jatukka, parittaka Nd 1 306);
Dh 174; J i.262; Pug 39. — nt. appam a little, a small por-
tion, a trifle; pi. appani small things, trifles A ii.26 = It 102;
A ii. 138; Dh 20 (= thokam eka — vagga — dvi — vagga —
mattampiDhA i. 158), 224 (“smith yacito asked for little), 259.
-aggha of little value (opp. mahaggha priceless) J i.9; Pug
33; DhA iv.184. -assada [BSk. alpasvada, cp. Divy 224 =
Dh 186; alpa + a + svad] of little taste or enjoyment, affording
little pleasure (always used of kama) Vin ii.25 = M i. 1 30 = A
iii. 97 = Nd 2 71; Sn 61; Dh 186 (= supina — sadisataya paritta
— sukha DhA iii 240); Th 2, 358 (= TliA 244); J ii.313; Vism
124. -atanka little (or no) illness, freedom from illness, good
health (= appabadha with which often comb d ) [BSk. alpa-
tanka & alpatankata] D i.204 (+ appabadha); iii. 166; A iii. 65,
103; Miln 14. -abadha same as appatanka (q. v.) D i.204;
iii. 166, 237; M ii. 125; A i.25; ii.88; iii. 30, 65 sq., 103, 153; Pv
iv. l 44 ; “abadhata id. [cp. BSk. alpabadhata good health] A
i.38. -ayuka short lived D i. 18; PvA 103, also as “ayukin Vv
41 6 . -ahara taking little or no food, fasting M ii.5; Sn 165
(= ekasana — bhojitaya ca parimita — bhojitaya ca SnA 207),
also as “aharata M i.245; ii.5. -odaka having little or no wa-
ter, dry Sn 111 (macche va appodake khlnasote = parittodake
Nd 1 50); Vv 84 3 (+ appabhakkha; expl d ' at VvA 334 as "appa
— saddo If ettha abhavattho appiccho appanigghoso ti adisu
viya"); J i.70; DhA iv. 12. -kasira in instr. “kasirena with
little or no difficulty D i.25 1 ; S v.51; Th 1, 16. -kicca hav-
ing few duties, free from obligations, free from care Sn 144
(= appam kiccarh assa ti KhA 241). -gandha not smelling or
having a bad smell Miln 252 (opp. sugandha). -ttha "stand-
ing in little"; i. e. connected with little trouble D i. 1 43; A
i. 1 69. -thamaka having little or no strength, weak S iv.206.
-dassa having little knowledge or wisdom Sn 1134 (see Nd 2
69; expl d by paritta — panna SnA 605). -nigghosa with little
sound, quiet, still, soundless (cp. VvA 334, as quoted above
under “odaka) A v. 15 (+ appasadda); Sn 338; Nd 1 377; Miln
371. -panna, of little wisdom J ii. 166; iii. 223, 263. -punna
of little merit M ii.5. -punnata having little merit, unwor-
thiness Pv iv.10 7 . -phalata bringing little fruit PvA 139.
-bhakkha having little or nothing to eat Vv 84 3 . -bhoga hav-
ing little wealth, i. e. poor, indigent Sn 114 (= sannicitanam
ca bhoganam ayamukhassa ca abhavato SnA 173). -mannati
to consider as small, to underrate: see separately, -matta lit-
tle, slight, mean, (usually as °ka; not to be confounded with
appamatta 2 ) A iii. 275; J i.242; also meaning "contented with
little" (of the bhikkhu) It 103 = A ii.27; f. “a trifle, smallness,
insignificance D i.9 1; DA i.55. -mattaka small, insignificant,
trifling, nt. a trifle (cp. “matta) Vin 1, 213; ii. 177 (“vissajjaka
the distributor of little things, cp. A iii. 275 & Vin iv.38, 155);
D i.3 (= appamatta etassa ti appamattakam DA i.55); J i. 167;
65
Appa
Appanihita
iii. 12 (= anu); PvA 262. -middha "little slothful", i. e. dili-
gent, alert Miln 412. -rajakkha having little or no obtuseness
D ii.37; M i. 169; Sdhp519. -ssaka having little of one's own,
possessing little A i.26 1 ; ii.203. -sattha having few or no
companious, lonely, alone Dh 123. -sadda free from noise,
quiet M ii.2, 23, 30; A v.15; Sn 925 (= appanigghosa Nd 1
377); Pug 35; Miln 371. -siddhika bringing little success
or welfare, dangerous J iv.4 (= mandasiddhi vinasabahula C.);
vi.34 (samuddo a. bahu — antarayiko). -ssuta possessing
small knowledge, ignorant, uneducated D i.93 (opp. bahus-
suta); iii. 252, 282; S iv.242; It 59; Dh 152; Pug 20, 62; Dhs
1327. -harita having little or no grass S i. 1 69; Sn p. 15 (=
paritta — harita — tina SnA 154).
Appaka (adj.) [appa + ka] little, small, trifling; pi. few. nt. °m
adv. a little D ii.4; A v.232 sq., 253 sq.; Sn 909 (opp. bahu);
Dh 85 (appaka = thoka na bahu DhA ii. 160); Pv i.10 2 (=
paritta PvA 48); ii.9 39 ; Pug 62; PvA 6, 60 (= paritta). f. appika
J i.228. — instr. appakena by little, i. e. easily DA i.256. -
anappaka not little, i. e. much, considerable, great; pi. many
5 iv.46; Dh 144; Pv i.ll 7 (= bahu PvA 58); PvA 24, 25 (read
anappake pi for T. “appakeci; so also KhA 208).
Appakara (adj.) [a + pakara] not of natural form, of bad appear-
ance, ugly, deformed J v.69 (= sarirappakara — rahita dus-
santhana C.). Cp. apakatika.
Appakinna [appa + kinna, although in formation also = a + pak-
inna] little or not crowded, not overheaped A v.15 (C. anak-
inna).
Appagabbha (adj.) [a + pagabbha] unobtrusive, free from bold-
ness, modest S ii. 198 = Miln 389, Sn 144, 852 (cp. Nd 1 228
6 KhA 232); Dh 245.
Appaccaya [a + paccaya] 1. (n.) discontent, dissatisfaction,
dejection, sulkiness D i.3 (= appatlta honti tena atuttha aso-
manassita ti appacayo; domanass 0 etam adhivacanam DA
i.52); iii. 159; M i.442; A i.79, 124, 187; ii.203; iii.181 sq.;
iv. 168, 193; J ii.277; Sn p. 92 (kapa + dosa + appacaya); Vv
83 31 (= domanassam VvA 343); SnA 423 (= appatltam do-
manassam). — 2. (adj.) unconditioned Dhs 1084, 1437.
Appati 0 [a + pati°] see in general under pati°.
Appatikarika (adj.) [a + patikarika] "not providing against", i. e.
not making good, not making amends for, destructive J v.418
(spelling here & in C. appati 0 ).
Appatikopeti [a + patikopeti] not to disturb, shake or break (fig.)
J v.173 (uposatharii).
Appati kkhippa (adj.) [a + patikkhippa, grd. of patikkhipati] not
to be refused J ii.370.
Appatigandhika & °iya (adj.) [a + pati + gandha + ika] not
smelling disagreeable, i. e. with beautiful smell, scented,
odorous J v.405 (°ika, but C. °iya; expl d by sugandhena udak-
ena samannagata); vi.5 1 8; Pv ii.l 20 ; iii.2 26 .
Appatigha (adj.) [a + patigha] (a) not forming an obstacle, not
injuring, unobstructive Sn 42 (see expl d ' at Nd 2 239; SnA 88
exp I s "katthaci satte va sankhare va bhayena na patihannatl
ti a."). — (b) psychol. t. t. appl d to rupa: not reacting or
impinging (opp. sappatigha) D iii. 217; Dhs 660, 756, 1090,
1443.
Appaticchavi (adj.) at Pv ii.l 13 is faulty reading for sam-
patitacchavi (v. 1).
Appatibhaga (adj) [a + patibhaga] not having a counterpart, un-
equalled, incomparable DhA i.423 (= anuttara).
Appatibhana (adj.) [a + patibhana] not answering back, bewil-
dered, cowed down Vin iii. 162; A iii. 57; °m karoti to intimi-
date, bewilder J v.238, 369.
Appatima (adj.) [a + patima fr. prep, pati but cp. Vedic apra-
timana fr. prati + ma] matchless, incomparable, invaluable
Th 1,614; Miln 239.
Appativattiya (adj .) [a + pati + vattiya = vrtya, grd. or vrt] (a) not
to be rolled back Sn 554 (of dhammacakka, may however be
taken in meaning of b.). — (b) irresistable J ii.245 (slhanada).
Note. The spelling with t is only found as v. 1. at J ii.245;
otherwise as t.
Appativana (nt.) [a + pativana, for °vrana, the guna — form of
vr, cp. Sk. prativarana] non — obstruction, not hindering, not
opposing or contradicting A i.50; iii. 41; v.93 sq.; adj. J i.326.
Appativanita (f.) [abstr. from (ap)pativana] not being hindered,
non — obstruction, free effort; only in phrase "asantutthita
ca kusalesu dhammesu appativanita ca padhanasmim”
(discontent with good states and the not shrinking back in the
struggle Dhs trsl. 358) A i.50, 95 = D iii.2 14 = Dhs 1367.
AppativanI (f.) [almost identical w. appativanita, only used in
diff phrase] non — hindrance, non — restriction, free action,
impulsive effort; only in stock phrase chando vayamo ussaho
ussojhl appativanl S ii. 1 32; v.440; A ii.93, 195; iii. 307 sq.;
iv.320; Nd 2 under chanda C. [cp. similarly Divy 654].
Appativanlya (adj.) [grd. of a + pati + vr; cp. BSk. aprativanih
Divy 655; M Vastu iii. 343] not to be obstructed, irresistible S
i.212 (appl d to Nibbana; Mrs. Rh. D. Kindred S. p. 274 trsls.
"that source from whence there is no turning back"), Th 2, 55.
Appatividdha (adj.) [a + pati + viddha] "not shot through" i. e.
unhurt J vi.446.
Appativibhatta (°bhogin) (adj.) [a + pati + vibhatta] (not eating)
without sharing with others (with omission of another nega-
tive: see Trenckner, Miln p. 429, where also Bdhgh's expl 11 )
A iii289; Miln 373; cp. Miln trsl. ii.292.
Appativekkhiya [ger. of a + pati + avekkhati] not observing or
noticing J iv.4 (= apaccavekkhitva anavekkhitva C.).
Appatisankha (f.) [a + patisankha] want of judgment Pug 21 =
Dlis 1346.
Appatisandhika (and °iya) (adj.) [a + patisandhi + ka (ya)] 1.
what cannot be put together again, unmendable, irreparable
(°iya) Pv i. 12 9 (= puna pakatiko na hoti PvA 66) = J iii. 1 67 (=
patipakatiko katum na sakka C.). — 2. incapable of reunion,
not subject to reunion, i. e. to rebirth J v.100 (°bhava).
Appatisama (adj.) [a + pati = sama; cp. BSk. apratisama M Vastu
i. 1 04] not having it's equal, incomparable J i.94 (Baddha —
sin).
Appatissavata (f.) [a + patissavata] want of deference Pug 20 =
Dhs 1325.
Appanihita (adj.) [a + panihita] aimless, not bent on anything.
66
Appanihita
Appeti
free from desire, usually as nt. aimlessness, comb <L w. ani-
mittarii Vin iii.92, 93 =iv.25; Dhs 351, 508, 556. See on term
Cpd. 67; Dhs trsl. 93, 143 & cp. panihita.
Appatittha (adj.) [a + patittha] 1. not standing still S i.l. — 2.
without a footing or ground to stand on, bottomless Sn 173.
Appatissa (& appatissa) (adj.) [a + pati + sru] not docile, rebel-
lious, always in comb" with agarava A ii.20; iii.7 sq., 14 sq.,
247, 439. Appatissa — vasa an unruly state, anarchy J ii.352.
See also patissa.
Appatlta (adj.) [a + patita, ofprati + i, Sk. pratlta] dissatisfied,
displeased, disappointed (cp. appaccaya) J v.103 (at this pas-
sage preferably to be read with v. 1. as appatika = without
husband, C. expl s assamika), 155 (cp. C. onp. 156); DA i.52;
SnA 423.
Appaduttha (adj.) [a + paduttha] not corrupt, faultless, of good
behaviour Sn 662 (= padosabhavena a. SnA 478); Dh 137 (=
niraparadha DhA iii.70).
Appadhamsa (adj.) [= appadhamsiya, Sk. apradhvamsya] not to
be destroyed J iv.344 (v. 1. duppadhamsa).
Appadhamsika (& °iya) (adj.) [grd. of a + padhamseti] not to be
violated or destroyed, inconquerable, indestructible D iii.175
(°ika, v. 1. °iya); J iii.159 (°iya); VvA 208 (°iya); PvA 117
(°iya). Cp. appadhamsa.
Appadhamsita (adj.) [pp. of a + padhamseti] not violated, un-
hurt, not offended Vin iv.229.
Appana (f.) [cp. Sk. arpana, abstr. fr. appeti = arpayati from
of r, to fix, turn, direct one's mind; see appeti] application (of
mind), ecstasy, fixing of thought on an object, conception (as
psychol. t. t.) J ii.61 (°patta); Miln 62 (of vitakka); Dhs 7,
21, 298; Vism 144 (°samadhi); DhsA 55, 142 (def. by Bdhg.
as "ekaggam cittam arammane appeti"), 214 (°jhana). See on
term Cpd. pp. 56 sq., 68, 129, 215; Dhs trsl. xxviii, 10, 53,
82, 347.
Appabhoti (Appahoti) see pahoti.
Appamannati [appa + mannati] to think little of, to underrate,
despise Dh 121 (= avajanati DhA iii. 1 6; v. 1. avapamannati).
Appamanfia (f.) [a + pamanna, abstr. fr. pamana = Sk.
*pramanya] boundlessness, infi
User-friendly Pali-English Dictionary
Anónimo